EPA's
        FY 2000
       ANNUAL
       REPORT
                     DRAFT
                    EPA-190-JR^Ol-OOl
                          P
THIS DRAFT
INCLUDES:

Overview and Analysis
GPRA Performance*
Management Accomplishments
and Challenges
    THIS DRAFT
    DOES NOT INCLUDE:

    FY 2000 Annual Financial
    Statements
'Including majority of FY 2000 program performance results.
               DRAFT
JANUARY 2001

-------
                      EPA'S FY 2000 ANNUAL REPORT
                     Proposed Organization - Table of Contents

Inside Front Cover: Mission Statement - Strategic Goals
Table of Contents
Three Decades of Environmental Accomplishments
Preface

SECTION I — Overview and Analysis

SECTION H - GPRA Performance Results by Strategic Goal (Narrative/Tables):

Goall: Clean Air
Goal 2: Clean and Safe Water
Goal 3: Safe Food
Goal 4: Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk
Goal 5: Waste Management
Goal 6: Reduction of Global and Cross-Border Risks
Goal 7: Right-to-Know
Goal 8: Sound Science
Goal 9: Credible Deterrent & Greater Compliance
Goal 10:Effective Management

SECTION in -FY 2000 Management Accomplishments and Challenges
      Management Integrity
      Major Management Challenges
      Audit Management

SECTION IV - FY 2000 Annual Financial Statements
      CFO Message
      CFO Analysis
      Audited Financial Statements
      Footnotes
      Required Supplemental Information
      OIG Report

Appendix A:   EPA Organization Chart
Appendix B:   List of Acronyms

Inside Back Cover: Public Access to EPA's Programs via http://www.epa.gov
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
                                          MISSION

The mission of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency is to protect human health and to
safeguard the natural environment—air, -water, and land—upon which life depends,

EPA's purpose is to ensure that:

All Americans are protected from significant risks to human health and the environment where they live,
learn and work.

National efforts to reduce environmental risk are based on the best available scientific information.

Federal laws protecting human health and the environment are enforced fairly and effectively.

Environmental protection is an integral consideration in U.S. policies concerning natural resources,
human health, economic growth, energy, transportation, agriculture, industry, and international trade,
and these factors are similarly considered in establishing environmental policy.

All parts of society—communities,  individuals, business, state and local governments, tribal
governments—have access to accurate information sufficient to effectively participate in managing
human health and environmental risks.

Environmental protection contributes to making our communities and ecosystems diverse, sustainable
and economically productive.

The United States plays a leadership role in working with other nations to protect the global
environment.

                                   STRATEGIC GOALS*

1.     Clean Air
2.     Clean and Safe Water
3.     Safe Food
4.     Preventing Pollution and Reducing Risk in Communities, Homes, Workplaces, and Ecosystems
5.     Better Waste Management, Restoration of Contaminated Waste Sites, and Emergency Response
6.     Reduction of Global and Cross-Border Environmental Risks
7.     Expansion of Americans' Right-to-Know About Their Environment
8.     Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Environmental Risk, and Greater Innovation to
       Address Environmental Problems
9.     A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and Greater Compliance with the Law
10.    Effective Management
* Reflects 1997 Strategic Plan goal language, since updated.
   Draft: 1/29/01

-------
                                       PREFACE
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has prepared the following report to present a
comprehensive picture of the Agency's performance during fiscal year 2000. Unlike EPA's Fiscal Year
1999 Annual Performance Report, which was designed specifically to meet the requirements of the
Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA), the Fiscal Year 2000 Annual Report addresses
reporting requirements under GPRA as well as under several other management statutes—the Federal
Managers Financial Integrity Act, the Inspectors General Act Amendments, the Government
Management Results Act, and the Chief Financial Officers Act—as allowed by the Reports
Consolidation Act of 2000.  Therefore, this consolidated annual report not only represents a step
toward the government-wide goal of streamlining management reporting but also allows the Agency to
present to Congress and the American public a fuller, more comprehensive accounting of its FY 2000
progress and accomplishments, both programmatic and financial.

Taken as a whole, the sections that follow summarize the progress EPA and its federal, state, tribal, and
local government partners have made over the past year toward ensuring a clean, healthy environment
for all Americans and explain how the Agency has used taxpayer dollars effectively and responsibly to
do so. Section I provides a general overview of EPA's performance during FY 2000, in terms of both
the Agency's environmental and human health protection initiatives and its management and financial
activities. This "Overview and Analysis" highlights selected accomplishments, summarizes the insights
EPA managers have gained from their review of FY 2000 performance, and discusses how the lessons
the Agency has learned from its experience in FY 2000 might be applied to improve performance hi
FY 2001 and beyond.

Section n, "GPRA Performance Results," reviews the results EPA and its partners have achieved under
the Agency's FY 2000 annual performance goals.  It also provides some additional FY 1999
performance data to supplement the information contained in the Fiscal Year 1999 Annual
Performance Report. This section describes EPA's accomplishments and successes, and it explores
those areas in which the Agency was unable to achieve the goals it had set for the year. EPA will use
these performance measurement results to ensure that its environmental protection programs work as
intended and to make adjustments and corrections to improve future performance.

The third and  fourth  sections of the report, "Management Accomplishments and Challenges" and "FY
2000 Annual Financial Statements," focus on how EPA manages its programs and activities and applies
its resources to achieve environmental results.  Section HI discusses management integrity issues and
management challenges and describes the results of the Agency's audit follow-up activities.  Finally,
Section IV includes EPA's FY 2000 annual financial statements, along with a message and analysis from
EPA's Chief Financial Officer, supplemental information, and the Office of Inspector General Report.
   Draft: 1/29/01

-------
               THREE DECADES OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRESS

1970

•     Twenty million people celebrate the first Earth Day.

•     President Richard Nixon creates EPA with a mission to protect the environment and human
      health. The Agency was formed from parts of the Department of the Interior; Department of
      Health, Education, and Welfare; the Department of Agriculture; the Atomic Energy
      Commission; the Federal Radiation Council; and the Council on Environmental Quality.

•     EPA moves to protect human health by setting national health-based standards for air emissions
      from area, stationary, and mobile  sources and requiring states to submit new air quality plans.
      (under amendments to the Clean  Air Act of 1955).

1971

•     Congress restricts use of lead-based paint in residences and on cribs and toys. (Lead-Based
      Faint Poisoning Prevention Act)

1972

•     EPA bans DichlorDiphenylTrichloroethane (DDT), a cancer-causing pesticide.

•     The United States and Canada agree to clean up the Great Lakes, which contain 95 percent of
      America's fresh water and as of 2000 supply drinking water for 25 million people.

•     EPA embarks on a major national commitment to build an advanced network of sewage
      treatment facilities to limit raw sewage flowing into rivers, lakes, and streams. (Federal Water
      Pollution Control Act)

•     Congress requires more robust health and safety reviews of pesticides based on scientific
      evaluations (under amendments to the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act).

1973

•     EPA begins phasing out lead in gasoline.

•     EPA issues the first permit limiting a factory's polluted discharges into waterways. EPA now
      regulates water pollution from 45,000 industrial facilities, preventing one billion pounds of
      toxics from entering waterways each year. (Federal Water Pollution Control Act
      Amendments of 1972 regulating point source dischargers)


   Draft: 1/29/01                              1

-------
1974

*      EPA is authorized to regulate the quality and safety of the public drinking water supply,
       including requirements for physical and chemical treatment of drinking water.  (Safe Drinking
       Water Act)

1975

•      Congress establishes fuel economy standards and sets tail-pipe emission standards for cars,
       resulting in the introduction of catalytic converters.

1976

•      President Gerald Ford signs the Toxic Substances Control Act.

•      EPA begins phase-out of cancer-causing Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) production and use.

1977

•      President Jimmy Carter signs the Clean Air Act Amendments.

•      Congress passes the Clean Water Act — the result of amendments to the Federal Water
       Pollution Control Act of 1972 with a focus on toxic pollutants

1978

•      Residents discover that Love Canal, New York, is contaminated by buried leaking chemical
       containers. The cleanup is completed through the Superfund Program in 1989 and the area is
       proclaimed habitable.

•      EPA demonstrates scrubber technology for removing air pollution from coal-fired power plants.

1979

•      EPA bans two herbicides containing dioxins, chemical compounds that are byproducts of certain
       industrial activities that cause cancer and other adverse health effects.
   Draft: 1/29/01

-------
1980

•      Congress creates Superfund (via the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
       Compensation, and Liability Act) to clean up abandoned hazardous waste sites.

1981

•      EPA issues its first hazardous waste storage permit under the Resource Conservation and
       Recovery Act.

1982

•      Dioxin contamination forces the government to purchase homes in Times Beach, Missouri. The
       federal government and the responsible polluters share the costs of cleanups. By 1997, dioxin-
       contaminated soil and debris at Times Beach and 27 related sites in Eastern Missouri had been
       safely excavated and incinerated.

•      A PCB landfill protest in North Carolina begins the environmental justice movement.

1983

•      Cleanup actions begin to rid Chesapeake Bay of pollution stemming from sewage treatment
       plants, urban runoff,  and farm waste.

•      EPA encourages homeowners to test for radon gas,  which is a leading cause of lung cancer.

•      EPA issues the first Superfund National Priorities List (NPL) containing 406 sites nationwide.

1984

•      Amendments to the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act require EPA to issue
       regulations for and to establish a program to control underground tanks containing petroleum,
       hazardous wastes, and other designated substances.  (The Federal Hazardous and Solid Waste
       Amendments)

•      EPA's Indian Policy is adopted to explicitly address the role of tribes in Environmental
       Management. As of 2000 five of EPA's statutes specifically allow for EPA authorization of
       tribal programs or a substantial role for tribes.

1985

•      Scientists report that a giant hole in the earth's ozone layer opens each spring over Antarctica.
   Draft: 1/29/01

-------
1986
1987
1988
1989
      EPA joins an international convention in Vienna calling for worldwide cooperative efforts to
      eliminate use of substances that deplete the ozone layer.
       Congress declares the public has a right to know when toxic chemicals are released into air,
       land, and water with the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act.

       President Ronald Reagan signs the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
       (SARA) which increased the size of the trust fond to $8.5 billion, stressed permanent remedies,
       and increased state involvement.
       The United States and 28 other nations sign the Montreal Protocol, pledging to phase out
       production of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs).

       EPA implements a National Estuary Program (NEP), bringing together federal, state, and local
       agencies to restore and protect estuaries serving as habitats and nursery grounds for two-thirds
       of our nation's commercial fish and shellfish.
       Congress bans ocean dumping of sewage sludge and industrial waste. (Ocean Dumping Ban
       Act)

       The Gulf of Mexico Program is established as a community-based, citizen-led program for the
       Gulf Region.
•      Exxon Valdez spills 11 million gallons of crude oil in Alaska's Prince William Sound. Exxon is
       fined $1 billion, the largest criminal environmental damage settlement in history.

•      EPA makes publicly available the first annual community right-to-know information on the
       location and nature of toxic chemical releases in communities around the country, through the
       new Toxic Release Inventory Program.

1990

•      President George Bush signs the Clean Air Act Amendments, which contain innovative
       approaches to pollution control and the promise of a renewed national commitment to
       environmental protection.


  Draft: 1/29/01                              4

-------
1991
1992
      Reducing Risk, a landmark report from EPA's Science Advisory Board, calls for the setting of
      national environmental priorities and greater use of science in decision-making on environmental
      regulation.

      President George Bush signs the Pollution Prevention Act,  emphasizing the importance of
      preventing - not just correcting- environmental damage.
       Under EPA's coordination, all federal agencies begin using recyclable and recycled content
       products whenever possible.

       EPA launches Green Lights ®, a voluntary program to encourage corporations, government
       agencies, and other institutions to install energy-efficient lighting.
•      EPA signs partnership agreements with eight leading computer manufacturers to promote
       energy-efficient personal computers and prevent air pollution associated with power generation
       through the Energy Star Program.

•      Congress passes the Indian Environmental General Assistance Program Act. This legislation
       allows EPA to assist tribes in planning, developing, or establishing environmental protection
       programs through the administration of grants.

•      EPA establishes a network of Environmental Finance Centers (EFC) through cooperative
       agreements. By 2000 the Environmental Finance Center Network consisted of nine centers
       running university-based programs assisting customers in 40 states on such issues as rate setting,
       capacity development, brownfields redevelopment, affordability strategies, asset management,
       and capital budgeting.

1993

•      EPA reports secondhand smoke contaminates indoor air, posing serious health risks to
       nonsmokers.

•      EPA announces the Common Sense Initiative, an effort to shift environmental regulation to a
       sector-based approach.

1994

•      EPA launches its Brownfields Program to facilitate the clean up of abandoned, contaminated
       sites for productive use.


  Draft: 1/29/01                              5

-------
1995
1996
1997
1998
       EPA launches an incentive-based acid rain program to reduce sulfur dioxide emissions. Within
       two years, researchers reported unprecedented reductions in acid rain.

       The National Environmental Performance Partnership System (NEPPS) gives states and EPA a
       more flexible process for setting priorities, clarifying responsibilities, and making the most
       effective use of taxpayer dollars.

       Project XL is introduced. Under this initiative, companies, facilities, states and localities develop
       innovative ways to achieve results that go beyond those required by environmental regulations.
       President Bill Clinton signs Amendments to the Safe Drinking Water Act. The amendments
       emphasize sound science and risk-based standard setting, small water supply system flexibility
       and technical assistance, community-empowered source water assessment and protection, public
       right-to-know, and water system infrastructure assistance through a multi-billion-dollar state
       revolving loan fund.

       Grand Canyon Transport Visibility Commission-consisting of states, tribes and federal agencies,
       e.g., EPA and Department of the Interior-agree to improve visibility at the canyon, working
       with public interest and business groups.

       Congress establishes a simple, health-based standard for pesticides used on food crops, with
       added protections for infants and children. (Food Quality Protection Act)
       President Bill Clinton signs an Executive Order to protect children from environmental health
       risks, including childhood asthma and lead poisoning. EPA provides tips to help parents protect
       children from environmental factors that can trigger asthma attacks.

       United States and Canada sign an unprecedented agreement (Binational Toxics Strategy) to
       essentially eliminate toxic substances from the Great Lakes.
       EPA proposes an emission trading program-called "cap and trade"-which allows industries
       greater flexibility in choosing pollution controls because they can buy and sell market-based
       "credits" to reduce their nitrogen oxide emissions.
1999


   Draft: 1/29/01

-------
2000
       President Bill Clinton announces new emissions standards for cars, sport utility vehicles (SUVs),
       minivans, and trucks, requiring them to be 77 percent to 95 percent cleaner starting with model
       year 2004.
       Marking the 30th anniversary of Earth Day, the Agency launched its new Internet home page —
       epa.gov - making environmental information more accessible to the tens of millions of visitors
       who visit the site each month. As part of the Earth Day-related launch, EPA regional offices
       around the country released reports detailing environmental progress and public health
       protections over the last 30 years.
   Draft: 1/29/01

-------
 FY 2000 ANNUAL REPORT
        SECTION I
OVERVIEW AND ANALYSIS
        DRAFT  January 2001

-------
                          OVERVIEW AND ANALYSIS
INTRODUCTION
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) leads the nation's efforts to protect human
health and safeguard the natural environment. The Agency is committed to ensuring that all
Americans have air that is safe to breathe, water that is clean and safe to drink, food that is free
from dangerous pesticide residues, and communities that are safe from toxic wastes. To
accomplish this mission EPA set ten long-term strategic goals that identify the environmental
outcomes or results the Agency is working to attain and the sound financial and management
practices it intends to employ. Each year, as required under the Government Performance and
Results Act (GPRA), EPA prepares an annual plan that translates the Agency's long-term goals
and objectives into specific actions to be conducted and resources to be allocated for the fiscal
year (FY). EPA is accountable to the American public for achieving these annual performance
goals (APGs) for the protection of human health and the environment and for using taxpayer
dollars efficiently and effectively to do so.

A central purpose of GPRA is to create stronger links between annual and longer-term planning,
budgeting, financial accounting, and performance results. EPA has gone farther than most other
federal agencies in structuring its 1997 and 2000 revised Strategic Plans to reflect a full
accounting of the Agency's resources and workforce and restructuring its budget to mirror the
goal and objective structure of the Strategic Plan.  Under this approach EPA's strategic goals
include both environmentally oriented goals, such as Clean Air and  Safe Water, and goals
representing functions, such as Sound Science and Effective Management, that are critical to the
achievement of these environmental and public health outcomes. In a further step to promote
accountability, this report includes the Agency's audited financial statements, an independently
reviewed accounting of expenditures to demonstrate that EPA has sound financial management
practices in place.

Linking planning, budgeting, financial accounting, and performance assessment results helps EPA
focus resource allocation decisions on the environmental and human health results to be achieved,
provides longer-term perspective and continuity for budgeting, and emphasizes the relationship
between stewardship of resources and achievement of environmental results. This linkage
provides a means to demonstrate to Congress and the public how taxpayers' dollars are applied
across the Agency's  strategic goals and how they support the achievement of results.

EPA's Fiscal Year 2000 Annual Report serves several purposes. First, it describes the progress
that EPA, working with its federal, state, tribal, and local government partners, made toward the
APGs established in the Agency's FY 2000 Annual Plan. Next, it presents major management
accomplishments and challenges EPA faced during the year and discusses Agency approaches and
solutions.  Finally, it summarizes EPA's financial activities and achievements. As a whole the
Annual Report provides an opportunity for the Agency to review its performance, highlight
particularly noteworthy accomplishments, examine causes for missed goals or targets, and,  most

Draft: 1/30/01                              2

-------
importantly, reflect on how EPA's experience in FY 2000 can shape efforts to achieve the
Agency's strategic goals and objectives in the coming years.

This "Overview and Analysis" (which addresses requirements for a "Management's Discussion
and Analysis" of the audited financial statements component of the Fiscal Year 2000 Annual
Report)1 is intended to provide a "big picture" view of EPA's performance and fiscal
accountability over the year. In particular it describes the results achieved under the Agency's
goals and objectives, reviews EPA's financial accomplishments, and summarizes actions EPA has
taken or plans to take to address management problems.  In addition, it discusses significant
factors that might affect future Agency operations.  This section is supplemented and supported
by the more comprehensive, detailed information provided in the remaining sections of the Fiscal
Year 2000 Annual Report.

FY 2000 RESULTS

Summary of Performance Results

For FY 2000 EPA can report significant contributions to  establishing a cleaner, healthier
environment while meeting 52 of the 64 APGs for which  data are provided in this report.  The
Agency committed to a total of 73 APGs in its FY 2000 Annual Plan.  Data for eight of these
APGs are not scheduled for receipt until FY 2001, and one APG has a target which falls beyond
FY 2000.  Owing to a variety of factors, EPA did not fully achieve 12 of the APGs it had planned
for FY 2000.  However, the Agency did make significant progress. Trend data for XXX of these
APGs show that the Agency is on track to meet its long-term objectives.  As a result EPA has met
81 percent and missed 19 percent of the 64  reported APGs. For cases in which FY 2000
achievements came extremely close to the APG, the Agency also considered the overall
objectives, impacts, and trends to help determine whether the goal was met. Tables presenting
EPA's detailed APG results are included in  Section n at the end of each goal chapter.  EPA
continues to improve its performance measurement capabilities and will modify some APGs in FY
2001 and FY 2002.

Highlights of FY 2000 Performance
       Because the Fiscal Year 2000 Annual Report consolidates a number of specific reports,
several components of the "Management's Discussion and Analysis" are presented in greater
detail elsewhere in this report.  In particular EPA's mission statement and long-range goals appear
on the inside front cover, and an EPA organization chart is included as Appendk A. For a
discussion of the Agency's performance goals, objectives,  and results, see Section n. Financial
statements, along with a discussion of systems, controls, and legal compliance, are presented in
Section IV.

Draft: 1/30/01                               3

-------
EPA's FY 2000 accomplishments reflect a variety of activities and initiatives. They represent
progress made toward achieving the Agency's strategic goals; accomplishments that cut across
individual goals, programs, or media; and achievements in financial management.

Accomplishments Under Strategic Goals

       EPA issued a final rule for passenger vehicles (including sport utility vehicles) that will
       significantly reduce emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOJ, a primary contributor to urban
       smog, by nearly 3 million tons per year by 2030.

•      EPA issued three final Maximum Achievable Control Technology (MACT) standards and
       proposed eight new standards that, when fully implemented, will reduce hazardous air
       emissions by an estimated 62,000 tons each year.  Combined, all the MACT standards
       issued to date will reduce emissions by more than 1 million tons each year.

       Phase II of the Acid Rain Program, which began in 2000, now requires reductions in
       sulfur dioxide (SO2) emissions from more than 2,500 electric utility units (gas-fired, oil-
       fired, and coal-fired) and reductions in year-round NOX emissions from approximately 750
       coal-fired units.

•      Ninety-one percent of the population served by community drinking water systems
       received drinking water meeting all health-based standards that were in effect as of 1994,
       up from 83 percent since that time.

•      Implementation of Clean Water Action Plan activities resulted in the environmental
       improvement projects now underway in 324 high-priority watersheds.

•      Another 2 million people received the benefits of secondary treatment of wastewater in
       2000, bringing the total number of people served by wastewater treatment facilities to 181
       million.

       EPA registered 13 reduced-risk pesticide active ingredients and reviewed 1,838 new
       chemical pre-manufacture notices for hazards to human health and the environment.

       EPA reassessed 121 pesticide tolerances to ensure they met the Food Quality Protection
       Act-mandated standard of a "reasonable certainty of no harm."

       EPA implemented various risk-reduction steps such as restricting use, lowering or
       revoking tolerance levels, and phasing out or cancelling certain uses for the pesticides
       azinphos methyl, methyl parathion, and chlorpyrifos.

       Four hundred sixty-nine companies have committed to make screening-level hazard data
       on approximately 2,155 chemicals available by 2005.
Draft: 1/30/01

-------
•      Since the Superfund program began, EPA has completed construction at 757 sites to
       protect human health and the environment.  During FY 2000 the Agency exceeded its
       target for Superfiind constructions completed.

       Through the third quarter of FY 2000, EPA's Brownfields Program leveraged $2.8 billion
       in cleanup and redevelopment funds, generated 7,400 jobs benefitting disadvantaged
       communities,  and funded more than 2,000 site assessments of potentially contaminated
       sites. The Brownfields Program was named one of the 10 winners of the "Innovations in
       Government Awards, 2000" granted by Harvard University's John F. Kennedy School of
       Government and the Council for Excellence in Government.

•      Availability of water and sewer services in the U.S.-Mexican border area has significantly
       improved. Forty-two projects certified by the Border Environment Cooperation
       Commission, which will serve approximately 7 million border residents, are under
       construction or have been completed.

•      Working in partnership with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and other
       organizations, EPA is on track to meet its FY 2000 target for reducing greenhouse gas
       emissions from projected levels by more than 58 million metric tons of carbon equivalent.

•      Reductions in domestic use of ozone-depleting hydrochlorofluorocarbons and domestic
       production and import of newly produced chlorofluorocarbons and halons are on track to
       meet targets set by the Clean Air Act Amendments for FY 2000.

•      EPA demonstrated a mid-size-chassis research vehicle that achieved 72 miles per gallon
       (gasoline equivalent) using a state-of-the-art diesel engine and a patented, EPA-invented
       hybrid drivetrain.

•      The Mid-Atlantic Integrated Assessment  successfully demonstrated the monitoring designs
       and indicators developed from EPA's Ecological Research Strategy, resulting in the first
       statistically valid assessments of regional  environmental condition.

•      EPA drafted its first strategic plan for investing in human resources, "Strategy for Human
       Capital," to focus management attention on human resource issues facing the Agency.

Accomplishments Across Goals and Programs

       The Office of Children's Health Protection  developed the Children's Health Valuation
       Handbook to  assist Agency economists in addressing children's health risks when they
       conduct cost-benefit analyses of regulatory  options.

•      EPA joined the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Department of
       Health and Human Services, and other federal departments and agencies in an interagency
       strategy to eliminate childhood lead poisoning as a major public health problem by 2010.

Draft: 1/30/01                               5

-------
•      Two hundred twenty-eight facilities became charter members of the new National
       Environmental Performance Track Program, created to motivate and reward performance
       that exceeds federal environmental requirements.

•      EPA expanded regulatory flexibility under Project XL to identify areas for improving
       federal environmental programs and policies and approved an additional 35 proposals,
       bringing the total number of projects being demonstrated to 50.

•      To advance "smart growth" in communities, EPA provided funding, research, and
       technical assistance, as well as support for a national information sharing network.

       EPA created new web sites to expand public access to information about environmental
       permitting reforms and participation in EPA's voluntary partnership programs.

       In spring 2000 the Interagency Working Group on Environmental Justice released the
       Integrated Federal Interagency Environmental Justice Action Agenda to ensure that
       coordinated federal initiatives and resources are targeted to environmentally and
       economically distressed communities.

•      EPA's National Environmental Justice Advisory Council published Environmental Justice
       in the Permitting Process. The first in a series, this report identifies essential factors to be
       considered in siting new pollution-generating facilities to ensure protection of all citizens.

FY 2000 Performance Issues

Despite their best efforts, EPA and its partners were not able to meet planned targets for 12 of the
73 FY 2000 APGs. These APGs are associated with seven of EPA's ten strategic goals. In most
cases the Agency does not expect the shortfall in meeting these APGs to compromise progress
towards achieving the long-range goals and objectives.

For example,  EPA changed the focus of underground storage tank compliance from simply having
the required equipment to operating that equipment properly.  As a result, states' reporting of
compliance rates based on operational compliance led to a lower overall compliance figure but a
better measure of environmental progress.  In another case, an extension of the public comment
period delayed completion of the Exposure Factors Handbook, designed to provide guidance for
assessing risks to children exposed to environmental contaminants, but permitted increased public
involvement.  Similarly, while EPA fell well short of its target for reassessing pesticide tolerances,
the Agency did make progress in developing a scientific approach to assessing cumulative risk
that involves considerable stakeholder input and scientific peer review.  Once implemented this
approach will expedite Agency efforts to reassess pesticide tolerances.  The results tables included
in Section II provide more complete information on these and other shortfalls.

Strengthening Program Integrity Through Improved Management

Draft: 1/30/01                              6

-------
Over the past decade EPA made substantial progress toward resolving programmatic and
administrative issues that had the potential to impact the Agency's ability to achieve its mission.
One of the most significant accomplishments is the progress the Agency has made in addressing
General Accounting Office (GAO) concerns regarding the Superfund program.  In FY 1990 GAO
designated Superfund as a high-risk area, citing recurring management problems that heightened
the risk of fraud, waste, abuse, and mismanagement. After ten years, in its January 2001 report,
High-Risk Series: An Update, GAO removed the Superfund program from the high-risk list,
indicating that EPA had made significant progress in addressing this long-standing management
challenge and has demonstrated a continuing commitment to these efforts.

Over the next several years EPA faces a number of management challenges, including two that the
GAO January 2001 high-risk update identified as government-wide high-risk areas. The first
issue, strategic human capital management, is characterized by what GAO regards as inadequate
efforts to meet an agency's current and emerging needs in the areas of human capital planning,
recruitment, and development. The second issue, information security, was first designated as a
government-wide high risk area in FY 1997. Despite the Agency's ongoing efforts to correct
security deficiencies, GAO believes that critical government operations and assets continue to be
highly vulnerable to computer-based attacks.

In its January 2001 report, Major Management Challenges and Program Risks: Environmental
Protection Agency, GAO identified two additional management challenges specific to EPA: (1)
improving environmental and performance information to set priorities and measure results and
(2) strengthening EPA's working relationships with the states.  EPA's Office of Inspector General
(OIG) shares GAO concerns on both the high-risk issues and the management challenges. Section
JJ-"GPRA Performance Results," specifically goal chapters 7 and 10, and Section
UI-"Management Accomplishments and Challenges" present a further discussion of these issues.

EPA's OIG provides Congress with an annual list of EPA's key management challenges based on
OIG audits and provides the Agency with candidate weaknesses for consideration during EPA's
annual assessment of management controls under the Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act
(FMFIA). Section in includes OIG's statement on the Agency's most serious management and
performance challenges and its assessment of Agency progress.  OIG identified several additional
areas it believes EPA should address in a timely manner to ensure the Agency can accomplish its
environmental mission and achieve effective management. These issues include accountability,
managerial accounting, quality of laboratory data, EPA's use of assistance agreements to
accomplish its mission, the backlog of National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permits,
and results-based information technology project management.  Goal chapters 2, 7, and  10 in
Section U and Section TTT provide further discussion of these issues.

In  recognizing that one of the most critical challenges facing government today is preserving the
public's trust in the integrity of our programs, EPA places a high priority on addressing  the GAO
and OIG issues as well as issues identified by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and
through internal Agency reviews and assessments. Section IH contains a full discussion of the
Agency's material weaknesses and major management challenges and provides a summary of

Draft:  1/30/01                              7

-------
corrective action strategies underway to resolve the issues. In addition to goal chapters 2, 7, and
10 identified above, goal chapters 5, 6, and 9 discuss Agency efforts to address major
management challenges that may affect the achievement of EPA's goals and objectives.

ADVANCING EPA'S WORK

Strengthening State and Tribal Partnerships

Many of the advances in environmental protection made over the past year, highlighted in the list
of accomplishments above and reflected in the chapters that follow, would not have been possible
without the participation and support of states. EPA and the states consulted extensively
throughout the development of EPA's revised Strategic Plan, and the Agency worked closely
with members of the Environmental Council of the States on the mission statement, goals,
objectives, and text of the Plan.

During FY 2000 EPA and 34 states continued to strengthen their partnership to protect public
health and the environment through the National Environmental Performance Partnership System
(NEPPS). Under NEPPS EPA and states work closely on all aspects of results-based
management, including performance measurement, and use core performance measures (CPMs)
to evaluate their progress toward mutual program goals. (CPMs associated with a subset of the
Agency's annual performance goals are noted in the tables for goal chapters 1, 2, and 5 in Section
II of this report.)

In March 2000 EPA formally reaffirmed its commitment to the NEPPS principles of flexibility,
innovation, and partnership. To demonstrate this commitment EPA designated leaders from each
region and national program office to provide a broad, Agency-wide perspective on how EPA and
states can improve all aspects of NEPPS. In addition EPA Regional Administrators were asked
to discuss with State Environmental Commissioners how EPA might better incorporate state
priorities into EPA's planning, budgeting, and guidance and improve the Agency's understanding
of the particular environmental challenges facing each state. EPA is working with ECOS to
implement a formal process for including state input into national priority-setting processes.

Over the past ten years GAO has worked with EPA and the states to  identify areas of concern,
make recommendations, and track Agency progress in resolving the long-standing  challenges
associated with the EPA/state relationship. GAO concerns have centered around some
fundamental disagreements between EPA and the states over their respective roles, priorities
among state environmental programs, and the appropriate degree of federal oversight. GAO
believes EPA has taken positive steps in some areas that have improved cooperation with the
states, resulting in more effective and efficient environmental protection.

EPA also worked closely with tribal governments to improve management of environmental
issues in Indian  country and to develop tribal capacity to implement environmental programs.
EPA finalized new grant regulations that, when implemented, will lay the groundwork for
negotiation of Performance Partnership Grants (PPGs). PPGs will enable tribes as well as states

Draft: 1/30/01                              8

-------
to use grant funds flexibly to meet their specific environmental needs. During FY 2000 EPA and
tribes also made major advances toward strengthening their governnient-to-government
relationship. For example EPA sponsored the 5th National Tribal Annual Conference on
Environmental Management in Lincoln City, Oregon.  The meeting brought tribes from across the
nation together with a number of federal agencies to address a wide range of environmental
issues. The growing partnership between tribes and EPA was further demonstrated this year
through the Agency's enhanced and extensive consultation with tribes in discussing water quality
standards in Indian country.

EPA has also worked with tribes to address a number of cross-media concerns.  For example the
Agency initiated training for tribal enforcement officials interested in obtaining or enhancing their
federal inspection credentials.  The development of accredited staff expands the Agency's ability
to address priority issues. In addition FY 2000 saw the creation of the first Tribal Science
Council as part of EPA's Science Advisory Board.  This new collaborative body will enable tribes
and EPA more effectively to address long-standing issues in Indian country, such as the need to
further the science surrounding subsistence fishing and other exposure pathways.

Improving Results-Based Management

In FY 2000 EPA completed its first full planning and accountability cycle under GPRA with the
March 2000 submission of its first Annual Performance Report, presenting the results of EPA's
FY 1999 performance to Congress and the public. In a series often goal meetings, senior Agency
managers met with the Deputy Administrator to discuss: (1) the FY 1999 results and the lessons
they prompted; (2) mid-year performance toward FY 2000APGs; (3) progress toward long-term
strategic goals; and (4) work underway to improve performance measurement.

To further improvements in EPA's performance measurement, the Agency formed a performance
measurement improvement team and conducted workshops with program offices to promote
development of more outcome-oriented goals and measures. EPA applied many of the lessons
learned from this effort in developing the framework for its revised Strategic Plan, which was
issued in September 2000.  The Agency is committed to developing APGs and performance
measures that focus on outcomes; linking  performance with resources more closely; using
information generated through planning, budgeting, analysis, and accountability activities to
inform management decisions; and communicating the results of its efforts clearly to Congress
and the public.

Developing Program Evaluation Capabilities

While performance measurement generally describes what a program achieved—outputs or
outcomes—during a given period, program evaluation can help explain -why these results
occurred. Program evaluation identifies areas needing improvement, better strategies for
achieving established goals, and ways to improve data collection or measurement of program
results.  Performance measurement alone cannot answer these questions.
Draft: 1/30/01

-------
To further improve its ability to assess progress, EPA has taken steps over the past year to
increase the number and improve the quality of program evaluation activities within the Agency.
EPA's OIG has reorganized and created an Office of Program Evaluation to conduct evaluations
of EPA's programs. During FY 2000 EPA's Program Evaluation Network—comprising EPA
managers and staff with expertise in and responsibilities for program evaluation—continued to
meet and to share information. In Spring 2000 in response to requests from Network members,
EPA presented two 1-day training sessions focusing on the fundamentals of program evaluation.
The 77 headquarters and regional staff who participated in the training will continue to help build
EPA's ability to conduct evaluations, improving the Agency's ability to assess progress toward its
environmental goals. In FY 2000 the Agency also solicited program and regional office proposals
for limited central funding of program evaluations.  Four studies were selected for funding,
including the Assessment of the Water Quality Standards process conducted under Goal 2.

ADDITIONAL FY 1999 PERFORMANCE RESULTS

During FY 2000 new performance data became available for several of the thirteen FY 1999
APGs for which there were delayed reporting cycles or targets set beyond FY 1999. As a result
EPA can now report achievement of six additional FY 1999 APGs,  bringing the number of
FY 1999 APGs achieved to 50 out of a total of 69. Delays in reporting cycles and targets set
beyond FY 1999 continue to affect seven FY  1999 APGs.

DATA QUALITY

EPA's FY 2000 performance data can be characterized as acceptably reliable and complete. In
terms of data reliability, a significant number of APGs are Agency counts of administrative or
programmatic outputs and not subject to wide margins of error.  In cases where counts involve
major EPA data systems, however, the data are subject to Agency-wide data quality standards
and periodically audited for accuracy and completeness. A recent GAO review of the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Information System (RCRIS), for example, resulted in an adjustment
of the baseline number of facilities in the database, improving the reliability of the reported
performance data. Performance data for several APGs are obtained by voluntary reporting,
modeling, or extrapolating.  The degree to which the quality of the data is affected by these data
gathering techniques has not been quantified in most cases, although the reliability of the data can
be estimated at least qualitatively. EPA also uses data submitted from external sources such as
states to develop its performance data. For the more significant EPA databases, protocols are in
place to check the data for errors.  To a large degree, however, EPA must rely on the quality
assurance/quality controls in place at the primary data source to ensure data accuracy.

Three EPA databases have been identified as Agency management weaknesses in FY 2000.
These are the Permit Compliance System, RCRIS, and the Safe Drinking Water Information
System. The Agency is implementing specific corrective action  strategies for each of these
databases and has established milestones for data quality improvements. As a result the quality of
the performance data from these databases can be  expected to improve significantly hi the future.
Draft: 1/30/01                              10

-------
EPA has taken several important steps to improve its data quality management. The Agency
recently reorganized its information management activities into one office. It has adopted six new
data standards to promote consistency in reporting and data integration. In addition the Agency is
implementing a Central Data Exchange—a single portal for states and the regulated community
reporting environmental information to EPA.  These steps will help to improve the efficiency and
reliability of EPA's data as well as detect and correct errors. In addition, with the goal of
significantly improving data quality, EPA is allowing greater public access to Agency data,
including enforcement and compliance information.

All of the the Agency's 73 FY 2000 APGs (first reported in the FY 2000 Final Annual Plan and
since revised to reflect final budget decisions and FY 1999 performance) are accounted for in the
tables of results presented in each goal chapter in Section n. In the case of APGs for which
performance data is not yet available, the tables indicate when the Agency will have the data
necessary to report performance.
Draft: 1/30/01

-------
 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

 Budget Authority for FY 1997 - FY 2000

 Budget authority is the authority provided by law to incur financial obligations, such as awarding
 contracts or grants.  For FY 2000 EPA received a total of $8.3 billion in budget authority. The
 "Budget Authority by Fiscal Year" chart provides a comparison of EPA's total budget authority
 for FY 1997 through FY 2000.
                                                    Budget Authority
                                                       by Fiscal Year
                                                                           I All Other
                                                                           ! Superfund
                                                                           I STAG
                                                       1997  1998  1999  2000
OMB issues EPA's budget authority in many
accounts, consistent with appropriation law.
The "Budget Authority" chart depicts the
Superfund and State and Tribal Assistance
Grants (STAG) accounts, and characterizes
other major accounts—such as the
Environmental Programs and Management
account and the Science and Technology
account—under "All Other." The Superfund
category is a net amount in that it reflects
transfers of Superfund authority to other
accounts as directed by Congress.

FY 2000 Obligations
 An obligation is a legal responsibility on the part of the government to make a disbursement at a
 later date.  For example an obligation is recognized when the government awards a contract.
 The actual costs associated with the contract are recognized when the contractor delivers the
 goods/services.

 The accompanying table of EPA's FY 2000 obligations presents data for each goal by
 appropriation.  Obligations in this table are not the same as "costs," which are reported in Section
 IV under the Statement of Net Costs. Obligation totals in this table also differ from Agency
 financial statements because the obligation totals include EPA's Superfund transfer to other
 federal agencies. Each of the goal chapters that follow in Section n presents the total obligations
 for that goal in comparison to Agency's total obligations for FY 2000.
Draft: 1/30/01
                                          12

-------
                                 FY 2000 Obligations

Approp.
STAG
All Other
Superfund
TOTAL
G-l

203
341
0
544
G-2

3098
519
0
3617
G-3

0
76
0
76
G-4

94
178
0
272
G-5

64
296
1563
1923
G-6

52
178
0
230
G-7

0
139
3
142
G-8

0
262
3
265
G-9

71
287
15
373
G-10

0
382
57
439
Reimbursable

0
270
123
393
Other

0
0
700
700
Total

3582
2928
2464
8974
FY 2000 Expenses

Expenses represent funds paid by EPA for services rendered or activities performed. In FY 2000
EPA expended $7,4 billion using current and prior year appropriation authority. Of this amount
73.4 percent was expended for contracts, inter-agency agreements (lAGs), and grants. FY 2000
expenses are also displayed by strategic goal in the Statement of Net Costs in Section IV.
       FY 2000 Expenses
Superfund Financial Trends

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA),
enacted in 1980, formally established the Superfund program and the Hazardous Substance
Response Trust Fund, now known as the Hazardous Substance Superfund (Trust Fund).
Although CERCLA has not been reauthorized since 1995, the Superfund program continues to
operate each year by way of annual Congressional appropriations from general fund transfer.

The Trust Fund, administered by the Bureau of Public Debt, U.S. Department of the Treasury
(Treasury), is the primary financing source for the Superfund program.  For FY 2000 Treasury
reports that the Trust Fund received approximately $1.2 billion in receipts from the revenue
sources shown in the accompanying chart.
Draft: 1/30/01
13

-------
                                                   FY 2000 Superfund Trust
                                                    Fund Revenue Sources
                                                                Other
                                                   Investment Income
                                                     20.1%
                          Cost Recoveries
                            19.7%
                                                                      Fines & Penalties
                                                                         0.1%
                                                               I General Fund Transfer
                                                                    59.7%
The Superfund program's authority to tax expired
on December 31, 1995.  Consequently, the major
revenue sources for the Trust Fund are cost
recoveries; interest, fines, and penalties; income
from Trust Fund investments; and general
revenues.  Due to diminishing revenues EPA has
increased its efforts to conserve existing Trust
Fund balances and replenish the Trust Fund with all
eligible revenues. To accomplish these goals EPA
has:

•      Revised the indirect cost rate methodology
       for Superfund cost recovery to reflect the
       foil costs of Superfund cleanup.
       Recovered $230.4 million during FY 2000 as a result of accelerated efforts to pursue cost
       recovery.

       Reemphasized its "enforcement first" philosophy to compel potentially responsible parties
       (PRPs) to clean up contaminated sites.
       By having PRPs perform cleanups, EPA
       can reduce related response and legal
       enforcement costs, resulting in cost
       savings to both the taxpayer and the
       Trust Fund.
       With direction from Treasury,
       diversified the Trust Fund's investment
       portfolio and returned a higher rate of
       interest to the Trust Fund.
    Cumulative Superfund Trust
       Fund Cost Recoveries
        FY 1995 thru FY 2000
           ms  im  im  im  im  2000
FUTURE TRENDS

A number of current trends will have implications for the future success of EPA's programs.
Should climate-change-driven weather extremes such as more frequent hot, dry summers increase,
attainment of air quality standards may be more difficult despite the full implementation of
emission control plans. High temperatures and bright sunlight, for example, could increase the
formation of ozone.  Droughts and floods, also more likely to increase with a warmer climate,
could significantly affect the success of the Agency's water and waste programs. Floodwaters
could disrupt hazardous waste sites and spread animal and other wastes.  Drought conditions
could preclude reliance on dilution to improve water quality and thus threaten the nation's water
supply.  EPA and its partners have established some pollution control strategies predicated on
Draft: 1/30/01
14

-------
fairly typical temperature and precipitation regimes; unfortunately, those control strategies might
be less likely to succeed in the face of increased climate and weather extremes.

Population growth, along with the attendant development of suburban and exurban areas, also has
implications for environmental protection programs.  Sprawl increases demands on transportation
and can result in more people relying more heavily on private vehicles. Increases in vehicle miles
traveled, coupled with the trend toward larger vehicles such as sport utility vehicles, can
contribute to increased emissions of conventional pollutants and greenhouse gases like carbon
dioxide and may impact EPA's air program. Apart from adding to air quality concerns,
population growth also places increased pressure on the nation's infrastructure for providing clean
and safe water. This concern is becoming especially apparent as the U.S. population grows in the
southern and southwestern states, which have fewer water resources and often less highly
developed water and wastewater treatment infrastructures than other states.

In conjunction with the growth of the overall population,  America's population is aging. This
change will inevitably lead to new and unexpected patterns of consumption and, therefore, to new
patterns of pollution. One potential trend, for example, is greater use of medications and other
biologically active substances likely to show up in wastewater.

The current trend of general economic growth and increased consumer demands will also  affect
the success of EPA's programs across all media.  If domestic manufacturing and production rise,
waste streams may continue to change and require responses from EPA solid and hazardous
waste programs. Air and water emissions are also likely to increase in response to this growth.
Larger homes increase energy demands and can lead to growth in greenhouse gas emissions.
Changes in producer and consumer behavior are also likely to influence the Agency's ability to
achieve its objectives, for example, in the area of food safety.

Several technology changes might have significant impacts, both positive and negative, on the
environment. Development  and adoption of clean technology, such as hydrogen fuel cells, could
reduce energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions. Biotechnology, including the
development of genetically modified organisms, may yield crops that can thrive without the use of
fertilizers and pesticides. However, researchers continues to investigate the interaction of genetic
engineering and other technologies with environmental factors. EPA's pesticide and industrial
chemical programs may need to respond to advances in biotechnology.

The Internet and information technology are transforming public sector processes and the ways
that agencies interact with their constituents and relate to one another. Government agencies at
all levels are using technology to be more accessible, efficient, and responsive to their
constituents.  Fueled by the expectations of a citizenry that is growing accustomed to conducting
business online, businesses seeking to reduce costs in a technology-driven marketplace, and
Congressional efforts to reduce reporting burden, agencies are using the Internet and information
technology to streamline processes, improve services, and integrate information. As e-commerce
becomes folly entrenched in the everyday lives of citizens, EPA will need to deliver customer
services that will require integration across multiple departments and levels of government.

Draft:  1/30/01                               15

-------
Clearly, these and other social, economic, and technological trends and developments will
influence the Agency's ability to achieve its goals and objectives.

LOOKING AHEAD

EPA learned from its FY 1999 experience—through both the work it accomplished and the
challenges it faced—and has made significant progress during FY 2000 in applying the principles
of results-based management.  The Agency advanced its efforts to set quantifiable, attainable
goals and targets; forecast external factors that may have an impact on program planning; measure
performance results more precisely; and analyze more accurately the relationships among costs,
activities, and results.

In setting future goals and targets, EPA will focus on delivering human health and environmental
outcomes and developing meaningful performance measures where possible. The Agency will
strive to develop APGs more closely linked to environmental outcomes, like those currently in
place under the Acid Rain Program for NOX and SO2 emissions. Under these APGs EPA is able
to measure actual reductions in air pollutants, rather than program activities such as permits
issued. Another such model is presented by the Great Lakes Program which, in place of the
indicator indices and model predictions counts used to assess FY 2000 performance, will begin in
FY 2001  to measure ecological trends.

In the coming years EPA will support and advance efforts to increase the quality and outcome
orientation of the Agency's performance goals and measures. As it does, the Agency will
continue  to work with states to improve the CPMs that have been negotiated through NEPPS,
both to realize improvements in its ability to measure outcomes and to maintain the close
alignment of NEPPS and GPRA performance measures. EPA and states are particularly
committed to increasing significantly the ratio of environmental outcome to output CPMs.

To  measure environmental improvements and assess progress accurately, EPA and its partners
need quality environmental information and the analytical tools to understand it. The Agency is
working to ensure that it keeps pace with the rapid advances in information technology and can
meet the  growing demand for reliable environmental information.  EPA is developing an
Information Plan that assesses the Agency's environmental direction, establishes a framework for
identifying and addressing information needs, and matches information and technology resources
to those needs.  In addition the Plan will establish processes for addressing data needs and identify
potential data collection efficiencies and opportunities to leverage information resources. These
initiatives will also support EPA's efforts to improve its trend data, so that the Agency may better
assess progress toward long term goals and provide a context for assessing annual results.

Collaboration with the Agency's federal, state, and tribal partners and with interested stakeholders
will be critical to the success of these efforts.  EPA will continue to depend on strong, effective
partnerships to ensure progress toward the Agency's human health and environmental protection
goals.
Draft: 1/30/01                              16

-------
The chapters that follow in Section n present EPA's FY 2000 progress toward each of the
Agency's ten long-term goals. Each chapter discusses the Agency's accomplishments, research
contributions, program evaluations,  and the impact of FY 2000 results on the FY 2001 Annual
Plan.  Tables provided at the end of each chapter present information on the APGs that support
each long-term goal.  Together, the  chapters and tables help to describe the results EPA and its
federal, state, tribal, and local agency partners achieved during FY 2000 and to explain how these
results will shape the Agency's future planning and performance.
 Draft: 1/30/01                              17

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL REPORT
       SECTION II
     GPRA FY 2000
PERFORMANCE RESULTS
        DRAFT  January 2001

-------
                                GOAL1:  CLEAN AIR

The air in every American community will be safe and healthy to breathe. In particular, children,
the elderly, and people with respiratory ailments will be protected from health risks of breathing
polluted air. Reducing air pollution will also protect the environment, resulting in many benefits,
such as restoring life in damaged ecosystems and reducing health risks to those whose subsistence
depends directly on those ecosystems.

OVERVIEW

       Exposure to air pollution is associated with numerous harmful effects on human health,
including respiratory problems, heart and lung diseases, and even premature death. Children are
at an even greater risk than adults because they are more active outdoors and their lungs are still
developing.  Senior citizens are also more sensitive to air pollution because they often have heart
or lung diseases. EPA and its partners have made significant progress in protecting the health of
people of all ages by dramatically reducing air pollution from various sources.  Based on EPA's
findings in The Benefits and Costs of the Clean Air Act (November 1999), the Agency expects
that the health benefits from reductions in ground-level ozone, particulate matter, and associated
pollutants (especially from reductions in sulfur dioxide emissions) achieved under the 1990 Clean
Air Act Amendments will continue to increase.
  Clean Air Act Amendments:  Estimated Human Health Benefits for the Year 2010

     23,000 fewer incidences of premature mortality.
     20,000 fewer cases of chronic bronchitis and 47,000 fewer cases of acute bronchitis.
  •   22,000 fewer respiratory system-related hospital admissions.
     42,000 fewer cardiovascular hospital admissions and 4,800 fewer emergency room visits for
     asthma.
  •   91,000 fewer incidence-days of shortness of breath and 1,700,000 fewer asthma attacks.
  •   4,100,000 fewer lost workdays and 31,000,000 fewer days with restricted activity due to air
     pollution-related illness.
  Source: The Benefits and Costs of the Clean Air Act (November 1999)
       Air pollution, such as acid rain, ground-level ozone, and air toxics, can also significantly
affect ecosystems.  For example, EPA has estimated that ground-level ozone reduces agricultural
and commercial forest yields by $500 million each year. Airborne release and subsequent
deposition of nitrogen oxides (NOJ is one of the largest sources of nitrogen pollution in certain
water bodies, such as the Chesapeake Bay. Overly abundant nitrogen can cause excessive growth
of algae, which in turn can harm fish and shellfish and reduce the light available to aquatic
vegetation and coral reefs. INSERT CHART A
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

       The national air
program is a joint effort
involving the different levels of
government— federal, tribal,
state, and local—that play a
part in air quality management.
 It is the sum of their collective
efforts that constitute the
national air program.

Reducing Emissions of
Criteria Pollutants

       Under the Clean Air
Act, EPA establishes National
Ambient Air Quality Standards
(NAAQS)  to protect public health,
children, and senior citizens. EPA
against degradation of ecosystems,
impairment.
         Clean Air Efforts in Indian Country

EPA has built on its partnership with tribal
governments and has made achievements in many
areas, including providing resources to tribes to work
on air quality planning, management,  and control.
More than 100 tribes  now receive Clean Air Act
funding. Sixty-seven tribes are actively involved in
ambient monitoring, at least 30 are developing
emissions inventories, 27 are working with EPA on
major source permitting, 35 are conducting education
and outreach activities,  and several are actively
participating in Regional Planning Organizations as
they work to address  regional haze. Also, in FY 2000
the tribes, Northern Arizona University Institute for
Tribal Environmental Professionals, and EPA
launched a new Tribal Air Monitoring Support Center
in Las Vegas that will assist with building monitoring
capacity among tribes.
including the health of "sensitive" populations like asthmatics,
also sets limits to protect public welfare, including protecting
vegetation, crops, and materials and preventing visibility
       EPA has set national air quality standards for six principal pollutants (referred to as
criteria pollutants): carbon monoxide (CO), lead (Pb), nitrogen dioxide (NO2), ozone, paniculate
matter (PM), and sulfur dioxide (SO2). Between 1970 and 1999, total emissions of the six
principal air pollutants decreased 31 percent [CPM for all six criteria pollutants]. The dramatic
improvements occurred simultaneously with significant increases in the nation's population,
economic growth, and travel and are a result of effective implementation of clean air laws and
regulations, as well as enhancements of the efficiency of industrial technologies.

       Even greater improvements are expected with the implementation of new regulations for
passenger vehicles and trucks. In FY 2000 EPA finalized a rule  for passenger vehicles, including
sport utility vehicles, that will significantly reduce NOX emissions (a contributor to ground-level
ozone, or smog) by nearly 3 million tons per year by 2030. A rule for trucks, when fully
implemented in 2030, will reduce NOX emissions by 2.4 million tons per year.

       In FY 2000, as the result of sustained improvements in air quality and the fulfillment of
other Clean Air Act requirements, 13 additional areas, with a population of 5.2 million people,
were found to have improved air quality enough to meet at least one  of the standards for the
criteria pollutants [some CPMs for criteria pollutants]. Despite this progress in air quality
improvement, more than 62 million people still live in counties with monitored pollution levels
that do not meet one or more national air quality  standards (this number does not consider the 8
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
hour ozone standard). To address air pollution in those areas, EPA is working on ways to reduce
criteria pollutants in those areas and has proposed a program to control regional haze, which is
largely caused by PM.    INSERT CHART B

       As a result of a multiyear, multistate effort to look at ways to address the ozone transport
problem, in FY 1999 EPA finalized the "NOX State Implementation Plan (SIP) call," requiring 22
states and the District of Columbia to submit SIPs that address the regional transport of ground-
level ozone.  A decision by the U.S. Court of Appeals largely upheld the NOX SIP call but
remanded a few issues back to EPA. In FY 2000 EPA developed a plan to amend the NOX SIP
call in light of the court decision. Full implementation of this SIP call, considering the intended
revisions, would reduce total NOX emissions by nearly 1 million tons annually. Section 126 of the
Clean Air Act gives any state the authority to ask EPA to set emissions limits for specific sources
of pollution in other states that significantly contribute to its air quality problems.  EPA granted
petitions filed by four northeastern states seeking to reduce ozone pollution through reductions in
NOX emissions from other states. The ozone pollution reductions will provide cleaner air for
more than 100 million people.  In addition, these two actions will reduce acid rain and visibility
problems.  They will also protect water quality by reducing the amount of nitrogen reaching water
bodies.

       In FY 2000 EPA also conducted various planning activities to support future
implementation of the regional haze rule by the states and tribes.  "Regional Haze" impairs
visibility over a large area, due to the presence of fine particles in air that scatter and absorb light
effectively. The Agency's activities include developing technical tools and guidance, expanding
the Interagency Monitoring of Protected Visual Environments (IMPROVE) visibility monitoring
network, providing funding and developing work plans for five regional planning bodies, and
conducting specific work with the Western Regional Air Partnership on an annex to the
recommendations of the Grand Canyon Visibility Transport Commission. These activities will help
achieve the national visibility goal Congress established when it amended the Clean Air Act in
1977.

 Monitoring and Controlling Air Toxics

       Toxic air pollutants are those pollutants that cause or might cause cancer or other serious
health effects, such as reproductive effects or birth defects, or adverse environmental and
ecological effects. Some common toxic air pollutants are benzene (found in gasoline),
perchloroethylene (emitted from some dry cleaning facilities), and methylene chloride (used as a
solvent in some industries). Most air toxics originate from man-made sources, including mobile
sources (e.g., cars, trucks, buses, construction equipment) and stationary sources (e.g., factories,
refineries, power plants), as well as indoor sources (e.g., building materials and some cleaning
compounds). Air toxics are also released from natural sources like volcanic eruptions and forest
fires.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       Unlike the criteria pollutant program, an extensive nationwide monitoring network for air
toxics does not yet exist. In FY 1999, however, EPA, along with state and local participants,
developed a national strategy for monitoring toxic air pollutants.  The Agency is beginning to
implement that strategy. Specifically, in FY 2000 EPA, the states, tribes, and local governments
worked to develop criteria for monitoring and analyzing ambient air toxics. In addition, four
urban area pilot projects and sk small city/rural pilot projects will be established. This pilot
phase, which was reviewed by the Agency's Science Advisory Board, is part of a larger, multiyear
program to be used to generate information on the variability of ambient air toxics over time and
geographic areas to guide the proper deployment  of an air toxics monitoring network. The four
major pilot projects—in Providence, Detroit, Tampa, and Seattle—were funded in FY 2000 and
are expected to operate for 1 year.

       In addition, the Agency is conducting a four-step National-Scale Air Toxics Assessment
that will include the 33 air toxics that present the greatest threat to public health in the largest
number of urban areas.  The assessment results can then be used to identify the areas of the
country and pollutants for which further investigation is needed. The first two steps, completed in
FY 2000, were to compile a national inventory of air toxics emissions from outdoor sources and
to estimate ambient concentrations of air toxics across the contiguous United States using data
from 1996.  The last two steps, to be completed in early 2001, are to estimate population
exposures across the contiguous United States and to characterize potential public health risk due
to inhalation of air toxics, including both cancer and noncancer effects.

       EPA has put in place important controls covering  air toxics from fuels and engines and is
continuing to take additional steps to reduce air toxics from vehicles.  EPA anticipates that by
2020 there will be a 75 percent reduction in key air toxics from highway vehicles from 1990
levels. In particular, in FY 2000, the Agency finalized the rule that sets the standards for the next
generation of cleaner-burning engines and gasoline for passenger vehicles, including sport utility
vehicles, and proposed a similar rule for cleaner heavy-duty trucks and buses and their fuel. EPA
also introduced a voluntary diesel retrofit program that encourages states, cities, and private
companies to use modern emissions control technology on their older diesel engines, which have a
life of 20 to 25 years. Two pilot retrofit projects are under way in Seattle and Washington, DC,
and three more projects are planned. These regulatory and voluntary efforts, in addition to
reducing criteria pollutants, will also reduce air toxics.

       The reformulated gasoline program (RFG) is also  helping to reduce pollution in the
metropolitan areas of the country with the most difficult air quality problems. During Phase I,
which ended in 1999, benzene (a known human carcinogen) was reduced in major metropolitan
areas by as much as 43 percent. Phase n, which began on January 1, 2000, should  reduce vehicle
emissions of volatile organic compounds by 27 percent, air toxics emissions by 22 percent, and
NOX emissions by 7 percent (http://www.epa.gov/oms/rtg.htm). As an example of the benefits, in
Chicago, EPA estimates that the Phase n RFG program will result in annual reductions of 8,000
tons of smog-forming pollutants and 2000 tons of toxic vehicle emissions, benefitting almost  8
million citizens in the Chicago area facing some of the worst smog in the nation.
Draft:  1/29/01

-------
       EPA has also continued to set technology-based standards to reduce toxic air emissions
from large industrial sources. In FY 2000 the Agency proposed eight Maximum Achievable
Control Technology (MACT) standards covering 12 types of emission sources. The Agency also
issued three final MACT standards for four source categories. These rules will reduce toxic
emissions by an estimated 62,000 tons each year when fully implemented; all the MACT standards
combined will reduce emissions by more than 1 million tons each year. EPA is also beginning the
risk-based phase of this program, evaluating sources that already have MACT standards to
determine whether there are remaining risks that require additional controls. In FY 2000 the
Agency conducted 12 screening risk assessments on previously promulgated 2- and 4-year MACT
standards and concluded that four source categories will need further assessments to determine
whether additional regulations are needed.

Reducing Acid Rain

       Acidic deposition or "acid rain" occurs when emissions of SO2 and NOX in the atmosphere
react with water, oxygen, and oxidants to form acidic compounds.  These compounds fall to earth
in a dry form (gas and particles) or a wet form (rain, snow, and fog).  Major human health
concerns associated with exposure to the compounds include effects on breathing and the
respiratory system, damage to lung tissue, and premature death. In the environment, acid rain
raises the acid levels in soils and water bodies, making the water unsuitable for some fish and
other wildlife; it also damages trees at some higher elevations.  Acid rain is carried by the wind,
sometimes across state and national borders.  In the United States, electric utility plants that burn
fossil fuels produce about 64 percent of annual SO2 emissions and 26 percent of NOX emissions.

       The Acid Rain Program, as authorized by the Clean Air Act, is being implemented in two
phases:  Phase I for SO2 began in 1995 and targeted the largest and highest-emitting power plants,
predominantly coal-fired units; Phase I for NOX began in 1996. As the chart indicates, the
programs have significantly reduced emissions from the 1990 baseline. (INSERT CHART C)
Phase n for both pollutants began in 2000. The Acid Rain Program now covers more than 2,500
units and includes gas-fired, oil-fired units, and coal-fired units. The Phase n units installed
continuous emissions monitors and began reporting emissions to the Acid Rain Program in 1995.
Required reporting of emissions from all affected units was needed for EPA to assess utilities'
compliance with the program's reduced utilization provisions.  It also ensured a smooth start-up
of Phase n in 2000, when all affected units became subject to SO2 emission reductions. Most
coal-fired Phase II units also became subject to NOX emission reductions in 2000.  The transition
to full program operation has progressed smoothly. In addition, the computer-based Allowance
Tracking and Emissions Tracking Systems, which support the program, and were enhanced in FY
2000, will be  expanded in the next several years to support operations of the Ozone Transport
Commission's NOX Budget/Multistate Emissions Trading Programs in the Northeast.

       EPA has made significant progress toward achieving its long-term goal of cleaner air for
all Americans through successful and collaborative integration of regulatory and partnership
activities.  During FY 2000, final rules setting standard for cleaner burning engines and fuels; final


Draft: 1/29/01                              6

-------
passenger rules for vehicles including sports utility vehicles; proposal of eight and issuance of
three MACT standards; and expansion in the universe of electric utility plans covered under the
Acid Rain program all highlight the Agency's movement toward meeting its strategic objective of
cleaner air for all Americans.

RESEARCH CONTRIBUTIONS

Criteria Pollutants

       In FY 2000 EPA completed key research on an atmospheric model (the Community
Multi-scale Air Quality model, or Models-3/CMAQ) that will allow state, tribal, and local air
quality managers to more accurately forecast the benefits of alternative ozone, PM, and regional
haze source controls. Models-3/CMAQ simultaneously looks at ozone, PM, visibility, acid rain,
and some toxics, as an aid in evaluating control strategies for one or several ozone precursors.
EPA offices and regions are working together to encourage states to use the model for upcoming
State Implementation Plans.

       EPA continues to work with state and local agencies in all areas to develop strategies to
help them maintain clean air or come into compliance while being sensitive to local economic and
other issues. The Agency also examines the NAAQS every 5 years to ensure that they are
protective of human health. Currently, EPA is working toward completing a review of the ozone
and PM-2.5 standards by 2002. In addition, the draft plan for the Ozone Air Quality Criteria
Document (AQCD) is nearly ready for release for public comment and Clean Air Scientific
Advisory Committee (CAS AC) review.  This is an important milestone in the 5-year review of the
tropospheric ozone NAAQS set by the Agency.

       EPA leads research efforts  to characterize human exposures to PM and to evaluate the
biological mechanisms behind PM's respiratory and cardiovascular effects. PM-related research
in FY 2000 included assessments to determine the best means to estimate health outcomes and the
susceptibility of sensitive subgroups, including children and senior citizens. Completion of a study
on exposure of senior citizens to particulate matter indicates that exposure of senior citizens to
PM creates health risks. The second External Review Draft of the PM AQCD will be released
shortly for public comment and CASAC review. EPA is also conducting ongoing research to
evaluate, improve, and develop control technologies for industrial and commercial sources.
Results of these efforts will ensure that the Agency's review of the PM standard is based on the
most up-to-date scientific standards available.  Additional research focuses on measurements,
methods, and models to support the review of the PM standard, including the evaluation of the
Models-3/CMAQ model for PM, which the states can use to predict which reductions in
emissions sources will likely achieve PM attainment as they develop their state clean air plans.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
Air Toxics

       In FY 2000 EPA's air toxics research program developed and demonstrated new methods
to assess risks from urban toxics and conducted research to develop integrated control and
pollution prevention approaches for source categories (such as utilities, waste combustors, and
industrial boilers) that would have the greatest adverse effect on urban air quality.  Results of this
research will support the Agency's efforts to develop strategies to reduce the risks posed by the
multitude of hazardous air pollutants present in many urban areas across the United States.

PROGRAM EVALUATION

       The Benefits and Costs of the Clean Air Act (CAA), In November  1999 EPA submitted a
report to Congress that estimates the benefits and costs of the Clean Air Act from  1970 to 1990.
The focus of the study was primarily on the criteria pollutants. This congressionally mandated,
peer-reviewed study indicates that the act has yielded significant pollutant emission reductions and
corresponding health benefits.  Significant uncertainties are associated with any benefit-cost
analysis of clean air programs because such analyses require scores of methodological decisions
and assumptions, many of which are the subject of continuing discussion within the economic and
policy analysis communities and within the Administration.  Nonetheless, the new study estimates
(in 1990 dollars) the value of direct benefits; including reduced incidence of human health effects,
improvement in visibility, and avoided damage to agricultural crops, to have a mean central
tendancy estimated at $22.2 trillion. The estimated direct costs total $523  billion in 1990 dollars.
Thus the retrospective analysis indicates that the mean estimate of total benefits exceeded total
costs over the period by more than a factor of 42 (http://www.epa.gov/oar/sect812/abstract.pdf).

       Air Pollution: Status of Implementation and Issues of the Clean Air Act Amendments of
1990. In response to a request  from Congress, the General Accounting Office (GAO) issued a
report (RCED-00-72)  on the status of implementation of Titles  I through VI of the 1990 Clean
Air Act Amendments.  This evaluation indicated that of the 538 requirements in those titles with
deadlines prior to February 2000 or with no statutory deadlines, EPA met xxx of the
requirements; the Agency missed the statutory deadline for xxx of the requirements.  As part of
the evaluation, GAO obtained views from stakeholders on what  they considered the key issues
regarding implementation of the 1990 Amendments. The stakeholders—state governments, local
programs, industries, and environmental advocacy groups—often cited the following issues: the
degree of flexibility allowed states and the regulated community to determine how they will
achieve air quality improvements, the extent to which goals and  requirements are clearly specified
in the statute  or regulations, and the adequacy of resources at the state and local levels to
effectively implement and enforce the statute.  This information will be considered in the
reauthorization of the Clean Air Act (http ://www. frwebgate. access, gpo.gov/csd-bin/multidb. cgi).

        EPA's Mobile Source Emissions Factor Model. In 1998, in response to a request from
Congress, the National Academy of Sciences established a committee to evaluate and develop
recommendations for improving EPA's mobile source emissions factor model, MOBILE.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
MOBILE is an EPA-developed model used by environmental and transportation agencies for
estimating emissions from on-road motor vehicles for air quality planning purposes.  In FY 2000
the committee issued its report, which included a number of recommendations for enhancing
MOBILE and for improving the overall process for estimating mobile source emissions. EPA is
addressing the recommendations as it develops a new version of MOBILE, which should be ready
in 2001.

ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE ON FY 2001 ANNUAL
PERFORMANCE PLAN

       The Clean Air Act provides a framework for achieving environmental results by setting
specific targets for each air problem.  The act identifies specific  activities and establishes a
multiyear schedule for carrying them out; it also requires air quality monitoring. Nationally,
thousands of air quality monitors provide the information that is the foundation for measuring
program success. EPA has a wealth of trends data, collected over 30 years. Despite this there is a
need for a monitoring network for air toxics. Building on the FY 2000 strategy, EPA will work
toward the deployment of a multi-year effort to generate information on the variability of ambient
air toxics over time and geographic area.  As the Agency sets annual goals and targets for future
years, EPA will focus on providing outcome oriented information where possible.  For example,
EPA currently measures NOx and  S02 reductions rather than number of permits. The Agency
envisions a day when it will provide more information on the ecological benefits across media as a
result of these reductions.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
 CHARTA

 AIRNOW, a partnership between EPA and state and local air agencies, uses air monitoring
 technology combined with innovative data transfer approaches to provide the public with real-
 time information on ozone air quality levels in more than 35 States and over 135 cities across the
 U.S. AIRNOW is available via the Internet, through USA Today and The Weather Channel and to
 TV stations across the country to use in their weather reports. AIRNOW is a model of how to
 utilize current technologies and strong partnerships to deliver real-time environmental information
 to the American public.

 AIRNOW uses color-coded ozone maps and animations, updated every two hours during the
 ozone season, to show people air quality in their community on a real-time basis. Next-day
 forecasts provided by State and Local Air Agencies help people plan for bad air days (code 'red'
 days) and take appropriate actions to limit exposure on these days.  The combination of the real-
 time data, forecasts and supporting health effects information provided as part of EPA's Air
 Quality Index (AQI) arm the public with critical information to better protect their health.

 The AIRNOW website receives over 2 million "hits" a month during the ozone season and
 received a "Best Feds on the Web" award in 2000.

 National Air Quality Maps - August 16, 2000  and August 17, 2000.

Draft: 1/29/01                              10

-------
CHART B
              CO
              PB
             NO2
          O3 (1 hr)
          O3 (8 hr)
             PM10
             SO2

  Any NAAQS (1-hr O3)

  Any NAAQS (8-hr O3)
           50             100
millions of people living in Counties with
   monitored levels above the NAAQS
                                                                  150
Draft: 1/29/01
           11

-------
                                     CHARTC

                          Reductions in SO2 and NOx emissions
                       from Utility Sources Following CAA Title IV
                                    Implementation
                           .20
                                  1&S  15.S-
                            t&aO   1385
                                                         2310
                                          r***-
Draft: 1/29/01
12

-------
                          FY 2000 Annual Report
                  Annual Performance Goals and Measures
                            Tables of Results

                            Goal 1-Clean Air
Summary of FY 2000 Performance
5 J Goal Met j_OJ Goal Not Met 1 3 | Other

FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

FY 2000

Planned

Actual
By 2B1&, improve »ur quality for American* living in areas that do not meet NAAQS for ozone and partteulate matter.
FY 2000 APG 1 : Maintain healthy air quality for 33.4 million people living in 43 areas
attaining the ozone standard. ^Corresponds with FY 2000 C^M
(FY 1 999) Eight additional areas currently classified as non-attainment will have the 1-hour
ozone standard revoked because they meet the old standard.
Explanation: Maintained healthy air quality for 33.4 million people living in 43 areas meeting
the ozone standard. One new area came into attainment and increased the
number of people living in areas attaining the ozone standard by 1 .7 million
resulting in a total of 35.1 million people living in a total of 44 areas designated
to attainment.
Data Source: The Aerometric Information Retrieval System (AIRS) is composed of two
systems Air Quality Subsystem (AQS) which stores ambient air quality data to
determine if nonattainment areas have the three years of clean air data needed
for redesignation and Air Facility Subsystem (AFS) which stores emissions and
compliance/enforcement information for facilities. AIRS data are collected from
the state and Local Air Monitoring Stations.
The Findings and Required Elements Data System (FREDS) is used to track
progress of states and regions in reviewing and approving the required data
elements of the state Implementation Flan (SIP). SIPs define what action a state
will take to improve the air quality in areas that do not meet national ambient
air quality standards.
Data Quality: Each State and Local Air Monitoring Station (SLAM) is required to: (1) meet
network design and siting criteria; (2) provide adequate quality assurance
assessment, control, and corrective actions functions; (3) ensure all sampling
methods and equipments meet EPA reference or equivalent requirements; (4)
follow acceptable data validation and record keeping procedures. SLAMS are
summarized and reported annually to EPA. SLAMS undergo system audits to
review the overall air quality data collection activity for any needed changes or
corrections. For AIRS potential data limitations are: (1) incomplete or missing
data; (2) inaccuracies due to imprecise measurement and recording; and (3)
inconsistent or non-standard methods of data collection and processing. No
external audit of AIRS has been done in the last three years. For FREDS, the
primary limitation is incomplete or missing data from the Regions. No external
audit has been done on FREDS.
33.4m
































33.4m
































FY 1999

Actual



!0






























DRAFT: 1/29/01
13

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 2: Maintain healthy air quality for 1.2 million people living in 7 areas
attaining the PM standards, and increase by 60 thousand the number
of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have attained the
standard. ^Corresponds with FY 2080 Cr*M
(FY 1 999) Deploy paniculate matter 2.5 ambient monitors including mass, continuous,
spedation, and visibility resulting in a total of 1,500 monitoring sites.
Explanation: Maintained healthy air quality for 1.2 million people living in 7 areas attaining the
PM standard. Two new areas came into attainment and increased the number of
people living in areas attaining the PM standard by 76 thousand resulting in a
total of 1 .96 million people living in a total of 9 areas designated to attainment.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 1
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 1
FY2000
Planned
12m
60,000
Actual
1.2m
75,800
FY 1999
Actual
1,110
DRAFT: 1/29/01
14

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 3: Provide new information on the atmospheric concentrations, human
exposure, and health effects of paniculate matter (PM), including PM
2.5, and incorporate it and other peer-reviewed research findings in
the Second External Review Draft of the PM AQCD for NAAQS
Review.
(rY / 999} Identify and evaluate at least two plausible biological mechanisms by which paniculate
mower (PM) causes death and disease in humans.
Performance Measures
- Hold CASAC Reviewof draft PM Air Quality Criteria Document (AQCD)
- Longitudinal Panel Study on exposure of susceptible sub-populations to PM
- PM Monitoring Study Data
- Baltimore Study on Response of Elderly to PM
Explanation: A tremendous amount of new research on atmospheric concentrations,
exposures and health effects of PM was published in FY 2000. This research
and the results of the FY 2000 CASAC review of the first draft of the PM Air
Quality Criteria Document (AQCD) are being incorporated into the second
External Review Draft of the PM AQCD for NAAQS review. FY 2000 research
products included publication of data generated from PM monitoring studies
that reduce uncertainties on atmospheric PM concentrations and publication of
a first generation exposure model for PM of ambient origin. Research also
examined ways to estimate the susceptibility of sensitive subgroups, specifically
through a longitudinal study on exposure to PM and a study on the response of
the elderly to PM.
Data Source: Agency generated material.
Data Quality: As required by the Agency-wide formal peer review policy issued in 1993, and
reaffirmed in 1994 and 1998, all major scientific and technical work products
used in Agency decision making are independently peer reviewed before their
use. EPA has implemented a rigorous process of peer review for both its in-
house and extramural research programs. Peer review panels include scientists
and engineers from academia, industry and other federal agencies.
FY2000
Planned
9/30/00
1
9/30/00
1
Actual
9/30/00
1
9/30/00
FYI999
Actual
2
8f 2
-------
                FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                         FY2000
                                                                                                    Planned
                                                                                       Actual
FY 2000 APG 4:




(FY 1999)


Explanation:
Data Source:
Data Quality:
Air toxic emissions nationwide from both stationary and mobile
sources combined will be reduced by 3% from 1 999 (for a cumulative
reduction of 30% from the 1 993 levels of 4.3 million tons.)
        ponds with two ~Y Ł008 CPMs.
Reduce air toxic emissions by 12%'mFf 1999, resulting in cumulative reduction of
25% pom 1 993 levels.

FY2000: Target 3%. Estimated Actual: 9% from a revised baseline of 5.9
million tons. The Agency expects to exceed the FY 2000 annual performance
goal primarily due to compliance with the large municipal waste combustion
rule. Estimates for FY 2000 indicate a 9% reduction in air toxic emissions,
resulting in a cumulative reduction of  32% from 1993 levels. These estimated
reductions are calculated on the expected reduction from rules becoming
effective on emission sources in FY 2000. Actual emission inventory
information from the FY 2002 NTI will be available in mid-2004.

FY  1999: Target: 12%. Estimated Actual: 10% from a revised baseline of 5.9
million tons. The target of 12% was calculated against a baseline of 4.3 million
tons in 1993.  Analysis of the  1996 National Toxics Inventory indicates that the
baseline for 1 993 is actually 5.9 million tons.  Although emission reduction
targets were exceeded, this translates into a smaller percentage reduction of
the increased baseline (estimates for FY 1999 indicate a  14% reduction in air
toxic emissions from the 4.3 million ton baseline). The 10% reduction in FY
1 999 results in a cumulative reduction of 23% from 1 993 levels. These
estimated reductions are calculated on the expected reduction  from rules
becoming effective on emission sources in FY 1999. Actual emission inventory
information from the FY 1999 NTI will be available in mid-2001.

The NTI is a database that houses information from other primary sources.
For base year 1993 the system  includes emissions information  for 188
hazardous air pollutants from more than 900 stationary sources. The 1996 NTI
contains facility-specific estimates from state and local data supplemented with
data collected during the development of the Maximum Achievable Control
Technology (MACT) standards and TRI data.  It also includes emissions from
large industrial or point source, smaller stationary area sources, and mobile
sources.

Because NTI is primarily a database to house information from other primary
sources, most of the quality assurance and control efforts focus on identifying
duplicate data from the different data  sources and to supplement missing data.
There has been no effort to validate information collected from other
databases, but a significant effort is underway to determine the best primary
source data when a discrepancy among data sources is found.  Mobile source
data are validated by using speciated test data from the mobile  source emission
factor program, along with peer-reviewed models which estimate national tons
for the relevant year. Because of the different data sources, not all information
in the NTI has been compiled using identical methods. Also, for the same
reason, there are likely some geographic areas with more detail and accuracy
than others. Each base year's NTI has been reviewed by internal EPA staff,
state and local agencies, and industry.
                                                                                                      3%
  Data
available
   in
FY2004
          DRAFT: 1/29/01
                                       16

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 5: Provide new information and methods to estimate human exposure
and health effects from high priority urban air toxics, and complete
health assessments for the highest priority hazardous air pollutants
(including fuel/fuel additives).
(FY 1 999) Complete health assessments for fve air toxics as high priority.
Performance Measures
- Produce process & framework for incorporating Acute Reference Exposure values in IRIS
- Submit for Agency Review Three Tbxicological Reviews and Assessments
Explanation: Reports have been published that provide important methods and data on high
priority hazardous air pollutants, including the most potent carcinogenic
environmental polycyclic aeromatic hydrocarbon (PAH) yet discovered, dibenzo
[a,l}pyrene. For non,, - -i
FY 2000 APG 6: Maintain healthy air quality for 27.7 million people living in 46 areas
attaining the CO, SO2l NO2> and Lead standards, and increase by 1 . 1
million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality
that have attained the standard. ^Corrs.words wfch FY ?.S8Q C?M
(FY 1 999) Certify that 14 of the 58 estimated remaining nonattainment areas have achieved the
National Ambient A/r Quality Standards (NAAQS) for carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide,
or lead.
Explanation: Maintained healthy air quality for 27.7 million people living in 46 areas meeting
the CO, SO2, NO2 and Lead standards. Ten new areas came into attainment
and increased the number of people living in areas attaining the standards by 3.4.
million resulting in a total of 3 1 . 1 million people living in a total of 56 areas
designated to attainment.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 1
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 1
27.7m
I.I m
27.7m
3.41 m
13
DRAFT: 1/29/01
17

-------
                FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                       FY2000
                                                                                                  Planned
                                                                                     Actual
                       FYI999

                        Actual
Bf 2ftlft, arobksrrt sulfcrtes and total suffer deposftkm will be reduced by20-40% from 1*8$ feswJs due t» i
emtestarts from utilities and fetdustrlal sources. By 2000, a»*teHt«itr«*«s and total nitrogen«lepx>sitie»iwffl fe* r-edaeerf by $?•
fretni9$6 towels dwe to reduced «mfe.sSkH» of iU^trog^<)xrdeslroj«utja«e5a«d mobile so«r««s.
FY 2000 APG 7:


(FY 1999)

Explanation:


Data. Source:
Data Quality:
S million tons of S02 emissions from utility sources will be reduced
from the  1980 baseline.

Maintain 4  million tons ofsulfiir dioxide (SOJ emissions reduction from utility sources.

Although emissions data are not available until one year after the end of the
calendar year, the Agency is on track to achieve the annual performance goal.

Emissions Tracking System (ETS) receives hourly measurements of SO2 and
NOX volumetric flow, CO2 and other emission-related parameters from more
than 2,000 facilities affected by Title IV.

Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems (CEMS)

Clean Air Status Trends Network (CASTNet) is primarily an eastern, long-term
dry deposition network funded and operated by EPA. The database, which is
also maintained by EPA, measures sulfate and nitrate dry deposition and
meteorological information at approximately 70 active monitoring sites.

National Atmospheric Deposition Program (NADP) is a database that provides
measurements of sulfate and nitrate wet deposition at approximately 200 active
monitoring sites. EPA, along with several other federal agencies, state, and
other private organizations, provide funding and support for the system. The
database is maintained by the Illinois state Water Survey/University of Illinois.

The Agency performs a series of quality assurance tests of CEMS performance.
For these tests emissions data are collected under highly structured, carefully
designed testing  conditions, which involve either high quality standard reference
materials or multiple instruments performing simultaneous emission
measurements. The resulting data are screened and  analyzed using a battery of
statistical procedures, including one that tests for systematic bias. If the CEMS
fails the bias test, then either the problem is corrected or adjusted to prevent
the low bias.  CASTNet and NADP have established data quality objectives and
quality control procedures for accuracy, precision, and representativeness.
These data are intended to establish trends in wet deposition and precipitation
chemistry.
5 million
  tons
  Data
available
 in late
  2001
                        5.04
                       million
                        tons
FY 2000 APG 8:



(FY 1999)


Explanation:


Data Source:

Data Quality.
2 million tons of NOX emissions from utility coal-fired utility sources
will be reduced from the levels before implementation of Title IV of
the Clean Air Act Amendments.

Maintain 300,000 tons of nitrogen oxides (NOJ reduction from coal-fired utility
sources.

Although emissions data are not available until one year after the end of the
calendar year, the Agency is on track to achieve the annual performance goal.

Same as FY 2000 APG 7

Same as FY 2000 APG 7
2 million
  tons
  Data
available
 in late
  2001
                       420,000
          DRAFT:  1/29/01
                                      18

-------

FY I999APG:



Explanation:



Data Source:
Data Quality:
4,M Nig*!*****, mm$y>^j^M& -:<,, :'' *- *; ^ -; * ; ,
$&jŁjrte&|jl^^ * ,^'- , %
'^V/>4&i^^ , , ?,''''"- ^ - '
Maintain 4 million tons of sulfur dioxide (SO2) emissions reduction from utility
sources, and maintain 300,000 tons of nitrogen oxides (NO*) reduction from
coal-fired utility sources.

Surpassed target of 4 million tons of sulfur dioxide (SO2) emissions reductions and actually
reduced SO2emissions from utility sources by 5.04 million tons from the 1980 baseline.
Reduced NOX from 26S coal-fired utility units by 420 thousand tons, exceeding the goal by
120 thousand tons.
Same as FY 2000 APG 7
Same as FY 2000 APG 7
> % -•
*yy;-;
4 million
tons

300,000






'' <, >-'•• "
; * f',s -''/,
' '&$&& '',
5.04
million
tons
420,000






DRAFT: 1/29/01
19

-------
                       GOAL 2:  CLEAN AND SAFE WATER

All Americans will have drinking water that is clean and safe to drink.  Effective protection of
America's rivers, lakes, wetlands, aquifers, and coastal and ocean waters will sustain fish, plants,
and wildlife, as well as recreational, subsistence, and economic activities. Watersheds and their
aquatic ecosystems will be restored and protected to improve human health, enhance water
quality, reduce flooding, and provide habitat for wildlife. (FY 2000 Obligations = $3,617m)

OVERVIEW

       Safe drinking water is the first line of defense in protecting human health. The American
public enjoys one of the safest drinking water supplies in the world, but illnesses due to
contaminants continue to occur. In FY 2000 no reported major disease outbreaks caused by
microbial or chemical contaminants in drinking water occurred, but during the last decade
drinking water contamination has caused illness and even death in places such as Milwaukee,
Wisconsin; Alpine, Wyoming; and rural upstate New York. As drinking water infrastructure ages
and new contaminants are identified, maintaining the nation's safe drinking water supply remains a
critical challenge. EPA's human health protection concerns also extend to threats posed by
swimming at contaminated beaches or eating contaminated fish.

       Clean water and healthy aquatic ecosystems support all life, are vital to many sectors of
the U.S. economy, and play an important role in Native American culture. Fish, shellfish,  and
many bird species depend on healthy aquatic ecosystems for food and shelter. Aquatic plants,
which provide food and cover to many aquatic species, need clean water to thrive.  U.S.
manufacturers and the agricultural industry use vast quantities of clean water every year to
produce products, irrigate crops, and raise animals. The nation's waters are the number one
vacation choice for Americans. For example, in Long Island Sound, New York, beach goers
contribute more than $800 million annually to the local economy. Native American tribes place
great importance on clean water and invoke the spirit of water in cultural ceremonies for
medicinal and purification purposes.

FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

Protecting People From Contamination in Drinking Water. Fish, and Recreational Waters

Improving Drinking Water Quality

       For the second consecutive year at least 91 percent of the American public served by
community water systems received water meeting all health-based drinking water standards in
effect since 1994, even as EPA, states and tribes worked collaboratively to expand the
protectiveness of national standards and regulations.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
   [Insert Bar Chart: population served by CWSs meeting health standards, 1994 -2000]
In addition, the population served by non-transient, non-community drinking water systems with
no violations in FY 2000 was 93 percent, just below the target of 96 percent. This measure did
not meet its target primarily due to inconsistencies in the data used to estimate the target. EPA
has worked diligently with states and water systems over the past few years to implement its
drinking water data reliability plan, and as a result the FY 2000 data is improved.

       In FY 2000 EPA headquarters and regions, tribes and states took significant actions in
four key areas: focusing regulations on high-risk contaminants,  improving consumer right-to-
know about drinking water quality, protecting source waters, and financing drinking water
systems' improvements.  To address microbial contaminants, the most widespread threat to
drinking water, in the spring of 2000 EPA proposed the Ground Water Rule (GWR) and the
Long-Term Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (LTESWTR), which will protect consumers
served by ground water and small surface water systems by preventing up to 198,000 cases of
waterborne disease per year.  These rules build upon the Interim Enhanced Surface Water
Treatment Rule, promulgated in 1998, which required surface water systems serving over 10,000
persons to protect against microbial contamination. Together, these rules will complete the first
series of measures for microbial protection, covering all consumers of water provided by public
water systems, whether from surface water or ground water, in small towns and large cities.

       In addition, EPA and a Federal Advisory Committee comprised of states, water systems,
medical professionals, and other public officials, reached agreement on the second phase of
standards mandated by the 1996 Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) Amendments, involving
microbial contaminants, disinfectants used to treat such contaminants, and disinfection byproducts
resulting from treatment. These standards will increase microbial controls for source waters at
high risk of contamination by Cryptosporidium.  They will also  for the first time address acute
health effects that may be caused by disinfection byproducts and will assure equal protection from
exposure to these byproducts evenly throughout the drinking water distribution system.

       High-risk chemical contaminant concerns in drinking water in FY 2000 included radon and
arsenic. The Agency proposed a multimedia mitigation approach for radon that will have a
significant effect on reducing the human health risk from radon in drinking water as well as in
indoor air in November 1999.  EPA also proposed new protective standards to address arsenic in
drinking water in June 2000.  Arsenic is a known carcinogen and is also linked to many
noncancer health effects. EPA, states, tribes, and water systems agree that the current, 50-year-
old arsenic standard of 50 parts per billion does not provide adequate human health protection.  In
March 1999 the National Academy of Sciences concluded that the current 50 ppb standard does
not protect public health and recommended that it be revised downward as quickly as possible.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       The public health protections afforded by these new standards can be realized only if there
is effective implementation at the state, tribal and local levels. In this regard, EPA conducted
more than 20 training and technical assistance sessions with regional, state, and drinking water
utility staff during FY 2000 on rules addressing microbial contaminants and disinfectants/
disinfection byproducts, lead and copper, consumer confidence, and unregulated contaminant
monitoring, as well as on guidelines for operator certification.  Ten workshops on small systems'
concerns were also held nationwide. States, associations, and environmental groups have
undertaken an unprecedented effort at training and technical assistance for water systems,
particularly small systems, local governments, and the general public. In addition, EPA has
worked with partners to lead many nationwide endeavors to increase public drinking water
protection and awareness.  All states are overseeing capacity development and operator
certification programs to ensure that owners and operators of public water systems are fully
implementing existing and new SDWA requirements.

       BOX - Consumers get better and faster information about their drinking water
       As a result of the new  Consumer Confidence Report Rule, for the first time ever
       approximately 253 million Americans have access to annual consumer confidence
       reports on the quality and safety of their drinking water. These reports give
       customers of drinking water systems the information they need to make their own
       health decisions.  More than 100 million Americans are able to read their water
       quality reports on-line. Water systems, including tribal water systems, states, and
       EPA worked hard to assure compliance with this rule in its first year, providing
       reports for 99 percent  of the population who were supposed to have them.  In May
       2000 the Agency also revised the Public Notification Rule to require public water
       systems to alert consumers within 24 hours if there is a serious problem with their
       drinking water that might pose a health risk.

       Fifty states and territories have an EPA-approved Source Water Assessment and
Prevention Program and conduct assessments of their public water supplies.  Data from these
assessments will help determine the susceptibility to contamination of each state's sources of
public drinking water and set the stage for community water systems to target their  efforts to
actual or potential high-risk contaminants.  Forty-nine states are voluntarily going beyond the
requirement of the SDWA, which is only to complete the assessments, by beginning to act to
prevent source water contamination, based on information gathered during the assessments.
These next steps on the parts of states, tribes, and water systems, to protect their sources of
drinking water are critical to the future of the drinking water program. In December 1999 EPA
issued new final regulations on two types of shallow disposal wells used to place a variety of
fluids (such as motor vehicle or storm water waste) below the land's surface.  EPA estimates that
there are more then 600,000 of these injection wells currently in the U.S.  The new regulations are
a vital tool in ensuring that fluid wastes are contained in these disposal wells safely,  and do not
pose a health risk to the majority of U.S. public water systems that get their drinking water from
ground water. (See the chart at left for an illustration of drinking water achievements in FY
2000).


Draft: 1/29/01                               3

-------
       In the fourth year of the Drinking Water State Revolving Loan Fund (DWSRF), EPA has
awarded nearly $2.7 billion in grants to all 50 states, Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, and
the territories to capitalize their revolving loan funds, and states have moved quickly to make
these funds available to water systems. To date more than 1,200 loans totaling over $2.3 billion
have been made to fund the modernization or replacement of older plants and pipes as well as the
construction of new systems.  Small water systems have been a focus of these loans, with over
three-fourths awarded to systems serving fewer than 10,000 persons. These loans enable water
systems to address critical public health needs, even as the cost of providing safe drinking
water—finding a water supply, treating the water, delivering the water, and maintaining the
system—continues to be a challenge.  EPA's 1997 Drinking Water Needs Survey Report to
Congress identified more than $138 billion in industry needs, the vast majority of which are
targeted for delivery of water, rather than for meeting SDWA requirements.

Reducing Exposure  to Contaminated Fish

       States and tribes have primary responsibility for informing the public about the risks of
eating contaminated fish, and EPA plays a leadership and support role. In 1999 approximately 7
percent of river miles and 20  percent of lake acres (up from 15 percent in 1998) were assessed
and found to have fish that should not be eaten or should be eaten only in limited quantities,
particularly by sensitive populations such as pregnant women and young children.  The target of
10 percent of river miles assessed was not  met. This was primarily due to states focusing their
resources on lakes, where most recreational fishing  occurs. The  total number offish advisories in
the U.S. rose by 145 or 6 percent (see figure in Goal 4). Advisories increased for mercury, PCBs,
dioxin, and DDT, but decreased for chlordane for the second year. The increase in advisories
generally reflects more assessments being performed and improved monitoring and data collection
methods. Currently,  40 states follow EPA's guidance for developing fish consumption advisories
based on risk assessments, up from 25 states in 1998.

       To support the fish advisory program, EPA  in FY 2000 updated its technical guidance
documents to include new toxicity information for several persistent bioaccumulative toxics, new
fish consumption limits for recreational and subsistence fishers, and recommendations for
simplified advisory approaches. Pursuant to the Clean Water Action Plan, EPA and the American
Fisheries Society published a joint report on the national consistency offish consumption advisory
programs.

Improving Beach Monitoring and Public Notification

       In FY 2000 EPA and state officials worked to strengthen the voluntary beach protection
program to help states and local communities protect their residents from exposure to
contaminated waters at their beaches.  EPA's internet site posted information provided by state
and local officials on 1,891 beaches - 35 percent more beaches than last year, and approximately
50 percent more beaches than when the program began in 1997. This information included 150
digitized maps available to the public,  meeting EPA's goal for FY 2000. Approximately 459


Draft: 1/29/01                               4

-------
beaches (24 percent of the reported beaches) had at least one advisory or closing during the year.
Although the number of beaches reported has increased significantly during the past three years,
the percentage of beaches with a closing or advisory has remained consistent at 24 or 25 percent.
Elevated bacterial levels and storm water runoff caused by rain were cited at the leading causes of
impairment.

       EPA also provided technical assistance materials to help state and local officials improve
their monitoring and advisory programs.  EPA published proceedings of two major conferences
which addressed needs and procedures designed to improve beach monitoring  and public
notification across the country. The Agency also produced and distributed a training video and
manual on using EPA recommended recreational water quality indicators (enterococci and
escherichia coli) to assess beach water quality. EPA will continue to work with state and local
officials, and health professionals to improve the quality and consistency of monitoring and
reporting beach water conditions and to improve and increase communications with the public.

BOX - New Jersey leads the way in Beach WATCH The State of New Jersey is working with
94 of its coastal municipalities to eliminate beach pollution. The municipalities are mapping their
storm water and sewage lines and monitoring storm water discharges to coastal waters. Beach
closings are usually associated with specific storm events or sewage collection  system disruptions.
 Over the past several years, contamination incidents and subsequent  beach closings have been
more localized and short-lived. The State expects that continuing to improve storm water
management will further decrease the need for beach closings.

Conserving and Enhancing the Nation's Waters

       In the latest national inventory of water quality summarized below, states, tribes,
territories, and interstate commissions report that about 40 percent of the U.S.  streams, lakes, and
estuaries assessed (about 32 percent of all U.S. waters) were not clean enough to support uses
like fishing and swimming. The leading pollutants in impaired waters are sediment, bacteria,
nutrients, and metals. Runoff from agricultural lands and urban areas is the primary source of
these pollutants.

Summary Profile: 1998 National Water Quality Inventory Report to Congress
June 2000
Waierfeody Type
River (miles)
Lakes (acres)
Estuaries (sq. Miles)
Total
Size
3,662,225
41,593,748
90,465
Amount Assessed
(% of Total)
842,426
(23%)
17,390,370
(42%)
28,687
(32%)
Good* i
<% of Assessed)
463,441
(55%)
7,927,486
(46%)
13,439
(47%)
Good but
Threatened*
(% of Assessed)
85,544
(10%)
1,565175
(9%)
2,766
(10%)
PoKBted* (%
of Assessed)
291264
(35%)
7,897,110
(45%)
12,482
(44%)
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
* Includes waterbodies assessed as not attainable for one or more uses.
Note: percentages may not add up to 100% due to rounding.

       The Clean Water Action Plan (CWAP) calls for states to identify, from among the 2,262
watersheds nationwide, those high priority watersheds for which restoration plans will be
developed and actions taken to restore water quality. For FY 2000 EPA established an ambitious
goal of having improvement projects underway in 350, or about 40 percent, of the 889 high-
priority watersheds identified by states through last year's unified watershed assessments. Funded
largely through increased grants to states for implementation of nonpoint source controls, projects
are underway in 324 high priority watersheds.  This is slightly short of EPA's goal, but indicates a
significant promise of real water quality improvements in impaired watersheds.

       State and tribal Water Quality Standards represent water quality goals for each water body
and establish the regulatory groundwork for the water quality-based controls (such as the
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permits) necessary to protect human and
ecological health.  In FY 2000 the Agency issued guidance to assist states and tribes in assessing
the biological health of their waters and recommended new criteria that could be incorporated into
existing standards to control nutrients and disease-causing microorganisms. During FY 2000
EPA completed new methods for sediment toxicity testing and compiled information on the food
chain effects of contaminated sediments. EPA also issued a revised methodology for deriving
ambient water quality criteria to protect human health.  The methodology provides guidance to
states and tribes to develop criteria and describes the Agency's process for developing national
criteria. In FY 2000 EPA acted on new water quality standard submissions for 35 states and 16
tribes. This total did not meet the FY 2000 goal of 22 tribes because tribes have not yet been
approved as expected for "treatment as a state" which is a pre-condition of being approved to run
a tribal water quality standards program. In addition, some extended consultations delayed the
submission of tribal water quality standards.

       In July 2000 EPA issued a final rule to improve the national program for identifying
polluted waters, determining the sources of pollution, and designing clean-up plans. This program,
known as the Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) Program, is the framework for working
cooperatively with the states to finish the job of cleaning up America's polluted waterways under
the Clean Water Act. During FY 2000 States and EPA made progress toward commitments on
core performance measures for establishing TMDLs under authorities preceding the rule. Of the
2,674 TMDLs needed according to 1998 water quality data, states submitted 2,167 to EPA,
which approved 1,276. EPA also established 166 TMDLs. EPA and states are committed to
working together to continue this progress in restoring our nation's waters.

       EPA continued work to support focused coastal watershed protection activities through
efforts in the 28 estuaries in the National Estuary Program. In addition, the Agency completed
two ocean dumping site designation actions, including a proposed  rule to designate an ocean
disposal site off Coos Bay, Oregon, and the final designation of the Atchafalaya River,  Bayous
Chene, Boeuf, and Black disposal sites off the Louisiana coast.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
 n
 u
 <
 o
    Chesapeake Bay Grass Restoration
*««          Potential Habitat (600,008 acres)
oOO -i	—	

   
-------
pollutants discharged from point sources into waters of the United States. These limits are
designed to ensure that national technology-based standards (effluent limitations and guidelines)
and water quality-based requirements are adequate to meet Water Quality Standards throughout
the country.  In support of this effort, a number of activities took place in FY 2000, including the
following:

*      Rulemaking to  address wet weather pollution including: (1) promulgation of a final
       regulation addressing storm water discharges (the Storm Water Phase n Final Rule) which
       are a leading cause of impairment for the nation's rivers, lakes, and estuaries; and (2)
       development of proposed rules for sanitary sewer overflows,  after an extensive
       stakeholder process.

4      Implementation of an aggressive strategy to reduce the backlog of NPDES permits in
       regions and states(see below).  Nationwide, at the end of FY  2000 approximately 70
       percent of NPDES permits were current. This represents a 16 percent increase over the
       54 percent that were current as of November 1998. Some states are leading the way to
       get their permits current. Eleven states are already below the 10 percent backlog target,
       and a total of 18 states are on track to meet the target by December 31, 2001.

4      Continued work on new guidance and standards for Concentrated Animal Feeding
       Operations (CAFOs)
                                  /
4      Completed draft guidelines for management of on-site systems and initiation of a major
       outreach program to support these guidelines

       In FY 2000 EPA promulgated four new effluent limitation guidelines for the landfill,
commercial hazardous waste combustor, transportation equipment cleaning, and centralized waste
treatment industries, which should result in combined pollution reduction benefits of more than 65
million pounds of pollutants per year,. The Agency also  proposed a rule to  prevent large fish kills
at cooling water intakes at new facilities and issued the 2000  Effluent Guidelines Plan, which
outlined a new strategy for future regulation. EPA published a final test procedure for cyanide
that will help NPDES permit writers set limits and help regulated facilities demonstrate
compliance with those  limits.

Strengthening State Nonpoint Source Programs

       For the last several years, EPA has been working with states to upgrade and strengthen
their nonpoint source control programs.  In FY 2000 EPA encouraged states to use the Clean
Water State Revolving Loan Fund for nonpoint source pollution control, including watershed
restoration projects.  As of June  30, 2000, 28 states had  provided a total of $1.2 billion in loans
for 2,100 nonpoint source pollution control projects since the beginning of the program.  By the
end of FY 2000, 49  States had upgraded statewide nonpoint source  management programs
approved by EPA, exceeding the goal of 45 states. As a result of this process, each state has a set
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
of clear goals and objectives that will guide program implementation and on-the-ground
watershed efforts, a renewed focus on their highest-priority waters needing nonpoint source
controls, and a stronger set of working partnerships with key government agencies and private-
sector organizations.

SUMMARY OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

       During FY 2000, EPA, states, and Tribes made significant strides in addressing core
challenges in the water program. Many parts of the program experienced increases in the engaged
public who helped to achieve our shared watershed goals.  EPA will continue to support states
and Tribes as they encourage more community engagement in decisions about environmental
resources and other actions which affect public health and the environment. EPA will continue to
develop and improve the program tools such as standards,  permits, public information, and
resources which help communities to achieve their goals.

STRENGTHENING PROGRAM INTEGRITY THROUGH IMPROVED MANAGEMENT

       EPA is continuing to implement an aggressive strategy to reduce the backlog of NPDES
permits. The success of this strategy is critical to the Agency's ability to maintain the integrity of
the NPDES program and, ultimately, to make progress toward achieving the overall loadings
reduction goal. As of October 2000 about 70 percent of NPDES permits are current. This
represents an improvement of 16 percent from the backlog measured in November 1998 (54
percent).  Over the past year, the Agency has taken steps to ensure that regions and states take
more aggressive steps to meet the 2005 corrective action date.

       The Agency completed a comprehensive evaluation of the Water Quality Standards
Program and took several actions to help eliminate the backlog in EPA approvals/disapprovals of
state Water Quality Standards submissions. As of October 2000 EPA was overdue in approving
or disapproving 45 new or revised standards from 21 states and 6 tribes, and had yet to
promulgate 19 sets of federal replacement standards for 15 states that have not corrected the
portions of their standards previously disapproved. Backlogs in EPA water quality standards
actions delay timely decisions to control environmental problems, increase uncertainty, and reduce
credibility. EPA placed the highest priority on resolving the outstanding disapprovals and
unreviewed standards and made considerable progress in FY 2000. The Agency is also working
to identify and eliminate the problems that generated the backlogs and other problems. These
efforts include conducting an evaluation of the water quality standards program; working with
states to develop a joint strategy to improve the water quality standards development, review, and
approval process; and continuing work toward finalizing a Memorandum of Agreement on
coordinating implementation of the Clean Water Act and the Endangered Species Act.

       EPA is in the process of implementing a multi-step action plan to enhance and improve the
completeness, accuracy, and timeliness of data in the Agency's Safe Drinking Water Information
System (SDWIS). Human health protection is at risk when the Agency does not have reliable and
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
comprehensive data to ensure that safe drinking water is being provided by all public drinking
water systems. During FY 2000, the Agency developed and implemented state-specific training
for data entry into SDWIS, conducted data verification audits in 12 states, and developed a new
transaction processing and tracking report. In addition, the Agency initiated efforts to develop a
long-term Information Strategy Plan that addresses drinking water data collection and data
management issues over the next five to 10 years.

RESEARCH CONTRIBUTIONS

       Goal 2-related research conducted in FY 2000 continued to strengthen the scientific basis
for drinking water standards by providing improved methods and new data to better evaluate and
control the risks associated with exposure to chemical and microbial contaminants in drinking
water. To support the SDWA and its 1996 amendments, EPA's drinking water research program
focused on the development of health effects data, analytical tools, and risk assessment methods
for disinfectant byproducts (DBFs), waterborne pathogens, and arsenic.  The Agency also
continued to develop and evaluate cost-effective treatment technologies for removing pathogens
from water supplies while minimizing DBF formation, and for maintaining the quality of treated
water in the distribution system. Increased emphasis was placed on filling key data gaps and
developing methods for chemicals and microbial pathogens on the Contaminant Candidate List.

       Research in FY 2000 evaluated exposures to stressors and their effects on aquatic systems
and will improve the Agency's understanding of the structure, function, and characteristics of
those systems. This research will be used to improve risk assessment methods to develop aquatic
life, habitat, and wildlife criteria. The Agency is also developing assessment methods and cost-
effective management technologies for contaminated sediments, with an emphasis on identifying
innovative in situ solutions.  In FY 2000 EPA continued to develop diagnostic tools to evaluate
the exposures to toxic constituents of wet weather flows.  The Agency also continued to develop
and validate effective watershed management strategies for controlling wet weather flows,
especially high-volume, toxic flows.  Research was also conducted to develop the effective beach
evaluation tools necessary to make timely and informed decisions on beach advisories and
closures.

PROGRAM EVALUATION

       The General Accounting Office conducted a study on the states' ability to implement
increasing drinking water program requirements. The final report of the  study was released at a
congressional hearing held on September 19, 2000, by the Subcommittee on Health and the
Environment of the House Committee on Commerce (www.gao.gov. Report T-RCED-00-298).
Prior to the release of GAO's report, EPA and the Association of State Drinking Water
Administrators (ASDWA) agreed on actions to take in FY 01 to address this issue.  EPA's
headquarters and regional drinking water staff will work with ASDWA and states to determine
each state's program status, particularly to identify barriers and common problems.  EPA's
region's will then work with individual states to address barriers that are hindering each state's


Draft: 1/29/01                               10

-------
ability to fully meet SDWA goals. EPA headquarters is working with regions to share lessons
learned about how to simplify and improve drinking water regulations. EPA plans to continue its
effort to minimize monitoring and data collection burdens while still collecting adequate high
quality data to meet essential program needs.

      In addition to external studies, the Office of Water in FY 2000 conducted several internal
reviews which expanded the Office's ability to use evaluation to strengthen program management
to achieve the goals of clean and safe water. This year, the Office of Water assessed the process
of developing, reviewing and approving state water quality standards (WQS). These state-
adopted standards describehow water bodies will be used andcontain the water quality criteria
that must be met to protect those designated uses.  Developing standards is primarily a state
function. EPA's role is to review, in appropriate consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service (the Services), and affirm that the state
standards meet the requirements of the Clean Water Act. The standards review and approval
process has been criticized for being too slow and inefficient. The Office of Water conducted a
thorough nationwide evaluation of the program to identify the causes and recommend solutions
that will improve EPA's approval process and assure thatWQS are based on sound science and
that states have determined appropriate designated  uses and criteria for monitoring.  The
evaluation found that statutory and programmatic differences, lack of sufficient resources and
technical expertise, inefficient coordination and communication, and lack of clear and consistent
national guidance  all contributed to the problem. EPA is implementing several of the
recommendations. In early FY2001, the Agency will enter into a Memorandum of Agreement
with the Services to streamline the now complex and time-consuming review procedures related
to the Endangered Species Act.  The Agency also expects to complete a strategy for
implementing other study recommendations during the latter part of FY2001.

       EPA completed an internal evaluation of the National Marine Debris Monitoring Program,
to determine whether this voluntary program is statistically effective and whether the program
design remains valid. Preliminary results suggest that the program will meet its original goals of
determining whether the amount of marine debris on U.S. coasts is increasing and the sources of
the debris. EPA is partnering with the Center for Marine Conservation (CMC) on this project.
Summarized data  sets are available on CMC's web site at (http://www.cmc-ocean.org/nmdmp
and are user friendly for local, state, regional, and nationwide stakeholders.

       The Office of Water conducted an internal evaluation of regional oversight of state
NPDES programs in Regions 3 and 4. These internal reports recommended that the Regions use
the draft tools developed by EPA to help the Regions address the lack of clear procedures and the
inconsistencies in resolving issues.  These tools include central tenets listing conditions for permit
disapproval, time lines for comment and response, staff training  and support, and
tracking/management systems.

ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE ON FY 2001 ANNUAL
PERFORMANCE PLAN
Draft: 1/29/01                             11

-------
       FY 2001 performance goals and measures will continue to evolve, reflecting EPA's
increasing ability to measure and/or represent water quality and its contributions to human health
and healthy aquatic ecosystems, as well as its value as a natural resource.  For example, in FY
2001 EPA will report for the first time on the increased number of whole watersheds whose
assessed waters largely meet designated uses. FY 2001 measures will display the continuing
progress being made in maintaining the population served by water systems receiving safe
drinking water (even as systems incorporate new health-based standards). The Agency will also
begin to tally the number of Clean Water State Revolving Fund projects as a performance
measure, to more accurately reflect the levels of effort involved.  (The previous measure, the
population served by systems installing secondary treatment, tends to understate the full impact of
assistance to vulnerable smaller communities.) In addition, EPA expects in 2001 to increase the
number of waters managed under TMDLs and to increase the number of updated Water Quality
Standards.

       EPA's 2001 goals also reflect the fact that a complete baseline of information for many
programs is not yet available, and that a number of our most important programs depend on
significant voluntary efforts on the parts of states and other partners.  Targets for 2001 include
increasing the percentage of waters assessed for meeting water quality standards for designated
uses, waters assessed for the need for fish advisories,  and beaches where monitoring and
notification of the public takes place. Resource constraints as well as overlapping or conflicting
program requirements mean that meaningful monitoring and reporting remain challenges. States
and tribes increased their efforts in these areas in FY 2000, and EPA expects them to continue to
improve in 2001. EPA will continue to work with partners to support better standards and
testing, monitoring and reporting, and provision of the resulting information to the public quickly,
clearly, and accurately.

TABLES OF RESULTS

The following tables of results includes performance results for the FY 2000 ten Congressional
Annual Performance Goals that appear in Goal 2. In cases where the FY 2000 APG is associated
with an FY 1999 APG, the table includes the FY 1999 APG below the FY 2000 APG for ease in
comparing performance.  Where applicable, the tables note cases where FY 2000 APGs are
supported by NEPPS Core Performance Measures (CPMs).  As described in more detail in
Section I of the report (the Overview and Analysis), states use CPMs to evaluate their progress
toward mutual program goals.  Additionally, EPA is providing information on FY 1999 APGs for
which data was not available when the FY 1999 report was published as well as those FY 1999
APGs that are not associated with any  APGs in FY 2000.
Draft: 1/29/01                              12

-------
                                   FY 2000 Annual Report
                           Annual Performance Goals and Measures
                                      Tables of Results

                                Goal 2 - Clean and Safe Water
    Summary of FY 2000 Performance

|_8J Goal Met  |_2J Goal Not Met \_QJ Other
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY2000
Planned
Actual
FY 1999
Actual
By 200S, protect human health so ihai ?5& of the peculation served by community water systems wife! recewe water that meets
drinking water standards, comiunptioa of contaminated fish and shellfish will be reduced, and exposure *o micrbfatal and: other
forms of contamination In waters used for recreation wiH be reduced.
FY 2000 APG 9: 91% of the population served by community drinking water systems will
receive drinking water meeting all health-based standards that were in
effect as of 1994, up from 83% in 1994. ^Corr&s&ords wkh FY 200-3 CFM.
(FT / 999] 89% (increase of 1 % over 1 998) of the population served by community water systems
vail receive drinking water meeting all health-based standards in effect as of 1 994, up
from 83% in 1994.
Explanation: EPA met its goal.
Data Source: The Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS) serves as the central
repository for data on both the states' implementation of an compliance with
existing and new drinking water regulations. States and EPA regions (for "direct
implementation" jurisdictions) enter data representing public water systems
characteristics and drinking water monitoring into the SDWIS database.
Data Quality: SDWIS has a full suite of software-based edit checks and quality assurance
procedures to aid accurate data entry. However, there are recurrent reports of
discrepancies between national and state data bases, as well as specific mis-
identifications reported by individual utilities. Given the particular need for
confidence in the completeness and accuracy of data about drinking-water quality,
EPA designated SDWIS content as an Agency material weakness in 1999, under
the Federal Managers' Financial Integrity Act
FY 2000 APG 1 0: Reduce exposure to contaminated recreational waters by increasing
the information available to the public and decision-makers.
Performance Measures
- Cumulative number of beaches for which monitoring and closure data is available at "beaches" web-page
- Number of digitized maps on the web-page
Explanation: EPA met this goal. The additional electronic information enables the public to
precisely locate beach closings, reducing exposure to contaminated recreational
waters.
Data Source: The National Health Protection Survey of Beaches Information Management
System database.
Data Quality: Self-reported data for public use; participation is voluntary and presently
incomplete. Therefore no rigorous QA requirements are in place. Possible
inconsistencies between different reporting jurisdictions.
91%
1,800
ISO
91%
1,9S!
ISO
91%
No
FY 1999
APG
        Draft: 1/29/01
13

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 1 1: Reduce uncertainties and improve methods associated with the
evaluation and control of risks posed by exposure to disinfection by-
products [DBFs] in drinking water.
(FY 1 999) EPA will develop critical dose-response data for disinfectant by-products (DBFs), water-
borne pathogens, and arsenic for addressing key uncertainties in the risk assessment of
municipal water supplies.
Performance Measures
- Report regarding feasibility of refined DBF exposure data for previous epidemiological studies
- Report on new DBFs from alternative disinfectants
- Final peer-reviewed report on selected DBF mixtures' lexicological endpoints
Explanation: EPA completed methods for improving the interpretation of data from published
DBF epidemiology studies, and reports that provide important information about
new DBFs in drinking water, and the risks that may be posed by exposures to
mixtures of these contaminants.
Data Source: Agency generated material.
Data Quality: As required by the Agency-wide formal peer review policy issued in 1 993, and
reaffirmed in 1994 and 1998, all major scientific and technical work products used
in Agency decision making are independently peer reviewed before their use.
EPA has implemented a rigorous process of peer review for both its in-house and
extramural research programs. Peer review panels include scientists and
engineers from academia, industry and other federal agencies.
FY2000
Planned
1
1
1
Actual
I
f
I
FY 1999
Actual
9/30/99
Draft:  1/29/01
14

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 1 2: Reduce uncertainties and improve methods associated with the
evaluation and control of risks posed by exposure to microbial
contaminants in drinking water.
(FY / 999) EPA will develop critical dose-response data for disinfectant by-products (DBPs), water-
borne pathogens, and arsenic for addressing key uncertainties in the risk assessment of
municipal water supplies.
Performance Measures
- Describe different technologies of cost/effective control of Cryptosporidium and DBPs
- Report on U. S. waterborne disease outbreaks
- Evaluation of Method 1 622 for Cryptosporidium
Explanation: A project to evaluate cost-effective treatment methods for Cryptosporidium and
DBPs was not completed due to insufficient time being allotted for the
completion of this research. However, EPA completed complementary projects,
such as a research progress report on biofilm (microbial communities growing on
the confining surfaces of a distribution system) formation and control which will
provide useful information on protecting distribution systems. In this way EPA
appreciably met the performance goal. EPA completed reports on the nature and
magnitude of waterborne disease outbreaks in the U.S. during 1 997- 1 998, and on
an evaluation of a key method for the identification of Cryptosporidium in
drinking water, directly help to reduce uncertainties and improve methods
associated with the evaluation and control of risks posed by exposure to
microbial contaminants in drinking water. These results substantially achieve the
performance goal.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 1 1
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 1 1
FY2000
Planned
9/30/00
1
1
Actual
i
I
FY 1999
Actual
S/38/99
<2o»s fatefstate, antt tribal> waters and aquatic eeasfsteTO^Jwe** an*
streams, lakes, wetlands, estuaries, coastal areas, oceaas, and grotmdwater-so that '75% of waters wiH support Jiealthy aquatic
GMttmtwttie^JiyZOSSL -..-•'•
FY 2000 APG 13: Environmental improvement projects will be underway in 350 high
priority watersheds as a result of implementing activities under CWAP.
(FY / 999) As pan of the Clean Water Act/on Plan, all states will be conducting or have completed
unified watershed assessments, with support from EPA, to identify aquatic resources in
greatest need of restoration or prevention activities.
Explanation: Environmental improvement projects underway in 324 high priority watersheds,
which is slightly short of EPA's goal, but indicates a significant promise of real
water quality improvements in impaired watersheds
Data Source: Internal Agency count
Data Quality: There are no data quality issues.
350
324
SS
Draft:  1/29/01
15

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 1 4: Assure that states and tribes have effective, up-to-date water quality
standards programs adopted in accordance with the Water Quality
Standards regulation and the Water Quality Standards [WQSs]
program priorities.
Performance Measures
- Number of states with new or revised WQSs that EPA either approved, or disapproved and promulgated
replacements
-Cumulative number of tribes with approved WQSs in place
Explanation: State water quality standards program reviews are under a 3-year cycle, as
mandated by the Clean Water Act, under which all states maintain updated water
quality programs; therefore, the Agency will review approximately one-third of all
state/tribal programs each year. Fewer tribes than expected have achieved
"treatment as a state" status, which is a pre-condition for being approved to run a
water quality standards program. EPA is committed to improving the Agency's
review and approval process for "treatment as a state" to address this barrier. In
FY 200 1 , EPA expects to implement a Memorandum of Agreement with the US.
Fish and Wildlife Service and the National Marine Fisheries Service to greatly
improve the timeliness and effectiveness of cross-agency coordination in the
WQS review and approval process. EPA will also provide additional technical
assistance to tribes, to help them develop better water quality standards.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 1 3
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 13
FY 2000 APG 15: Identify the primary life support functions of surface waters that
contribute to the management of sustainability of watersheds.
(FY 1 999) EPA will provide data and information for use fay states and Regions in assessing and
managing aquatic stressors in the watershed, to reduce toxic loadings and improve
ecological risk assessment
Performance Measure
- Research strategy document to determine the impact of landscape changes on wetland structure and
function
Explanation: The completed work evaluated specific habitats such as wetlands, riparian areas,
headwaters, and estuaries to determine their basic function and role in the
landscape. This information will allow EPA to determine what makes these
habitats critical and will provide a basis for prioritizing protection and restoration
decisions.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 1 1
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 1 1
FY2000
Planned
15
22
1
Actual
35
16
!
FYI999
Actual
No
FY 1999
APG
9/38/9$
By 2005, pollutant discharges from key point sources and nDnpoint source runoff wit be reduced by at teasfc 2B% from 1992 levels.
AH- deposition of key fioMutanti Hnpacting water bodies will be reduced.
Draft: 1/29/01
16

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
=Y 2000 APG 16: Another two million people will receive the benefits of secondary
treatment of wastewater, for a total of 1 8 1 million people.
Tf 1 999) Another 3.4 million people will receive the benefits of secondary treatment of
wastewater, for a total of 179 million.
Explanation: EPA met its goal.
Data Source: Manual system. Included in EPA databases including the Clean Water Needs
Survey Database and the Permits Compliance System.
Data Quality: Data are manually verified.
FY 2000 APG 17: Industrial discharges of pollutants to the nation's waters will be
significantly reduced through implementation of effluent guidelines.
Performance Measures
-Cumulative reduction in toxic-pollutant loadings by facilities subject to effluent guidelines promulgated
between 1992-1999, against 1992 levels (predicted by models)
-Cumulative reduction in conventional-pollutant loadings by facilities subject to effluent guidelines promulgated
between 1992-1999, against 1992 levels (predicted by models)
-Cumulative reduction in non-conventional-pollutant loadings by facilities subject to effluent guidelines
promulgated between 1992-1999, against 1992 levels (predicted by models)
Explanation: EPA substantially met the goal of reducing industrial discharges of the three
classes of pollutants. Targets were based on model projections of effluent
guidelines, having to estimate both the facility universe and the number of permits
developed. The actual number of issued permits in different industry sectors
resulted in greater than expected reductions in conventional pollutants, and less
than expected reductions in non-conventional pollutants.
Data Source: The Permit Compliance System (PCS) is the principle compliance tracking system
governing EPA's supervision of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) permit program. It contains data from EPA and' states on
wastewater facility NPDES permits.
Data Quality: Ongoing QA/QC safeguards include EPA review of state databases that serve as
key data sources. However, there are known inconsistencies between
state/federal records, particularly for minor facilities, and previous EPA Office of
Inspector General audits have discussed need for fresher data. EPA is engaged in
a major modernization of the PCS system and databases.
FY2000
Planned
2m
4mlbs
385 m Ibs
260 m Ibs
Actual
2m
4m!bs
473m
fbs
136 m
ibs
FY 1999
Actual
3,4m
No
FY 1999
APG
Draft: 1/29/01
17

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 18: Develop modeling, monitoring and risk management methods that
enable planners and regulatory officials to more accurately
characterize receiving and recreational water quality and to select
appropriate control technologies.
(FY / 999] By 2003: Deliver support tools, such as watershed models, enabling resource planners
to sefect consistent appropriate watershed management solutions and alternative, less
costly wet-weather flow control technologies.
Performance Measure
- Link urban storm water management models to a GIS
Explanation: EPA met this goal by completing research linking urban storm water management
models to a geographic information system, which will assist in the development
of improved safety guidelines and pollution indicators that states, local
municipalities, and tribes can use to monitor recreational waters in a
cost-effective way. Improving the characterization of recreational water quality
will provide important input to the development of guidance in state, tribal, and
local implementation of beach monitoring and notification programs designed to
reduce human exposure to waterborne microbials and protect the public health.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 1 1
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 1 1
FY2000
Planned
1
Actual
f
FYI999
Actual
Target
year is
FY2003
Draft: 1/29/01
18

-------
    EPA will issue and begin implementing two protective drinking water standards for high-risk contaminants, including disease-causing
    micro-organisms (Stage I Disinfection/ Disinfection By-products and Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rules).

    4,400 community water systems will be implementing programs to protect their source water (an increase of 1,650 systems over
    1998).

    EPA will provide funding to restore wetlands and river corridors in 30 watersheds that meet specific "Five Star Project" criteria
    relating to diverse community partnerships (for a cumulative total of 44 watersheds).

    More than 220 communities will have local watersheds improved by controls on combined sewer overflows (CSO) and storm water.

    In support of the Clean Water Action Plan, ten additional states will upgrade their non-point source programs, to ensure that they
    are implementing dynamic and effective nonpoint source programs that are designed to achieve and maintain beneficial uses of water.
Draft: 1/29/01                                        19

-------
                                 GOALS:  SAFE FOOD

The foods Americans eat will be free from unsafe pesticide residues.  Children especially will be
protected from the health threats posed by pesticide residues because they are among the most
vulnerable groups in our society.  (FY 2000 Obligations = $ 76m)

OVERVIEW

       Americans have one of the safest, most abundant, and affordable food supplies in the
world. The use of pesticides in agricultural production and food processing contributes
significantly to that safety, abundance, and affordability. Ensuring that food remains safe for
consumption, however, requires constant diligence on the part of pesticide producers, users, and
regulatory agencies in the manufacture, labeling, storage, review, approval, and use of pesticides.
EPA continues to protect the nation's food supply by reviewing all new and existing pesticides,
making determinations about their safety, and denying or restricting the use of pesticides that do
not meet current health or ecological standards.

       The Agency addresses risk from pesticides when it registers new pesticides or reregisters
older pesticides, ensuring that each pesticide meets current health and environmental protection
standards and that product labeling includes complete, up-to-date, easily understandable use
instructions and precautions. The reregistration program reevaluates the safety of pesticides
initially registered before November 1984. To mitigate risk in cases where data indicate that a
pesticide does not meet current human health and environmental standards, EPA can modify or
restrict the allowable uses, including canceling use or allowing use only by a certified applicator or
under supervision of a certified applicator.

       In FY 2000 protection of infants, children, and other vulnerable groups remained a high
priority for the Agency. EPA applies an extra tenfold safety factor in risk assessments to account
for children's special vulnerabilities, unless scientific data indicate that a different factor is
warranted, and considers special dietary patterns of groups such as Native Americans, urban poor,
and farm families. The Agency is continuing to update and improve its pesticide toxicity testing
guidelines and other assessment tools.

       In FY 2000 the Agency made further progress toward its strategic goal through a
combination of regulatory,  outreach,  and partnership activities, including the following: (1)
continuing to register new pesticides  and reregister existing pesticides, emphasizing reevaluation
of existing pesticides that pose the greatest health risks and accelerating the registration of lower-
risk alternatives; (2) training and educating pesticide users and applicators; and (3) encouraging
the development and adoption of alternative means of pest control, including the use of
nonchemical approaches and lower-risk pesticides.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

Reducing Agricultural Pesticide Risk

       Approximately 20,000 pesticides products are currently registered or licensed for use in
the U.S. Pesticide products are used in or on food, around homes, businesses, schools, hospitals,
and in parks.  Before EPA registers a pesticide product for sale and use, the Agency evaluates test
data on all of its ingredients.  The test data, which include studies on the effects the product will
have on humans, wildlife, fish, and  plants (including endangered species) are provided by the
registration applicant (known as the registrant). Depending on the type of pesticide, a registrant
may be required to generate data from as many as 100 different tests in order for the Agency  to
determine the product's safety.

       EPA is developing and evaluating improved methods to estimate human exposure to and
risk from pesticides. The Agency has made considerable progress in improving its risk
assessments by incorporating the latest scientific methods.  For example, during FY 2000 EPA
published for public comment 14 draft or revised science guidelines and policy papers that
describe how EPA scientists will evaluate aggregate exposure, cumulative risk, and other science
policy issues when they assess pesticides under the Food Quality Protection Act (FQPA).  The
Agency also convened the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FTFRA) Scientific
Advisory Panel (SAP) six times to consult on these subjects with external scientists.  Additionally,
the Agency consulted with stakeholders through the Tolerance Reassessment Advisory
Committee (TRAC) and the new Committee to Advise on Reassessments and Transition
(CARAT), held a public technical meeting on cumulative risk, and held several public meetings on
individual chemicals. Broadening stakeholder input helps the Agency gain cooperation from
industry and growers in developing and implementing reduced risk agricultural practices.

       Recognizing the need to develop methods that directly measure or reliably estimate these
risks on a national or regional basis, EPA must currently use a variety of program activities as
surrogate indicators of progress one of which is the processing of registration applications. The
the Agency, in partnership with the Florida State University, is working to build baseline
information and national performance indicators to measure risk posed by agricultural uses of
pesticides.  The resulting new and/or revised performance measures are expected by the end of
FY 2002.

       EPA identified and solicited public comment on several new program progress indicators,
including food pesticide residue data collected by the U.S.  Department of Agriculture (USD A) to
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
track reductions in the occurrence of
residues of neurotoxic and carcinogenic
pesticide residues on foods frequently
eaten by children.  Such indicators will
help EPA to better target its limited
resources to obtain the best results.

        EPA completed pesticide
registrations for several reduced-risk
pesticides. Pesticide usage data
indicates that increased availability of
lower-risk pesticides, combined with
public demand for safe food,
encourages pesticide producers and
users to shift to reduced-risk
alternatives. As the  use of reduced-risk
alternatives increases, they may also
become more  affordable.
        Reducing Risk Through Registration of
              Reduced-Risk Pesticides

Harpin Protein. This biopesticide has the potential to be an
important human health and environmental risk reduction tool.
Harpin is a class of protein produced naturally. It triggers the
plant's natural defense mechanism rather than directly
interacting with the pest organism. For this reason, organisms
are not expected to develop resistance to Harpin. Harpin is
effective against certain viral diseases for which there are no
other controls. It also protects against soil-borne pathogens
and pests (nematodes and fungi), which have few controls
except methyl bromide, an ozone-depleting chemical.
Approved uses include all food commodities, trees, turf, and
ornamentals.
New Uses for Spinosad and Glyphosate. During FY 2000
EPA staff collaborated with USDA to design a more efficient
strategy for developing and applying residue data needed to
establish tolerances for the reduced-risk chemicals Spinosad
and Glyphosate on more than 200 crops, including many
children's foods.  This effort cut data development time by 2
to 3 years for many of these uses, allowing EPA to register the
additional uses of these two lower-risk pesticides in FY 2000.
These changes also resulted in a direct savings of $1 million to
the federally and state-funded program that developed the data.
Through these streamlined registration actions, more than 150
crops may now be treated with Spinosad and approximately
250 crops may now be treated with Glyphosate instead of
other, higher-risk pesticides.
        Because of public concern over
various aspects of biotechnology (i.e.
pest resistance, allergens, genetic
alteration), EPA began a scientific and
public review of the current
registrations for certain genetically
engineered corn and cotton varieties,
commonly referred to as Bt corn and Bt cotton.  The Agency also extended the existing
registrations of Bt cotton and Bt corn plant pesticides until September 30, 2001, to allow ample
time for this comprehensive review.  EPA will use this comprehensive approach to ensure that
decisions are based on the best available scientific analysis and that opportunity is provided for an
open dialogue with the public regarding Bt products.  To ensure that all viewpoints are
represented, EPA will seek input from the public from the FIFRA Scientific Advisory Panel, and
through a review being led jointly by the Council on Environmental Quality and the White House
Office of Science and Technology Policy.  In addition, in FY 2000 the Agency worked diligently
to finalize its plant pesticide rule, a reduced risk alternative to conventional pesticides used on
foods.  EPA believes that the rule, first proposed in 1994,  will establish a clear set of standards for
plant-incorporated protectant.  The rule will reflect careful consideration of all public comments
and relevant scientific data.

Reducing Use on Food of Pesticides Not Meeting Health Standards
        Since 1988 EPA has conducted comprehensive reviews of pesticides initially registered
before November 1, 1984.  In FY 1996, FQPA added a new dimension to the pesticide program.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
Under FQPA, EPA conducts evaluations of pesticides to assess whether use of the pesticides in
accordance with instructions included on their labels presents "reasonable certainty of no harm".
After completing a review and ensuring that the pesticide does not present human or
environmental health threats, the Agency issues a Re-registration Eligibility Decision (RED). In
cases where the reviews indicate that pesticides do not meet health and environmental
requirements, EPA can modify the allowable uses of pesticides, including canceling use or limiting
use to certified applicators. FQPA also sets stricter safety standards for pesticide residues in or on
food and it requires EPA to reassess all existing tolerances within ten years to ensure they meet
the new safety standard.  INSERT CHART 2

        In FY 2000 EPA continued to reduce human health risks from organophosphates and
other high-risk pesticides, such as organochlorines, carcinogens, and carbamates.  Because
organophosphates are widely used, accounting for more than half of all food crop insecticides
used in the United States, and  can adversely affect the human nervous system, EPA views the
reassessment of these products as a major step in risk reduction.  EPA is committed to ensuring a
safe and abundant food supply for Americans and recognizes that restricting use of widely used
pesticides in the absence of appropriate alternatives could compromise this commitment.  The
Agency has continued to work in collaboration with USDA to obtain a broad range of stakeholder
and public comments on its risk assessments
for the organophosphate pesticides. EPA has
held a number of open, public technical
briefings to communicate risk concerns and
obtain the views of stakeholders.
       EPA met its targeted number of FY
2000 reregistration eligibility decisions (REDs)
and made substantial progress in reviewing
individual organophosphates and carbamate
pesticides and characterizing their risks. The
sk REDs EPA completed in FY 2000
incorporate various risk- reduction measures,
such as allowing use of certain products only
by certified applicators, canceling pesticide
products or deleting uses, limiting the amount
or frequency of use, requiring  additional
personal protective equipment or other worker
protection measures for applicators such as
closed systems, improving use directions and
precautions, and/or employing ground water or
surface water protection.

       EPA's current authorization to collect
Reregistration Maintenance Fees expires at the
      Risk Mitigation on Organophosphates

Chlorpyrifos. EPA reached an agreement with
pesticide manufacturers to eliminate and phase out
certain uses of the organophoshate chlorpyrifos—the
active ingredient in Dursban, one of the most heavily
used household insecticides. This agreement will
significantly reduce risk from food and residential uses,
particularly to children. The agreement lowers or
revokes tolerances on apples, tomatoes, and grapes;
classifies new end-use products as restricted use; and
reduces drinking water risk through phaseout or
canceDation of most indoor/outdoor residential uses,
which are major contributors to drinking water
contamination.

Bensulide. EPA's review of bensulide, an
organophosphate herbicide used on vegetable crops,
ornamentals, and turf, found that dietary risk from
residues on food was low but that aggregate risk could
be significant when potential drinking water exposures
through runoff from turf applications were considered.
EPA worked to mitigate the risk of besulide by
prohibiting handheld application methods and treatment
of large turf areas, adopting label changes, and
restricting the number and timing of golf course
applications.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
end of FY 2001. Because of the additional responsibilities levied by the FQPA, including
cumulative risk assessments, the Agency anticipates that reregistration of pesticide active
ingredients will now be complete in FY 2006 and that product reregistration will continue through
2008. With the expiration of the authority to collect maintenance fees, the Agency will lose
funding that pays for approximately 200 staff who support the reregistration program. Unless the
funding issue is resolved, efforts to reregister existing pesticide active ingredients using the more
stringent FQPA standards will be significantly disrupted, including delaying completion of the
reregistration program and impacting our ability to meet the 2006 statutory deadline for tolerance
reassessment.

       Regulation of antimicrobial pesticides is another arena in which EPA contributes to
ensuring the safety of America's food supply. During FY 2000 the Agency convened an
interagency panel to review a procedure for evaluating the efficacy of consumer products intended
to control disease-carrying organisms on fresh fruits and vegetables. EPA also initiated a review
of procedures to evaluate the efficacy of antimicrobial agents claimed to reduce the number of
disease-carrying organisms in food processing water and in air. Other ongoing efforts related to
antimicrobial pesticides include work with stakeholder groups and scientific experts to:
(1) develop performance standards and efficacy tests for registering treated articles (such as
cutting boards, kitchen sponges, cat litter, toothbrushes, and toys) that make public health claims
and (2) refine registration requirements and performance standards for products that claim to
control human pathogens in medical waste. EPA's investments in expanded outreach and
communication concerning antimicrobial pesticides have proven invaluable in providing up-to-
date information to the public in instances like the FY 2000 recall of certain cleaning products
found to cause respiratory symptoms in some users. The National Antimicrobial Information
Network (NAIN), which provides a wide variety of information about antimicrobials through a
toll-free telephone number and the Internet, is an example of the communication tools available.

SUMMARY OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

       Through successful, collaborative integration of regulatory, outreach, and partnership
activities, EPA has made progress in ensuring that the food we eat is free from unsafe pesticide
residues, especially where children are concerned.   The Agency continued using the best available
science in the review of new and existing pesticides. EPA also continued to expedite the
registration of reduced-risk pesticides and review the highest-risk existing pesticides first,
canceling pesticides that do not meet the current health standards. Additionally, the Agency
encouraged greater public awareness about the precautions people should take in the proper
preparation and handling of food.  These actions played an important part in moving the Agency
toward its strategic goal to improve food safety.

RESEARCH CONTRIBUTIONS

       In FY 2000 EPA conducted research to develop and improve methods and models that
predict, estimate, and measure health effects resulting from exposure to pesticides. Developing
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
improved methods to detect, characterize, and quantify pesticide exposures in infants, children,
and other susceptible subpopulations is an important focus of this research. The FQPA has
expanded EPA's pesticide risk assessment research, particularly in the area of evaluating
aggregate exposures to pesticides from multiple sources and the cumulative risk posed by multiple
pesticides that share a common mechanism of toxicity.  In FY 2000 research centered on
providing methods and models to evaluate the risk to human health posed by food-use products.
One of the most important activities was the revision of a first generation, multimedia,
multipathway pesticide exposure model that identifies critical exposure pathways and factors for
infants and young children. Future research will continue to focus on the development of risk
assessment methods and models for susceptible populations, but will also include a greater
emphasis on the development of new exposure and effects data to address the key issues and
science needs of cumulative risk.

PROGRAM EVALUATION

             GAO also assessed how EPA protects children's health and addresses their special
vulnerability to pesticides  in the report Children and Pesticides: New Approach to Considering
Risk Is Partly in Place (HEHS-00-175).  This investigation addressed the progress EPA has made
in considering aggregate exposure and the cumulative effects of pesticides, as well as the progress
made in reassessing tolerances for pesticide residues. GAO found that EPA has put in place
interim procedures to address aggregate exposure and that methods for addressing cumulative
risk are being developed. When complete, the methods will be implemented on a group of
chemicals considered to be of potentially high risk. To address GAO concerns, EPA is giving
special attention to the foods children most frequently eat (http://www.gao.gov).
ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE ON FY 2001 ANNUAL
PERFORMANCE PLAN

       The Agency's FY2000 target for tolerance reassessments was not met due in part to the
continuing development of the cumulative risk methodology. Therefore, the FY2001 APG for
tolerance reassessment will be revised upward so that the Agency will be on track to meet the
statutory requirement of 66 percent of existing tolerances reassessed by 2002.   Once the
cumulative risk scientific and policy issues are resolved for the organophosphate pesticides, the
path will be better defined for subsequent groups of pesticides that share a common toxic
mechanism. In addition, the Agency is revising its 2001/2002 targets upwards for several
registration outputs due to better than expected performance in FY2000.

TABLES OF RESULTS

The following tables of results includes performance results for the FY 2000 two Congressional
Annual Performance Goals that appear in Goal 3. In cases where the FY 2000 APG is associated
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
with an FY 1999 APG, the table includes the FY 1999 APG below the FY 2000 APG for ease in
comparing performance
       CHART 2
   s.
                               Tolerance Reassessment Status
                                   (as of October 22, 2000)
            Organophosphates  Carbamates   Organochtorines  Carcinogens

                                   H Remaining | Completed
Others
TOTAL
 This chart shows the status of the EPA's tolerance reassessment program, by chemical class.  In
 total, 3551 tolerances (37 % out of a total of 9,721) have been reassessed . Thus EPA is more
 than one-third complete with progress on reassessing tolerances, including high-risk chemicals
 such as organophosphates, carbamates, organochlorines, and carcinogens.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
                             FY 2000 Annual Report
                     Annual Performance Goals and Measures
                                Table of Results
                               Goal 3 - Safe Food
Summary of FY 2000 Performance
i j Goal Met | 1 \ Goal Not Het | 0 | Other

FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

FY2000

Planned

Actual
By 2005, thfc risk from agrfcutturaf ws* of jMsstidd** wBI b* reduced by 50 percent from 1*95 levels.
FY 2000 APG 1 9: Decrease adverse risk from agricultural uses from 1 995 levels and
assure that new pesticides are safe by such actions as registering 6 new
chemicals, 2,200 amendments, 600 me-toos, 200 new uses, 45 inerts,
375 special registrations, 225 tolerances and 13 reduced risk
chemicals/biopesticides.

(FY 1 999) Decrease adverse risk from ogricufturo/ pesticides from 1 995 levels and assure new
pesticides that enter the market are safe for humans and the environment
Explanation: The Agency, in partnership with Florida State University, is refining environmental
indicators for pesticide programs and is analyzing ways to measure risk posed by
agricultural uses of pesticides. It is likely that the risk will be inferred by
examining usage levels of safer "reduced-risk" pesticides, using 1 995 (pre-FQPA)
as a baseline. Revised perfomance indicators/measures are expected in FY 2002.
Data Source: The Pesticide Regulatory Action Tracking System (PRATS) is an EPA Pesticide
Program activity tracking system designed to collect and track information
submitted by the regulated industry to support a pesticide registration
application.
The Tolerance Index System (TIS) contains information on current tolerances,
crop residues by crop and crop group for food and feed use.
Data Quality: EPA conducts internal senior management reviews of the all systems output
results. EPA is developing two databases: ( 1 ) Office of Pesticide Program
Information Network (OPSIN) to consolidate pesticide data into one system and
(2) the National Pesticide Residue Database (NARD), in conjunction with FDA,
USDA, and the states of California and Florida, to automate validation of data
submissions. The NARD is being created in response to a recommendation by
the National Academy of Science (NAS) Report, Pesticides in the Diets of Infants
and Children, 1993. The report provided the findings by NAS National Research
Council Committee on their examination of the adequacy of present risk
assessment methods and policies and toxicologic issues of most concern to
children. One of the findings was that there was no comprehensive data source
on pesticide residue levels in the major foods consumed by infants and children.
The purpose of the database is to have a single national repository of pesticide
residue monitoring data with consistent/standardized reporting of data.
6
2,200
600
200
45
375
225
13

























6
3069
1106
427
95
4S8
4S2
16

























FYI999

Actual
,
7
3,586
1,022
68!
ID9
45S
35 1
!9

























By 2805, use on food of current pesticides that da not meet the new statutory standard of '"reasonable certainty of no harm" will ,
be substantially eiiminated.
  Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 20: EPA will reassess 20% of the existing 9,72 1 tolerances to ensure that
they meet the statutory standard of "reasonable certainty of no harm."
(FY /999J Under pesticide reregistrotion, EPA will reassess 19% (or 1,847) of the existing 9,72 1
tolerances (cumulative 33%) for pesticides food uses to meet the new statutory
standards of "reasonable certainty of no harm."
Explanation: As of September 1 999, the Agency had completed 3,430 (or 35%) of the
statutorily mandated 9,72 1 tolerances. Despite the FY 2000 performance, the
Agency expects to meet the FQPA August 3, 2002 statutory deadline of 66% of
tolerances reassessed (6,415) and 100% assessed by August 2006. Although the
actual results are less than the targets, the Agency has already done a substantial
amount of work on many tolerances, however, we cannot call the tolerances fully
reassessed because of the pending development of the Agency's cumulative risk
policy. Once the cumulative risk policy has been approved and applied to the
tolerance reassessment process, the Agency expects to increase the pace of
tolerance reassessments.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 1 9
Tolerance Reassessment Tracking System (TORTS) contains records on all 9,72 1
tolerances subject to reassessment from all sources. Data is extracted from the
TIS and contains the numbers of total tolerances reassessed and the results of
the reassessments (number of tolerance levels raised, revoked, or decreased).
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 19
FY2000
Planned
1,250
Actual
121
FY 1999
Actual
1,445
Draft:  1/29/01

-------
        GOAL 4:  PREVENTING POLLUTION AND REDUCING RISK IN
        COMMUNITIES, HOMES, WORKPLACES AND ECOSYSTEMS

Pollution prevention and risk management strategies aimed at cost-effectively eliminating,
reducing, or minimizing emissions and contamination will result in cleaner and safer environments
in which all Americans can reside, work, and enjoy life. EPA will safeguard ecosystems and
promote the health of natural communities that are integral to the quality of life in this nation.
(FY 2000 Obligations = $272m)

OVERVIEW

       A preventive, multimedia approach is central to EPA's strategy for protecting the public
and the environment from the complex array of pollutants and threats imposed by industrial
society. Preventing pollution before it causes harm is cheaper and smarter than cleaning it up
afterward.  Cooperative and voluntary activities, including releasing data on the risks posed by
pesticides and industrial chemicals; encouraging the use of safer alternative technologies,
chemicals, and farm practices; and promoting industrial processes that use less hazardous
materials or recycle, are a vital part of EPA's pollution prevention strategy. In conducting these
activities, EPA emphasizes protecting children who are often more susceptible than adults to
injury from exposure to hazardous compounds. EPA's pollution prevention efforts involve many
Agency programs, including those for pesticides, chemical management, indoor air pollution,
waste management, and research. In addition, many pollution prevention activities require sharing
responsibilities with other federal, state, and tribal agencies, private industry, and nonprofit
organizations. EPA's efforts with these partners have led to reduced risk in communities, homes,
workplaces, and ecosystems.

FY 2000 PERFORMANCE
Reducing Risk from Pesticides and
Other Chemicals

       EPA made substantial progress
during FY 2000 in reducing the risks
posed by pesticides and other chemicals
by promoting improved pesticide
management practices, implementing
the lead hazard reduction program, and
gaining commitments from industry to
participate in the High Production
Volume Challenge Program.

Pesticides
West NUe Virus
In FY 2000 EPA addressed the potential threat to the public
from mosquito-borne viruses such as the West Nile virus,
which can cause encephalitis. In 1999 there were more than
60 reported cases and some deaths.  EPA engaged in a broad,
pre-emptive communication strategy to provide
information on the risks and benefits of
pesticide applications for mosquito control
before and during major outbreaks.
Communication products were targeted to the
public, states, localities, pesticide registrants,
formulators, handlers, applicators, the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services, the
U.S. Department of Agriculture, environmental groups, and
other interested parties. EPA also ensured that states and
localities applied pesticides according to proper application
methods to protect the public from pesticide exposure.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       EPA worked with various pesticide user groups and other stakeholders to ensure that
safer pest management practices are used in agriculture, homes, and public buildings (including
schools). For example, EPA continued to partner with farmers, researchers, and agribusiness to
encourage the use of innovative and economical methods for reducing pesticide risks.
                          Examples of Innovation in Reducing Pesticide Risk
                   (These projects are described at htto://www.epa.gov/oppbppiil/PESP/.)

  The Pineapple Growers Association of Hawaii is using a new innovative injection sprayer that releases
  herbicides only where they are needed.  The Association is also testing a "living mulch" grass cover crop that is
  stunted in height and out-competes other weeds.

  The Glades Crop Care, Inc. in Florida has found that their pepper growers can spend sixty-three percent less
  money on pest management by making fewer applications of pesticides, applying chemicals that are much less
  environmentally disruptive and by using a more biointensive pest management program. In addition, these
  same growers ended up using forty-three percent fewer pesticide active ingredients on their pepper crop.

  The New York City Board of Education reduced pesticides in their schools by thirty-three percent in the 1999-
  2000 school year. This school year (September 2000), they are only using boric acid and baits. The
  Department avoids any and all use of pesticide products in classrooms and other areas where students might be
  exposed to potentially harmful levels of pesticides.

  The Mint Industry Research Council promotes the use of predatory mites to control spider mites and the use of
  clean rootstock that will prevent the introduction of diseased material into new fields at the time they are being
  established.
       In addition, EPA collaborated with Canada's Pest Management Regulatory Agency to
develop an exam of core principles for pesticide applicators to be incorporated into existing
pesticide  applicator certification and training programs in both countries. EPA is also nearing the
final stages of promulgating a rule to manage pesticides that are likely to leach into ground water.

Lead

       By the end of FY 2000, EPA had authorized a total of 38 programs (34 states, two tribes,
the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico) to train and certify lead-based paint abatement
professionals to help  ensure that those engaged in abatement projects work to minimize lead
exposure. EPA began operating such programs in the remaining states and three territories. EPA
implemented the Pre-renovation Notification Rule, which requires people who perform renovation
for compensation to distribute a lead hazard information pamphlet before starting the work. The
Agency also promulgated the Lead Hazard Rule, which identifies hazardous levels of lead in paint,
dust, and soil.

The High Production Volume (HPV) Challenge Program
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       High production volume chemicals are those that are manufactured or imported into the
U. S. in amounts of one million pounds or more. The High Production Volume (HPV) Challenge
Program, is addressing deficiencies in the public availability of basic health and environmental
hazard data for 2,800 HPV chemicals, so that scientists, policy makers, industry, and the public
can make sound judgments about what potential risks these chemicals could present to people and
the environment The program made progress in FY 2000 by significantly increasing the number
of companies, and sponsored chemicals, in the program from last year's level.  Four hundred and
sixty-nine companies have committed publicly to make screening-level hazard data on 2,155
chemicals available by 2005.  EPA has already received some data, which are provided on the
Chemical Right to Know web site (www. epa. gov/chemrtk).

Green Chemistry

       In F Y 2000 EPA advanced pollution prevention and industrial ecology through the
Presidential Green Chemistry Challenge Awards Program, which recognizes and supports
innovative chemical processes that accomplish pollution prevention through source reduction.  In
FY 2000 EPA received 50 percent more nominations for the awards than its target of 50
applications/nominations. Six awards were made in five categories, including those for designing
safer chemicals, academic contributions, and  small businesses. As an example, one award was
made to Dow AgroSciences for the development of the Sentricon™ Termite Colony Elimination
System. Each year, as many as 1.5 million homeowners in the U.S. experience a termite problem
and seek a control option. Sentricon™ represents a novel technology enabling an Integrated Pest
Management approach using monitoring and targeted delivery of a highly specific bait.  It delivers
high technical performance, environmental compatibility, and reduced human risk through the use
of very small quantities of the control agent.  For specific information on other awards made in
FY2000, see the Green Chemistry Home Page (www.epa.gov/greenchemistry.)

Asbestos

       A recent consumer scare over asbestos-contaminated vermiculite prompted EPA to
undertake an analysis of the level of asbestos in vermiculite. Vermiculite is a product whose
absorbent properties make it useful in lawn and garden, agricultural, and horticultural products.
EPA's analysis found that consumers face only a minimal health risk from using vermiculite
products at home or in their gardens. However, because the analysis showed that occupational
vermiculite exposure might be higher, EPA provided the analysis to the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) for further study. In FY 2000 EPA also proposed extending the
Asbestos Worker Protection Rule issued under the authority of the Toxic Substances Control  Act.
It is intended to extend protection from the risks associated with asbestos exposure to state and
local government workers in 27 states not otherwise covered by OSHA asbestos standards, or by
OSHA-approved state Worker Protection plans, as well as employees in the automotive brake and
clutch repair industry.

Endocrine Disruptors


Draft: 1/29/01                              3

-------
       EPA did not begin testing chemicals in commerce for endocrine disruption in FY 2000, as
was projected in 1999. The Agency found that assay systems and high-throughput pre-screening
(HTPS) technology, which is an automated test system capable of detecting estrogen and
androgen receptor interactions on thousands of chemicals, were not yet sufficiently developed for
routine regulatory application for existing and new chemicals. EPA is now focusing on
developing quantitative structure-activity relationship models to serve the purpose HTPS would
have served and continues to  monitor the progress of HTPS efforts for endocrine disruption
elsewhere in the world. EPA was successful in initiating work on four screens, exceeding its goal
of two, while continuing work on two screens it had initiated the previous year.  The Agency
anticipates completing work on all eight Tier 1 screens (Tier 1 screens detect chemical substances
capable of interacting with the estrogen, androgen, and thyroid hormonal systems) by the end of
2003 and the additional five Tier 2 tests (Tier 2 tests confirm and characterize the interaction) by
the end of 2005.
Achieving Healthier Indoor Environments

       In FY 2000 EPA took action to raise public awareness about the role of triggers of asthma
in increasing the severity and frequency of asthma episodes in indoor settings.  The action was
part of the Childhood Asthma Initiative and focused particularly on low-income  children.  The
Ad Council, which provides advertising campaigns for the public good, selected EPA for a
multiyear partnership within which the Council is providing pro bono creative services to help the
Agency develop a series of public messages about the relationship between indoor pollutants and
asthma.  EPA organized three Regional Asthma Summits for Managed Care to engage the
managed care industry in efforts to include information about indoor asthma trigger control in
their conventional medical management plans for asthma patients. The first National Asthma In-
Home Education and Management grants
competition produced two winning pilot
projects, which received roughly $100,000
each, to demonstrate the results of educating
families with asthma sufferers about indoor
asthma triggers in their homes.
       A new public service announcement
encouraging parents who normally smoke
inside their homes to "go outside for your
kids" won the prestigious Silver Screen
Award for television advertising and
leveraged more than $14 million worth of
donated air time. The announcement was
cosponsored by EPA with the Consumer
Federation of American Foundation and the
American Medical Association.  The radio
version played on 625 radio stations, and the
           Pilot for "Buy Clean"
EPA and the Western Massachusetts Coalition for
Occupational Safety and Health are testing a pilot
program called "Buy Clean" with the Chicopee
School District. "Buy Clean" schools will evaluate
products as varied as art, auto shop, and drafting
classroom supplies, landscaping and renovation
products, cleaners, chemicals used in chemistry
laboratories, and other custodial and maintenance
supplies, and purchase environmentally preferable
products and services (where appropriate) to promote
healthier indoor air in schools. Schools will consider
health, environmental, and product effectiveness
characteristics in making decisions on which products
to purchase. The project is part of a pilot grant
program to test "Buy Clean" in schools around the
country. In addition, EPA is investigating incentives
to encourage vendors to provide products that are
more environmentally preferable at competitive
prices.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
print campaign ran in 281 newspapers across the nation. Environmental tobacco smoke exposure
causes hundreds of thousands of excess childhood respiratory infections and contributes to middle
ear infections in children who live in homes where adults smoke.  In FY 2000 EPA estimates that
360,000 more children age six and under lived in homes where smoking is not permitted than last
year as a result of education and outreach efforts.

       EPA met its goal in FY 2000 to educate the public about the health risks of indoor radon
exposure by collaborating with states through the federal radon grants program and working in
partnership with nongovernmental organizations such as the National  Environmental Health
Association and the Consumer Federation of America Foundation.  Indoor radon exposure causes
an estimated 15,000 to 22,000 lung cancer deaths each year. Based on sales of radon mitigation
fans, EPA estimates that as a result of various outreach activities some 52,000 residential radon
mitigations took place in FY 2000, meaning that approximately 138,800 more people lived in
homes where radon exposure has been reduced than last year.  Moreover, based on information
collected by the National Association of Home Builders, some 200,000 new homes were built in
FY 2000 using radon-resistant construction techniques, preventing residential exposure to radon
for 534,000 more people.

       Contributing to EPA's effort to create healthier indoor environments for children in
schools, an additional 5,000 schools in FY 2000 (representing about 2,600,000 students and staff)
adopted the problem-solving and pollution prevention approaches to school indoor environments
in the Agency's Indoor Air Quality Tools for Schools kit.

Preventing Pollution, Reducing Waste, and Recycling

Toxics Release Inventory (TRI)

       One important measure of the nation's progress in fostering pollution prevention is the
trend in the generation of non-recycled wastes covered by TRI. Waste generation measures are
best suited for assessing source reduction efforts, as they are unaffected by the application of
pollution control systems (e.g., waste treatment systems, incinerators, etc.).  The generation of
non-recycled wastes by those manufacturing industries that have been monitored over the last 8
years under TRI declined by  15.1 million pounds from 1997 to 1998,  a 0.2% decline.  When the
change between 1997 and 1998 is normalized for increases in production by these industrial
categories, the decrease represents a 4.1% reduction, which is more than double the FY 2000
performance target of a 2% annual production-normalized decline in the generation of non-
recycled TRI wastes.

       Other important measures of pollution prevention are the trends for the volume and
toxicity of direct environmental releases and off-site transfers of chemicals covered by TRI.
Release/transfer measures, unlike waste generation measures, are considered "end-of-pipe"
measures that capture pollution levels after on-site pollution control or recycling/recovery
technologies have been applied to generated wastes. The releases and off-site transfers from
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
those manufacturing industries and chemicals that have been monitored since the TRI chemical
reporting list was expanded in 1995 declined by 187.3 million pounds (3.2%) from 1997 to 1998
(SEE CHART A).  However, industry is not achieving similar decreases in the toxicity of these
wastes, as Chart B indicates. [The hazard index is developed by multiplying the release/transfer
pounds for a chemical by the higher of the two toxicity weights (ingestion or inhalation), which
are assigned to the chemical in EPA's Risk Screening Environmental Indicators model, and then
indexing the resulting values,  so that the index for the value from the year 1995 is 100].
(INSERT TRI CHART A HERE)

       EPA's New Chemicals screening system (Pre-Manufacture Notice (PMN) requirements)
and the Chemical Right to Know (CRtK) initiative may help to reverse the trend of increasing
waste toxicity. The PMN process prevents manufacture of new chemicals determined to pose
unreasonable human health or environmental risks. The Agency expects the CRtK Initiative,
begun in FY 2000, to encourage industry to replace dangerous chemicals already in use by making
hazard information publicly available by 2005 for nearly 2,800 High Production Volume chemicals
(chemicals that are produced in quantities greater than 1 million pounds per year).  Further
discussion of the TRI Program is presented under Goal 7.

Design for the Environment Program (DfE)

       DfE continues to work with private sector partners to advance cleaner technologies. In
2000 EPA's effort helped achieve a cumulative 36 percent increase in the use of alternative
cleaning technologies by the garment care industry over 1998 levels. Under the program, 14 safer
cleaning products have been developed and marketed,  including redesigned products that do not
contain alkyl phenol ethoxylates (suspected endocrine disruptors). The foam furniture industry is
investigating alternatives to the use of methylene chloride, a hazardous air pollutant for which
OSHA has restricted use in foam adhesive applications. The dry cleaning industry has
significantly reduced its use of perchloroethylene, which has been characterized as a probable
human carcinogen.

PBT Initiative

       The PBT Initiative seeks to reduce the use of priority persistent bioaccumulative and toxic
(PBT) pollutants and their presence in the environment. In FY 2000 EPA released six National
Action Plans for public comment.  These plans address ongoing and planned reduction activities
for five canceled pesticides (Aldrin/Dieldrin, Chlordane, DDT, Mirex, and Toxaphene);
Hexachlorobenzene; Benzo(a)pyrene; alkyl-lead; and Octachlorostyrene. Effort continued to
finalize the Mercury Action Plan, expand the collection of monitoring data on PBTs in fish and in
humans, fund 12 new state and regional reduction projects, evaluate more than 200 additional
substances for PBT hazard levels, and launch the development of two coordinated Agency
strategies for PBT monitoring and risk communication.

       States, territories, and tribes issue consumption advisories to protect those people living


Draft: 1/29/01                              6

-------
within their boundaries from health risks
associated with the consumption of chemically
contaminated fish and wildlife.  The advisories
suggest that consumption of such fish and
wildlife from specific water bodies or water
body types be restricted or avoided.
Persistent bioaccumulative toxic (PBT)
chemicals - mercury, PCBs, chlordane,
dioxins, and DDT - were at least partially
involved in 99% of all advisories. These
contaminated fish and wildlife are of great
concern for low-income people who fish and
hunt for their own food, Native American
Tribes who have historically been high-volume
consumers offish and wildlife, and individuals
who make the lifestyle choice to eat fish and
wildlife in quantity.
Fish and Wildlife Advisories by Type
       The increase in fish consumption advisories from 1998 to 1999 generally reflects more
monitoring and better assessment methods, and is not necessarily a result of worsening
environmental conditions. Between 1993 and 1999 " no consumption" advisories for sensitive
populations increased 131 percent and restricted consumption advisories for sensitive populations
increased by 136 percent. Over the long term, advisories for sensitive populations have increased
more rapidly than advisories for the general population. EPA and its partners are addressing the
presence of PBTs in the environment through programs under many Goals in the Agency
Strategic Plan; however, the advisory data indicate that much work needs to be done to ensure
that those individuals who consume fish and wildlife in quantity are protected from toxics in their
food. Additional information pertaining to the advisories is found in the chapter about Goal 2.

Recycling of Municipal Solid Waste

       Recycling of municipal solid waste (MSW) has continued to increase, and the diversion of
more MSW from landfilling and combustion to recycling is higher than ever before. In 1998, the
most recent year for which data are available, 28.2 percent of MSW was recycled, an increase of
0.8 percent from 1997. This figure means that more than 62 million tons of recyclables were
diverted from disposal in 1998 alone. The increase bodes well for attainment of EPA's FY 2000
target (reflecting 1999 recycling) of 29 percent (64 million tons). Compared to the previous year,
MSW generation increased in 1998 by 4 million tons, reaching a level of 220 million tons.  Per
capita generation remained stable at 4.4 pounds per day, slightly higher than the Agency's goal of
4.3 pounds per day. Increased generation of MSW is consistent with the continuing robust
economy.

Preventing Pollution on Tribal Lands
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       An accurate assessment of current environmental conditions is critical to addressing
environmental issues in Indian Country. In FY 2000 EPA collected basic environmental data for
6 percent of Indian Country for a cumulative percentage of 16. In a complementary effort, EPA
regional offices are working with tribes to help implement environmental programs in Indian
Country. In FY 2000, 16 tribes assumed EPA program responsibilities, exceeding the Agency's
goal of 12 tribes. The total number of EPA programs operated by tribes is now 270. Also, by the
end of FY 2000, 49 tribes had signed Tribal Environmental Agreements, which identify tribe-
specific environmental priorities to address multimedia environmental concerns in Indian Country.

SUMMARY OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

       EPA and its partners made substantial progress toward achieving Goal 4 and its
objectives.  By the end of FY 2000, EPA had authorized 38 states, tribes, or territories to train
and certify lead-based paint abatement professionals to help ensure that those engaged in
abatement projects work to minimize lead exposure. Of particular importance were the 469
companies that have committed to make screening-level hazard data available publicly on 2,155
High Production Volume chemicals by 2005. Also, in FY 2000 EPA's effort helped to achieve a
cumulative 36 percent increase in the use of alternative cleaning technologies by the garment care
industry over 1998 levels. Finally, EPA released six National Action Plans that address ongoing
and planned reduction activities for five canceled pesticides, as part  of the initiative to reduce the
use and presence of priority PBT pollutants in the environment.

STRENGTHENING PROGRAM INTEGRITY THROUGH IMPROVED MANAGEMENT

       In response to a continuing concern that the Agency has a problem in grant management
provided for tribal grants (in particular, grants made with General Assistance Program funds),
EPA assigned additional staff, developed improved guidance, and provided additional training to
its grants management staff in FY 2000. Limitations that prevent the use of General Assistance
funds for implementing environmental programs have been a barrier to tribes' assumption of
programs and willingness to enter into substantive agreements. Because the Agency is  redefining
the Tribal Environmental Agreements process, the performance measure for these agreements will
be discontinued in FY 2001.
RESEARCH CONTRIBUTIONS

       Research supports Goal 4 in the development or improvement of test guidelines for human
health and ecological endpoints of regulatory concern under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide,
and Rodenticide Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act. In FY 2000 EPA developed a model
to assess the susceptibility of infants' and children's developing immune systems to environmental
contaminants. It will be an important tool for evaluating the impact of environmental stressors on
human health and ecological endpoints. Understanding how environmental contaminants affect
developing immune systems is particularly important because infants and children appear to be at


Draft: 1/29/01                              8

-------
greater risk than adults of experiencing adverse reactions when exposed to toxic substances.

PROGRAM EVALUATION

       The Government Accounting Office (GAO) recently assessed the impact and effectiveness
of several EPA activities dealing with children's health, and one investigated concerns about the
potential exposure of children to pesticides and the actions the Agency and the states have taken
to reduce the use of pesticides in schools.  In its November 1999 report, Pesticides: Use, Effects
and Alternatives to Pesticides in Schools (RCED-00-17), GAO noted that although there is no
comprehensive, nationwide information on the amount of pesticides used in schools, the Agency
is considering conducting a survey on the use of pesticides in schools, pending availability of
funds.  GAO also  determined that information is limited regarding short- and long-term illnesses
related to pesticide exposure in all settings; however, the government has initiated several studies
to identify illnesses linked to pesticide exposure. To address potential exposure of children to
pesticides, the Agency and the states have initiatives in place that encourage reduced use of
pesticides in schools through Integrated Pest Management and the Pesticide Environmental
Stewardship Program, as well as the use of reduced-risk pesticides.  In addition, the Agency is
working with several states to encourage reduced use of pesticides and use of reduced-risk
pesticides in schools ( http ://www. gao. gov).

       GAO also assessed the implementation of the Worker Protection Standards and how well
the Worker Protection Program protects children who might be exposed to pesticides in
agricultural settings.  GAO made several recommendations regarding worker protection in its
report Pesticides: Improvements Needed to Ensure the Safety of Farmworkers and Their
Children (RCED-00-40). EPA generally agrees that the recommendations are sound and intends
to consider them during the assessment of the Worker Protection Program in FY 2001.

       In FY 2000 EPA began the National Assessment of the Worker Protection Standard for
pesticides.  The assessment, a multi-phase process that will take place over the next 18 to 24
months, will help the Agency determine whether the Worker Protection Standard program is
adequately meeting its intended goals of addressing the risks to agricultural workers. The initial
public participation meeting was held in June 2000 in Austin, Texas. As a result of that meeting,
a number of assessment themes or topic areas were identified for further consideration, including
training, enforcement, complaint and retaliation, children's health, and communication.

       EPA continued its evaluation of the certification and training program for pesticide
applicators, which started in 1997 with the formation of the joint EPA-U.S. Department of
Agriculture Certification & Training Assessment Group (CTAG). In FY2000, states indicated the
need for using a professional exam development process to improve their ability to determine the
competency of pesticide applicators. CTAG's work is leading to improvement in pesticide
applicator exams,  establishment of a pesticide safety education center for training educators and
regulators, and development of a national core pesticide applicator certification exam for use by
state regulators. Improving the certification and training program addresses risk at the source


Draft: 1/29/01                              9

-------
(pesticide applications).

ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE ON FY 2001 ANNUAL
PERFORMANCE PLAN

       FY 2000 results in Goal 4 have some important impacts on aspects of the FY 2001 Annual
Performance Plan. EPA has reflected FY 2000 performance and advances in program
measurement in its FY 2001 annual performance goals (APGs) and targets. The performance
measure for environmental stewardship strategies (ESP) in the prevention of harmful pesticide
exposure has been significantly increased for FY 2001, based on greater than expected
performance in FY 2000. The program had revised the format and requirements
for completing ESP strategies, which streamlined and accelerated the submissions and review
processes. The FY 2001 APG for safer alternative cleaning technologies has been reworded to
include a new measure, perchloroethylene reduction, which is a more reliable indicator of progress
toward the APG than the percentage increase in the use of alternative cleaning technologies, the
FY 2000 measure.

TABLE OF RESULTS

       The following table of results includes performance results for the FY 2000 nine
Congressional Annual Performance Goals that appear in Goal 4. In cases where the FY 2000
APG is associated with an FY 1999 APG, the table includes the FY 1999 APG below the FY
2000 APG for ease in comparing performance.
Draft: 1/29/01                             10

-------
                                    Releases and Transfers of TRI Chemicals,  1995-199

                                    Enhanced Chemical List: New 1998 Reporting Sectors Exclude
                               6000
                               4OOO
                                         1996
                                                     1996
                                                                  1997
                                                                               1998
                             Toxicity Index for Releases and Transfers

                                   of TRI Chemicals, 1995-1998

                   Enhanced Chemical Listy; New 1998 Reporting Sectors Excluded
      u
      in
      en
      O)
      T2
      n>
         120
         100
80
          60
          40
          2O
                     1995
                                      1996
                                                       1997
                                                                       1998
Draft: 1/29/01
                                         11

-------
                                              FY 2000 Annual Report
                                   Annual Performance Goals and Measures
                                                  Table of Results

                               Goal 4 - Preventing  Pollution and Reducing Risk
                           in Communities, Homes, Workplaces, and Ecosystems
      Summary of FY 2000 Performance
              j_JJ Goa! Mot Met   | 3  | Other
               FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                 FY2000
                                                                                             Planned
                                                                                 Actual
                                                                                          FY 1999
          Actual
By 2005, puWfc and ecosystem risk from j«sstfcWe*wiB to* reduoerf tbro«gf» migration «& Jower riskpestŁrfd«& and pest
management practices, ImprovJt^ education of the public a«dat-rfek workers, and forming ''pe^ddeerwironmentaf stewardshfp1*
partners Wpi with pestkfde user groups,                 •     ,"                        ,     "
FY2000APG2I:
(FY 1999)
Protect homes, communities, and workplaces from harmful exposure
to pesticides and related pollutants through improved cultural
practices and enhanced public education, resulting in a reduction (to be
determined) in the incidence of pesticide poisonings reported
nationwide.

Protect homes, communities, and workplaces from harmful exposure to pesticides and
related pollutants through improved cultural practices and enhanced public education,
resulting in a reduction of 15% cumulative (1994 reporting base)  in the incidence of
pesticide poisonings reported nationwide.
Performance Measures
- Environmental Stewardship Strategies
- Manage pesticides with high probability to leach/ persist in groundwater
- Labor population will be adequately trained (annual percentage of pesticide applicators certified)
Explanation:
Data Source:
Data Quality:
Data now available do not allow a reliable estimate of the magnitude or trend in
the national incidence of pesticide poisonings.  Through the Chemical and
Pesticide Results Measures (CAPRM) project, which involves EPA, state and
industry stakeholders, EPA is working on developing an accurate reporting
measure for pesticide poisonings, among other environmental indicators.  The
Pesticides and Ground Water State Management Plan, which proposes to provide
states with the flexibility to protect ground water in the most appropriate way
for local conditions, has been delayed and is under review at the Office of
Management and Budget.

Aggregation of training statistics from state cooperative extension services and
Worker Protection program. State Cooperative Extension Services represent
the education  and training arm of State Agriculture Departments which extend
training programs to counties.

Training statistics are dependent on accurate record keeping at state or county
level.
                                                                        71
                                                                       10%
                                                                       50%
50%
485i
         Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY2000
Planned
Actual
FY 1999
Actual
|y 1$«5, Ufc* number of young cJiHtb-erv with high levels of toad fn their Wood wBI i*^(Rea»«r reduced fromtti* ««^r WWs, ;
FY 2000 APG 22: Administer federal programs and oversee state implementation of
programs for lead-based paint abatement certification and training in
50 states, to reduce exposure to lead-based paint and ensure significant
decreases in children's blood levels by 2005.
(FY / 999) Complete the building of a lead-based point abatement certification and training in 50
states, to ensure significant decreases in children's blood lead levels by 2005 through
reduced exposure to lead-based paint.
Explanation: Through FY 2000, EPA continued building the lead-based abatement training and
certification program. Programs for the training, accreditation and certification of
lead-based paint abatement professionals were established in 36 states. For 19
states that have chosen not to seek approval of a state program, a federal
training, accreditation and certification program was established. Additional legal
requirements for the tribes have delayed development of two of the four
programs planned for FY 2000. EPA activities to reduce exposure to lead-based
paint are on track to ensure significant decreases in children's blood levels by
2005.
Data. Source: Data on blood lead levels in children are from the National Health and Nutrition
Examination Surveys (NHANES) conducted by the Centers for Disease Control
and Prevention. Annual surveys started in 1999.
Data Quality: Data quality issues are related to survey sampling bias and changes in survey
questions from survey to survey.
Target
year is
FY2005

Target
year is
FY2005
By 2805, of the approximately 2,898 chemicais and 40 genetically engineered rwicroorganlsms expected to enter commerce each
year, we w8l significantly Increase the introduction by industry of siafer or "greener" chetnicais which witt decrease the need far
regulatory management iby EPA, "
FY 2000 APG 23: Ensure that of the up to 1,800 new chemicals and microorganisms
submitted by industry each year, those that are introduced in
commerce are safe to humans and the environment for their intended
uses.
(FV /999J Ensure that of the approximately 1,800 new chemicals and micro-organisms submitted
by industry each year, those that are introduced in commerce are safe to humans and
the environment for their intended uses.
Explanation:
Data Source: The New Chemicals Management Information Tracking System tracks requests
submitted by industries for review of new chemicals. The requests include
information on chemicals to be manufactured and imported, chemical identity,
manufacturing process, use, worker exposure, environmental releases and
disposal.
Data Quality: EPA reviews industry data and performs risk screening and assessments which
could lead to regulation.
1,800
1,838
1,717
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 24: Provide methods and models to evaluate the impact of environmental
stressors on human health and ecological endpoints for use in
guidelines, assessments, and strategies.
Performance Measure
- Develop an animal model to assess susceptibility of the developing immune system to environmental
contaminants
Explanation: A model to assess the susceptibility of the -developing immune system to
environmental contaminants was produced. The model is an important tool for
evaluating the impact of environmental stressors on human health and ecological
endpoints.
Data Source: Agency generated material.
Data Quality: • As required by the Agency-wide formal peer review policy issued in 1 993, and
reaffirmed in 1994 and 1998, all major scientific and technical work products used
in Agency decision making are independently peer reviewed before their use.
EPA has implemented a rigorous process of peer review for both its in-house and
extramural research programs. Peer review panels include scientists and
engineers from academia, industry and other federal agencies.
FY 2000
Planned
1
Actual
I
FY 1999
Actual
No
FYI999
APG
Sy 2005, IS million more Americans wilNhfe or workltt homes, schools, or office buildings wlflb healthier indoor air thaa in **94
FY 2000 APG 25: 890,000 additional people will be living in healthier residential indoor
environments.
(FY 1 999) 700,000 additional people will live in healthier residential indoor environments.
Explanation: In FY2000 there were 1,032,000 additional people living in healthier residential
indoor environments. The target was exceeded because EPA's outreach efforts
with builders to construct radon-resistant homes and outreach to the general
public to mitigate radon were more effective than originally anticipated. In FY
1 999, the results are higher (than the planned target of 700,000) because our
outreach efforts were also more effective than anticipated.
Data Source: The National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) and the radon industry
provide data on number of radon resistant homes built. The number of homes
mitigated for high radon levels is obtained through voluntary industry reporting.
The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) provide data on the number of children
under 6 not exposed to environmental tobacco smoke in the home.
Data Quality: Each of the data sources described above provide a reasonable estimate of public
action on EPA activities.
FY 2000 APG 26: 2,580,000 students, faculty and staff will experience improved indoor
air quality in their schools.
Explanation: An additional 5,000 schools (representing about 2,600,000 students, faculty and
staff) adopted the Agency's Air Quality Tools for Schools kit.
Data Source: EPA's Indoor Air Quality Tools for Schools Program is using a database to track
the number of schools that receive the Tools for Schools kit and the number of
schools implementing good IAQ practices consistent with EPA guidance.
Data Quality: Data on actions taken are voluntarily self-reported by school personnel which
may limit accuracy. Interpretation of EPA's guidance may also vary among
schools, which affects what the schools report
890,000
2,580,000
i.S32,SSO
2,488,980
3, 322,888
No
FY 1999
APG
Draft: 1/29/01

-------

FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

FY2000


Planned

Actual
FY 1999


Actual
S3W*>«"*»* fey 15% {from IWMmw&tlMi quantity of toxic pollutants released, disposed of, fnN*M&0r «flm«nMml'lBr *B«rgy >
|*asof*^»^«fthfc*e^^ , > ,
FY 2000 APG 27: The quantity of Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) pollutants released,
disposed of, treated or combusted for energy recovery, (normalized
for changes in industrial production) will be reduced by 200 millions
pounds, or 2%, from 1999 reporting levels.
(FY 1999) The quantity of Toxic Release Inventory pollutants released, treated, or combusted for
energy recovery will be reduced by 200 million pounds, or 2% from 1998 reporting
levels.
Explanation: FY 2000 data will not be available until 2002 due to time lags associated with
reporting and analysis. The most recent data available show the generation of
non-recycled wastes by those manufacturing industries that have been monitored
over the last 8 years under TRI declined by 1 S.I million pounds from 1997 to
1998, a 02% decline. When the change between 1997 and 1998 is normalized
for increases in production by these industrial categories, the decrease
represents a 4. 1 % reduction. Greater use of pollution prevention tools and
techniques have lead to the continued trend of reduction in waste generation.
Data Source: Facilities reporting under TRI. For example, in FY 1997, 21,490 facilities filed
7 1 ,670 TRI reports. EPA is developing regulations for improving reporting of
source reduction activities by TRI reporting facilities.
Data Quality: A recent General Accounting Office report reviewed EPA's progress to
implement source reduction reporting requirements; results of voluntary
program to reduce emissions of 17 highly toxic chemicals; and activities to
disseminate source reduction information to meet state and industry needs.
Facilities reporting under TRI are identified by regulation and are a narrower
category of facilities. TRI release data covers only a fraction of the total release.
[Toxic Substances: EPA Needs More Reliable Source Reduction Data and
Progress Measures (09/23/94, GAO/RCED-94-93)].
By 2605, EPA anrf its partners wBI increase recycling and decrease thexjuanifty amrf toxicity ofwas)
FY 2000 APG 28: Divert an additional 1% (for a cumulative total of 29% or 64 million
tons) of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion, and
maintain per capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.3
pounds per day.
(FY 1 999) Maintain levels (for a cumulative total of 28% or 62 million tons) of municipal solid
waste diverted from land fling and combustion, and maintain per capita generation of
RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.3 pounds per day.
Explanation: Analysis of FY 1 999 data is anticipated by September 200 1 .
Data Source: The baseline numbers for municipal solid waste source reduction and recycling
found in an EPA report titled "Characterization of Municipal Solid Waste in the
United States" are developed using a materials flow methodology employing data
largely from the Department of Commerce.
Data Quality: The report, including the baseline numbers and current progress, is widely
accepted among experts. Data limitations stem from the fact that the baseline
and annual progress numbers are based on a series of models, assumptions, and
extrapolations, and as such, are not an empirical accounting of MSW generated
or recycled.
200m Ibs

























:egeneratec
64 (29%)
4.3 Ib















Data
avail-
able in
FY 2002






















l~
Data
avail-
able in
FY 2002













Data
avail-
able in
FY200I






















;
Data
avail-
able in
FY200I













Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000
Planned
Actual
FYI999
Actual
By 7003, «% of Indian Country will be assessed for Its environmental conriftkav an* tHbes and EPA wlJF be Jmplemenflngpians to J
address priority Issues. ^ ^ , '^ ,,,f
FY 2000 APG 29: 16% of tribal environmental baseline information will be collected and
12 additional tribes (cumulative total of 57) will have tribal/EPA
environmental agreements or identified environmental priorities.
(FY 1 999) 1 0% of tribal environmental baseline information will be collected and ten additional
tribes (cumulative total of 45) will have tribal/EPA environmental agreements or
identified environmental priorities.
Explanation: Baseline environmental information was collected on 1 6% of Tribes and an
additional 4 tribes (cumulative total of 49) with tribal/EPA environmental
agreements or identified environmental priorities.
Data Source: Data are collected from EPA National Data bases in Envirofacts, regional records
on grant programs. Tribal office records on tribal and federally funded data
collection and other assessment activities. As needed, data are also sought from
state records.
Data Quality: Draft reports summarize existing data and assess the condition of the
environment in Indian country using available information. Reports are compiled
for each tribe and are subject to review by EAP (HQ and Region) and applicable
tribes prior to release by the American Indian Environmental Office. The
National Program Offices review and analyze the data limitations and gaps. For
example, it is expected that some parts of the environment are more thoroughly
studied than others and some areas have more complete data than others. The
American Indian Environmental Office, National Program Offices and Regional
Offices in cooperation with the tribes determine the appropriate follow-up
activities to address data inadequacies and gaps through contracting resources,
grant work plans and environmental program negotiations.
16%
12
4
H
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       GOAL 5: BETTER WASTE MANAGEMENT, RESTORATION OF
      CONTAMINATED WASTE SITES, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE

America's wastes will be stored, treated, and disposed of in ways that prevent harm to people and
the natural environment. EPA will work to clean up previously polluted sites, restore them to
uses appropriate for surrounding communities, and respond to and prevent waste-related or
industrial accidents. (FY 2000 Obligations = $l,923m)

OVERVIEW

       Improper waste management and disposal threatens human health and the environment.
Uncontrolled hazardous and toxic substances, including radioactive waste, migrate to the air,
ground water, and surface water, contaminating drinking water supplies for communities located
miles from a waste site and potentially causing acute illnesses or chronic diseases. Hazardous and
toxic substances present unique health threats to sensitive populations, such as children, senior
citizens, and tribal communities that follow subsistence lifestyles.  They can also significantly
damage sensitive ecosystems.  To protect against these risks, EPA has developed and
implemented policies to clean up contamination at active and inactive waste disposal and
management sites; promote safe waste storage, treatment, and disposal; and prevent spills and
releases of hazardous and toxic materials. These policies are implemented through a number of
EPA programs, usually conducted under the provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA or Superfund)  and the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA).

FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

Ensuring Progress Through Effective and Efficient Cleanups

Superfund

       EPA and its state and tribal partners use Superfund resources to provide emergency
response to hazardous substance releases and to clean up inactive hazardous waste disposal sites.
The Superfund process is often a multistage and multiyear effort that begins with a preliminary
assessment or site inspection to determine the actions needed to address threats at a site
(including emergency removal actions) and moves through postconstruction activities, such as 5-
year reviews, to ensure that remedies remain protective  as site conditions, risk science or clean-up
technologies evolve. Considerable progress has been made in the program since implementing of
three rounds of administrative reforms through 1995.

       As a measure of achieving progress in hazardous waste cleanups EPA has selected
construction completion, the point at which a clean-up remedy is in place.  During FY 2000, 87
Superfund sites reached construction completion, exceeding the goal of 85 sites, for a total of 757
sites over the life of the program and on track with the long-term goal of achieving 900

Draft: 1/29/01                              1

-------
construction completions by the end of FY 2002. The location and other information about these
sites can be found at http ://www. epa. gov/superfund/sites/query. In addition, more than 92
percent of the sites on the National Priorities List (NPL) are either undergoing clean-up
construction or clean-up has been completed.

       Other Superfimd Program accomplishments included 468 final site assessments to
determine the level of threat at waste sites, for a total of 36,152 over the life of the program.  The
program also conducted 357 removal response actions, including  208 time-critical responses to
emergencies such as chemical fires and train derailments that are imminent and substantial threats
to human health and the environment, for a total of 6,286 removal response actions over the life
of the program.  More than 1,200 NPL sites now have all final clean-up plans approved.  Since
1982 the program has cleaned up more than 467 million cubic yards of contaminated solids and
sediments and has treated more than 352 billion gallons of liquid-based waste and contaminated
water. The program has also supplied at least 356,000 people residing at or near Superfimd sites
with alternative water supplies to protect them from contaminated ground water and surface
water.

        Following completion of clean-up activities and the determination that the property no
longer poses a threat to human health or the environment, a site is removed from the NPL to
allow economic redevelopment of the property. EPA removed 19 sites from the NPL in
FY 2000,  for a total of 220 sites over the life of the program.
 EPA Announces 750th Construction Completion

 On September 6, 2000, EPA completed construction at the Pepe Field site in Boonton, New Jersey, marking the
 750th National Priorities List Superfund site in the country to reach the construction completion milestone since
 the program began in 1980. The EPA Administrator, along with Senator Frank Lautenberg, Representative
 Rodney Frelinghuysen and others celebrated the successful cleanup of toxic gas-producing wastes and the
 restoration and re-opening of a community park and little league ball field.

 The three-acre park, located in a densely populated suburban area, was closed after EPA named Pepe Field a
 federal Superfund site in 1982. The property was used from the 1920s to the 1950s as a landfill for wastes from
 the manufacture of edible oils and cleaning products for household and industrial use. EPA performed
 extensive revaluation of the containment remedy arid, in 1997, changed the long-term cleanup plan, calling for
 the excavation of 85,000 tons of waste and the removal to an off-site disposal facility.
 (INSERT BEFORE AND AFTER CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION PICTURES)
       An important element of managing the Superfund Program is ensuring that questions of
liability are settled quickly and that Potentially Responsible Parties (PRPs) pay their fair share of
clean-up costs. In FY 2000 PRPs initiated more than 68 percent of new long-term clean-up
actions at non-federal facility NPL sites, slightly less than the 70 percent annual goal. Over the
past three years, however, private parties initiated approximately 74 percent of the new long-term
cleanup actions. In FY2000 EPA secured private party commitments for  cleanup and cost
recovery valued in excess of $1.4 billion (over $1.3 billion for future cleanup and $145 million for
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
recovery of EPA's past costs). Since the inception of the program, total private party
commitments for cleanup and cost recovery are valued at over $18 billion (over $14.9 billion for
cleanup and more than $3.1 billion for recovery of EPA's past costs), resulting in nearly $7 in
private party commitments for cleanup and cost recovery for every $1 spent on Superfund
enforcement.
                                       Over $18 Billion in PRP Commitments for
                                          Cleanup and Cost recovery Since 1981
                                    $20
       In order to ensure that
EPA's enforcement efforts are
effective and at the same time
fair, EPA recognizes that some
PRPs might have contributed
very small amounts of waste to
a site or that some parties who
contributed waste to the site are
now insolvent or defunct,
commonly referred to as
"orphan" parties.  For fairness,
EPA is willing to enter into de
minimis settlements with such
PRPs, or offer to compensate
settling parties for the liability
associated with "orphan" parties. In FY 2000 the Agency entered into 18 de minimis settlements
with over 1,000 parties.  To date, EPA has entered into more than 460 de minimis settlements to
resolve the potential liability of over 22,800 parties. As an incentive for PRPs to conduct cleanup
or pay for cost recovery, EPA may make "orphan share offers" to compensate for clean-up costs
attributed to non-viable parties.  In FY2000 the Agency made 7 offers to compensate settling
parties for orphan shares, valued at over $7.8 million, at eligible sites where EPA was negotiating
for future response work, meeting EPA's goal. EPA also made an additional 13 orphan share
compensation offers, valued at over $11.2  million, during cost recovery negotiations. During the
past five fiscal years (FY 1996-2000), EPA has offered over $194 million in orphan share
compensation at 118 sites.

       EPA is also responsible for recovering costs in cases where the Agency and others have
already taken action to clean up  sites.  EPA's intention is to address all those cases approaching
statute of limitations deadlines with outstanding past clean-up costs in excess of $200,000 each
year. In FY 2000 EPA addressed all but two of these statute of limitations cases prior to
expiration of the statute of limitations by negotiating settlements, referring cases to the
Department of Justice for litigation, or making a decision not to pursue cost recovery when no
viable PRP could be located. EPA has made a decision to write off the costs associated with
these two cases, and the documentation will be made final during the second quarter FY2001.
RCRA Corrective Action
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       The RCRA Corrective Action Program cleans up contamination at active industrial
facilities, a universe of more than 3,500 facilities across the country. The most serious pollution
problems at RCRA-regulated facilities occur when hazardous waste releases migrate off-site,
contaminating public and private drinking water supplies, endangering wetlands and other
sensitive ecosystems. On-site worker exposure is also a serious concern of this program.  As a
means of addressing the most critical problems first, EPA and its state partners have established a
list of more than 1,700 high-priority facilities that require corrective action. In addition, EPA has
established environmental indicators for the control of toxic ground-water releases and human
exposures to measure intermediate progress at RCRA sites in environmental terms rather than
administrative steps.

       In FY 2000 EPA's Corrective Action Program documented that human exposure to
contamination is under control at an additional 191 of the high-priority facilities and that
migration of contaminated ground water is under control at an additional 168 facilities. Over the
life of the program, EPA and its state partners have documented that human exposures have been
controlled at a total of 642 facilities and that migration of contaminated ground water has been
controlled at a total of 565 facilities. Although cumulative facility totals remain ahead of long-
term goals projected for the program in 1998, several sites that had previously been recorded as
meeting the environmental indicators in 1999 were removed from the baseline as a result of data
reviews conducted by EPA regions, state programs and the EPA Office of the Inspector General.
These included 26 sites for human exposures controlled and 43 sites for ground-water releases
controlled.
Leaking Underground Storage Tank
Cleanups

       EPA's Leaking Underground Storage
Tank Program is tasked with ensuring rapid
and effective responses to underground
storage tank releases.  In FY 2000 this
program assisted states, tribes, and the
regulated community in completing 20,834
cleanups, for a cumulative total of 249,760
cleanups since 1987.
  National UST Corrective Action Activity
 Total cwMOn*Beao*ici»wiafivBo**f Bm« from FY1991 -FY2000
DCteBfiups Competeda dwreys inflated «tCotgnt»dR«t«Bsas|
       Two initiatives were developed in
FY 2000 to increase the effectiveness and efficiency of future of cleanup work.  The USTfields
for Abandoned Tanks was designed to promote assessment and cleanup of abandoned or closed
underground storage tanks located on Brownfields properties.  The Faster Cleanups initiative was
created to increase the pace of cleanups as a means of addressing the backlog of 160,000
identified releases yet to be cleaned up.

Brownfields
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       EPA's Brownfields Program promotes the assessment, cleanup, and sustainable reuse of
abandoned or underutilized industrial and commercial properties, which are present in nearly
every community in the nation. Although final data for FY 2000 for Brownfields are not expected
until April 2001, analysis through the third quarter demonstrates that the program will exceed its
goals for the year.  Through the third quarter of FY 2000, the Brownfields Program has worked
successfully in partnership with states, tribes, local communities and other stakeholders to
leverage a total of $2.8 billion of private investment of cleanup and redevelopment funds, generate
more than 7,400 new jobs benefitting disadvantaged communities, and fund more than 2,000 site
assessments of potentially contaminated sites.
 National Recognition for Brownfields

 In FY 2000 the Brownfields Program was named one of 10 recipients of the Innovations in Government Award
 granted by Harvard University's John F. Kennedy School of Government, the Ford Foundation, and the Council
 for Excellence in Government The award honors innovative approaches to addressing important public
 challenges. The Brownfields Program was selected from a pool of 1,300 applicants. In addition, the program
 was honored in FY 2000 as a recipient of the National Partnership for Reinventing Government Hammer
 Award for innovations in government.
Preventing Risk Through a Safe Waste Management and Response Infrastructure

RCRA Permitting

       The RCRA Permitting Program establishes a "cradle-to-grave" framework that identifies a
set of controls facilities should have in place to ensure the safe management of hazardous waste.
During FY 2000 an additional 308 hazardous waste management facilities received permits or
other approved controls to verify protection against dangerous releases to air, soil, and ground
water. Permits or other approved controls can include operating permits, verified clean closures,
and postclosure permits.

       The RCRA Program also successfully implemented new tools for management of
environmental information to support federal and state programs in FY 2000. RCRAInfo is
EPA's comprehensive information system, replacing the  data recording and reporting abilities of
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Information System and the Biennial Reporting
System.  The RCRAInfo system allows for tracking of information on the regulated universe of
RCRA hazardous waste handlers, and characterization of facility status, regulated activities, and
compliance histories.  The system also captures detailed data on the generation of hazardous
waste from large  quantity generators and on waste management practices from treatment,
storage, and disposal facilities. RCRAInfo is web accessible, providing a convenient user
interface for Federal, state and local managers, encouraging development of in-house expertise for
controlled cost, and sports the ability to use commercial off-the-shelf software to report directly
from database tables.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
Oil Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasure Compliance

       To address the more than 20,000 oil spills reported to the federal government each year,
EPA's Oil Spill Program works to ensure compliance with the Spill Prevention, Control and
Countermeasures (SPCC) requirements. InFY 2000, 678 additional oil storage facilities came
into compliance with the SPCC requirements, meaning that EPA significantly exceeded its goal of
bringing 400 additional facilities into compliance.

Underground Storage Tank Standards Compliance

       The focus of the Underground Storage Tank Program is to increase the number of tank
owners and operators in compliance with EPA and state requirements for leak detection, as well
as the 1998 federal requirements to meet new tank standards; upgrade tanks with spill, overfill,
and corrosion protection; or close substandard tanks properly.  In FY 2000 EPA estimates that 65
percent of the 714,000 active tanks were in compliance with leak detection requirements and that
approximately 86 percent were in compliance with the spill, overfill, and corrosion protection
requirements.  In addition, 82,500 substandard underground storage tanks were properly and
permanently closed in FY 2000, bringing the total number of permanently closed tanks to
1,460,000.

Risk Management Planning

       Industrial accidents and other disasters involving toxic chemicals and other hazardous
substances are a constant threat to human health and the environment. In FY 2000, 917 facilities
submitted Risk Management Plans (RMPs) detailing contingencies, emergency response
procedures, hazardous substance inventories, and disaster response scenarios, for a total of
15,069 plans submitted.  EPA granted 3 states authority to manage RMP programs, for a total of
10 states.  In response to concerns over public access to RMP information, the Chemical Safety
Information, Site Security and Fuels Regulatory Relief Act of 1999 required assessment of both
the chemical risk reduction benefits from allowing public access to off-site consequence analysis
information and the increased risk of terrorist and other criminal activity from posting the
information on the Internet. Based on assessments conducted by EPA and the Department of
Justice, a final rule was promulgated in FY 2000 allowing public access to the off-site
consequence analysis portions of the RMP  in ways that minimize the likelihood of chemical
accidents and the risk of terrorist or criminal activity associated with Internet posting.

Radioactive Waste Management

       To ensure protection from potential exposure to radioactive waste, EPA conducts
oversight, including periodic inspections, to verify continued compliance with radioactive waste
disposal standards. In FY 2000, EPA certified that 2,500 fifty-five-gallon drums of radioactive
waste shipped by the Department of Energy to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant were permanently
disposed of safely and according to EPA standards for a total of 3,000 drums now in storage.


Draft:  1/29/01                               6

-------
SUMMARY OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

       EPA has made significant progress toward meeting the Goal 5 objectives through its
FY 2000 performance for waste programs, as demonstrated by the accomplishments in cleaning
up previously polluted sites by the Super-fund, RCRA, Underground Storage Tanks and
Brownfields Programs. Most long-term commitments for waste programs are on track or ahead
of schedule.

       Many of the successes in FY 2000 are the culmination of long-term program reforms and
initiatives. The Superfund Program underwent significant improvements in operations beginning
with a management review in 1989 and following the implementation of three rounds of
administrative reforms through 1995.  The reforms addressed seven major categories (cleanups,
enforcement, risk assessment, public participation and environmental justice, economic
redevelopment, innovative technology, and state and tribal empowerment). One example of the
cleanup reforms is the initiative to update selected remedies, which encouraged review of cleanup
decisions at sites where new technologies, information, or other advances provided the potential
for more efficient and less costly cleanups. As a result, more than 300 remedies have been
updated, reducing estimated future cleanup costs by more than $1.4 billion while incurring only
$129 million in additional estimated future costs, for a projected savings of greater than 90
percent in estimated  costs.

       Another reform, the Superfund Redevelopment Initiative (SRI), ensures that communities
have tools and information needed to realize the benefits of reusing Superfund sites. Through FY
2000 SRI has facilitated development of over 250 options for commercial, recreational, public
service, ecological, residential, or agricultural of land at 190 sites. Included in this is restoration
of 13,700 acres for recreational  and ecological purposes. EPA has integrated all of the reforms
into  its base program operations. Through these efforts, the Superfund Program is protecting
public health and the environment in ways that are faster, fairer, and more efficient.

       There has also been significant progress  in ensuring that active industrial facilities
regulated under the RCRA Program are managing their wastes safely and preventing the
migration of pollution. The RCRA Corrective Action Program, with its state partners, has
implemented a set of reforms to meet national cleanup goals faster through flexible approaches
and results-oriented guidance. The reforms, focusing on 1,714 high priority facilities, have
demonstrated considerable success in achieving  intermediate cleanup measures at industrial sites,
paving the way for eventual cleanup of contamination at these sites.
STRENGTHENING PROGRAM INTEGRITY THROUGH IMPROVED MANAGEMENT

       The Agency has made considerable progress in addressing management issues under Goal
5 identified by the General Accounting Office (GAO) and EPA's Office of the Inspector General.
EPA expects to resolve remaining issues on Superfund remedial contracts, Independent
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
Government Cost Estimates, the RCRA corrective action program, and Superfund 5-year reviews
by the end of FY 2002.  The Agency is working with the states to determine which of the
remaining sites in EPA's inventory posing relatively high risks should be considered for a
Superfund cleanup and is considering health and environmental risks as factors in setting funding
priorities for sites already in the Superfund Program. EPA has made significant progress in
controlling contractors' costs and has greatly improved the overall management of Superfund
contracts. In addition, the Agency is developing a number of RCRA cleanup reforms to improve
and streamline the cleanup process and to better clarify how regions, states, and facilities can
approach cleanups more consistently. Because of the progress EPA has made in addressing
Superfund management problems, GAO removed the Superfund Program from the high risk list in
the January 2001 update to the GAO High-Risk Series.

       EPA established the FY 2000  Superfund Consolidated Accomplishments Plan (SCAP) to
address the growing backlog of Superfund 5-year reviews and the concern that without timely and
adequate reviews Congress and the public are not informed of the protectiveness of remedial
actions. The SCAP  calls for completion of all reviews  due in FY 2000, 2001, and 2002 along
with one-third of the backlog of 5-year reviews in each fiscal year. Agency management is
reinforcing the high priority of completing the backlog  of reviews by ensuring adequate planning
and funding through FY 2002 to conduct annually required 5-year reviews and eliminate the
backlog of overdue reviews.

RESEARCH CONTRIBUTIONS

       Research under Goal 5 supports efforts to reduce or control risks posed to human health
and the environment by contaminated waste sites and improper waste management by facilities.
Research efforts in FY 2000 were devoted to improving methods for measuring, monitoring, and
characterizing complex wastes in soils and ground water; developing approaches that enable risk
assessors to accurately estimate the amount of a contaminant found in a soil matrix; and
developing more cost-effective technologies for characterizing and remediating contaminated
soils, sediments, and ground water. Research focused  on understanding the fate, transport, and
treatment of fuel oxygenates, particularly methyl-tertiary butyl ether, to help improve source
control to reduce impacts on drinking water supplies. Also, in FY 2000 the Superfund Innovative
Technology Evaluation Program continued to yield significant cost savings through the use of
innovative remediation and characterization technologies. Additional research efforts were
devoted to providing multimedia, multipathway exposure and risk methods and models for
assessing the risks from waste facilities, and to improving techniques to control and prevent
releases during waste management.

PROGRAM EVALUATION

       The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) is evaluating whether risk-based
decision-making corrective actions for leaking underground storage tanks are achieving state
agency management goals for the Underground Storage Tank Program.  The study has reviewed
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
five state programs employing risk-based decision-making and will evaluate the impact on overall
performance.  A series of bulletins, published by ASTM beginning in March 1999, has been used
to report on progress and summarize findings.  The second bulletin, published a year later,
addressed development of performance measures for risk-based decision-making programs.
Information in the second bulletin will be used to expand and update a risk-based decision-making
database that is used by state programs.

       As part of the RCRA cleanup reforms, EPA has evaluated current practices and produced
a draft guidance, Results-Based Approaches to Corrective Action (available over the Internet at
http ://www.epa. gov/correctiveaction/). promoting incorporation of results-based cleanup
approaches into delegated RCRA program management. The comment period closed in
November 2000,  and EPA anticipates publishing a final guidance in 2001.  In addition, two audits
of the RCRA Corrective Action Program were conducted in FY 2000 by the EPA Office of the
Inspector General (IG) and the General Accounting Office (GAO): RCRA Corrective Action
Focuses on Interim Results - Improvements on Documentation and Future Focus on Final
Cleanup Needed (EPA OIG, 1999-0001540, September 2000), which assesses progress of the
RCRA corrective action program and recommends development of additional performance goals
for the restoration of waste sites at active facilities; and EPA Has Removed Some Barriers to
Cleanup (GAO/RCED-00-224, August 2000), which assesses several EPA actions to revise
RCRA regulatory requirements to remove cleanup barriers.

ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS OF FY2000 PERFORMANCE ON FY 2001 ANNUAL
PERFORMANCE PLAN

       Many of the FY 2000 performance goals and measures will remain priorities for
emergency  response and waste management programs through FY 2001. Based on better-than-
anticipated  performance in FYs 1999 and 2000, the annual performance targets for Brownfields
economic indicators and compliance with the Oil Program's Spill Prevention, Control and
Countermeasure requirements have been raised. Also, EPA has added a series of publicly
reported performance measures that relate tribal accomplishments to its FY 2001 annual plan to
focus attention on developing and maintaining the waste program for tribes. These measures
cover operations within the Superfund, chemical accident prevention, leaking underground
storage tank, and hazardous and municipal solid waste management programs.

TABLES OF RESULTS

       The following tables of results include performance results for the FY 2000 twelve
Congressional Annual Performance Goals that appear in Goal 5. In cases where the FY 2000
APG is associated with an FY 1999 APG, the table includes the FY 1999 APG below the FY
2000 APG for ease in comparing performance.  Where applicable, the tables note cases where FY
2000 APGs are supported by NEPPS Core Performance Measures (CPMs).  As described in more
detail in Section I of the report (the Overview and Analysis), states use CPMs to evaluate their
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
progress toward mutual program goals.  Additionally, EPA is providing information on FY 1999
APGs for which data was not available when the FY 1999 report was published.
Draft: 1/29/01                             10

-------
                                              FY 2000 Annual Report
                                   Annual Performance Goals and Measures
                                                   Tables of Results

                   Goal 5 - Better Waste Management,  Restoration of Contaminated
                                     Waste Sites, and Emergency Response
    Summary of FY 2000 Performance
UJ Goal Met j_4J
                        Not Mat j_OJ Other
               FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                   FY2000
                                                                                              Planned
                                                                                                          Actual
                                                                                                                    FY 1999
                    Actual
        EFA a»* its partners wHI nwtaes or control tins rfste to human meajtk ami t*>ft«f«rfre«n«M*Ka»i ewer 37$i9$e 
-------
                                                                                                        FY 2000
                FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                    Planned
                                                                                      Actual
                                                                                                                         FY 1999
                                                                                                                          Actual
FY 2000 APG 32:
(FY 1999)
Explanation:
Data Source:
Data Quality:
Ensure trust fund stewardship by recovering costs from PRPs when
EPA expends trust fund monies. Address cost recovery at all National
Priority List (NPL)  and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations
(SOL) on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.

Ensure trust fund stewardship by recovering costs from PRPs when EPA expends trust
fund monies. Address cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of
limitations on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.

Cost recovery was addressed at 253  (or 98.5%) of NPL and non-NPL sites with
total past costs greater than or equal to $200,000. EPA plans to write off costs
associated with the two other SOL cases (1.5%), but decision documents were
not processed timely.  There was no loss in dollars recovered.

Same as FY 2000 APG 30

Same as FY 2000 APG 30
100%
                                                                                      98.5%
                                                                                                                           99%
FY 2000 APG 33:
(FY 1999)
Explanation:
 Data Source:
 Data Quality:
172 (for a cumulative total of 649 or 38%) of high priority RCRA
facilities will have human exposures controlled and 172 (for a
cumulative total of 612 or 36%) of high priority Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) facilities will have ground-water releases
controlled. ^Corr-s^nds -*rfch r,vo F-Y 28GO C?M$.

83 (for a cumulative total of 238 or 14%) of high priority RCRA facilities will have
human exposure controlled and 45 (for a cumulative total of 119 or 7%) will have
ground-water releases controlled.

An additional 191 high priority RCRA facilities have human exposures controlled
(for a cumulative total of 645 out of 1,714 total facilities or 37%). An additional
168 high priority RCRA facilities have ground-water releases controlled (for a
cumulative total of 565 out  of ,1714 total facilities or 33%). While the number of
additional facilities for ground-water releases and the cumulative totals for human
exposures and ground-water releases are slightly less than the FY 2000 targets,
cumulative totals still exceed 1998  projections for achieving long-term RCRA
corrective action goals. Variances  in cumulative totals stem from changes in
facility counts following data reviews conducted by EPA regions, state programs
and the EPA Office of Inspector General during the fiscal year, resulting in a
change of designation for environmental indicators being met at 26 sites for
human exposures controlled and 43 sites for ground-water releases controlled.
There were no changes in EPA procedures as a result of the reviews.

EPA regions and authorized states  enter data on a rolling basis into RCRAInfo,
which contains information  on entities (generally referred to as "handlers") that
are engaged in hazardous waste generation and management activities regulated
under the hazardous waste  part of RCRA.

RCRAInfo is the national database  that supports the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act program.  It has user and system documentation that describes the
overall administration of data collection and management activities. Data screen
edits help to ensure that key data are entered for all facilities.  States and regions
are responsible for managing data quality.
 172
 172
191
168
                                                                                                                            !62
                                                                                                                            188
          Draft: 1/29/01
                                       12

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 34: Complete 2 1 ,000 Leaking Underground Storage Tank (LUST)
Cleanups for a cumulative total of 250,000 cleanups since 1987.
^Corresponds with rY 2000 CF>M.
(FY / 999) Compete 22,000 LUST cleanups.
Explanation: EPA provided assistance to its state partners in completing approximately 21,000
cleanups for a cumulative total of about 250,000 since 1987. Projections for
outyear accomplishments demonstrate that the FY 2005 goal of 332,000 cleanups
completed, and the overall goal of 370,000 cleanups completed or initiated, will
be achieved by or before FY 2005.
Data Source: Designated state agencies submit semiannual progress reports to regional EPA
offices.
Data Quality: Regional EPA offices verify reports from state agencies and then forward to
Headquarters Office of Underground Storage Tanks (OUST). OUST staff
examine the data and resolve any discrepancies with the regional offices. There
is no centralized database on UST sites. There are standard definitions for data
reported to EPA Headquarters that have been provided in guidance on corrective
action.
FY 2000 APG 35: EPA will provide additional site assessment funding to 50 communities,
resulting in a cumulative total of 1 ,900 sites assessed, the generation of
4,900 jobs, and the leveraging of $ 1.7 billion in cleanup and
redevelopment funds.
(FY /999J EPA will fund Brownfields s/te assessments in 100 more communities, thus reaching 300
communities by the end of 1 999.
Explanation: Although fourth quarter data are not available until April 200 1 , EPA exceeded the
goal as indicated by third quarter data that show cumulative totals of 2,024 site
assessments, generation of 7,446 jobs and leveraging of $2.8 billion in cleanup and
redevelopment funds.
Data Source: Data are entered by EPA contractor staff on a rolling basis into the Brownfield
Management System (BMS). BMS is used to evaluate environmental and
economically related results, such as jobs generated and acres assessed and
remediated. Data are gathered from Brownfield pilots' quarterly reports from
grant recipients and from the regions.
Data Quality: EPA prepared and issued guidance to Brownfield grant recipients on evaluating
and reporting progress on performance measures. Data quality review is
conducted by regional staff who are responsible for setting up the grants.
FY2000
Planned
21,000
1,900
4,900
$I.7B
Actual
20,834
2,024
7,446
S2.8B
(at end
of third
quarter
2000)
FY 1999
Actual
25,678
80
(307cuim)
Draft:  1/29/01
13

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 36: Ensure compliance with Federal facility statutes and Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA)
Agreements and ensure completion of current NPL CERCLA Inter-
agency Agreement (lAGs).
Performance Measures
- Complete NPL lAGs.
- Begin CERCLA Negotiations.
Explanation: Issues raised by the responsible federal parties resulted in delays in completing 4
of the 6 targeted NPL lAGs. EPA is continuing its efforts to compel the federal
parties to complete these 4 remaining lAGs. The Agency also began negotiating
the 4 planned CERCLA lAGs during the year, but only one of these was properly
reflected in the database (which is indicated in the "actual" column).
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 30
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 30
FY 2000
Planned
6
4
Actual
2
\
FY 1999
Actual
No
FY 1999
APG
Draft: 1/29/01
14

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
=Y 2000 APG 37: Enhance scientifically defensible decisions for site cleanup by providing targeted
research and technical support

Performance Measures
- Report of natural attenuation case studies of methyl-tertiary butyl ether (MTBE).
- Deliver Superfund Innovative Technology Evaluation report to Congress.
- Report of key research on methods, models and factors relating to risk evaluation of dermal route of
exposure.
- Review 20 soil contaminants and develop screening levels.
Explanation: EPA was able to meet the goal by documenting cost savings and clean up
decisions based on research through the SITE Report and other technical
support programs, although PM target report dates were delayed. The summary
report for MTBE case studies was delayed until April 200 1 because the original
scope was expanded to include more than four sites. The delivery date of the
SITE report to Congress was delayed due to time required for OMB approval.
The report on the dermal exposure route was delayed until December 2000 due
to time required for peer review.
Data Source: Agency generated material.
Data Quality: As required by the Agency-wide formal peer review policy issued in 1993, and
reaffirmed in 1994 and 1998, all major scientific and technical work products used
in Agency decision making are independently peer reviewed before their use.
EPA's Office of Research and Development has implemented a rigorous process
of peer review for both its in-house and extramural research programs. Peer
review panels include scientists and engineers from academia, industry and other
federal agencies.
FY2000
Planned




1
9/30/00
9/30/00

9/30/00
















Actual




0
i/30/0!
! 2/31/00

9/30/00
















FY 1999
Actual
No
FYI999
APG






















Draft: 1/29/01
15

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
8? 280& «ver 5S24J06 fedtftfe* wlfJ fefe tft&rtsgssd secdftto'tg-w the t^actfe** <&&« ppevsnt leases. es »&* wrfrow*1
OB.Ą«. Kw-CapSUtttueS tw iUCCeKStuHy resjXSOu EG- all *3w5Wfj «0*s*jg«fTfiTOS- w> r-euuCn tas WSK so •BUnwfr oeSHtw- ana w
FY 2000 APG 38: 106 more hazardous waste management facilities will have approved controls in
place to prevent dangerous releases to air, soil, and groundwater, for an
approximate total of 67% of 2,900 facilities.
(FY / 999) 1 22 hazardous waste management facilities (for a cumulative total of 61% of 3,380
RCRA facilities) will have permits or other controls in place.
Explanation: EPA exceeded its goal by documenting approved controls for 308 additional
RCRA hazardous waste management facilities, for a cumulative total of 1,802
facilities. The greater than expected number of facilities is due to establishment
of definitions for non-permitting approved controls at hazardous waste
management facilities; accounting for a high number of facilities that needed
minor administrative work; finishing an extensive data cleanup effort; and
improved relationships with state partners. The percentage of cumulative
accomplishments against the baseline have been adjusted to reflect ongoing
improvements to RCRA data systems. For FY 200 1 and beyond, the facility
baseline has been adjusted to 2750.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 33
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 33
FY 2000 APG 39: 400 additional facilities will be in compliance with the Spill Prevention, Control
and Countermeasure (SPCC) provisions of the oil pollution regulations (for a
cumulative total of more than 1,500 facilities since 1997).
(FY / 999) 1 90 additional facilities will be in compliance with the SPCC provisions of the oil
pollution regulations (for a cumulative total of 490 additional facilities since 1 997).
Explanation: EPA has exceeded its goal due to implementation of an expedited inspection and
compliance monitoring program. FY 200 1 targets have been adjusted to account
for this new program.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 30
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 30
FY 2000 APG 40: Enhance scientifically defensible decisions for active management of wastes,
including combustion, by providing targeted research and technical support.
(FY / 999) Complete prototype model for assessing cumulative exposure-risk assessment
integrating the environmental impact of multiple chemicals through multiple media and
pathways.
Performance Measures
- Develop provisional toxicity values for 1 0 - 20 waste constituents.
- Provide one journal article on factors that control mercury speciation in incinerators.
Explanation: EPA provided targeted research and technical support for the active management
of wastes by preparing nine provisional toxicity values from 38 feasibility
assessments on 25 waste constituents. The journal article on factors that
control mercury speciation in incinerators was published in FY 2000.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 37
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 37
FY 2000
Planned
Actual
FY 1999
Actual
ififte, sad EPA and it* jMtftoi^ *&$$
e«nY?rcnei«5fit. v ',>''''''';
106
400
9/30/00
1
308
678
9/30/00
1
149
(data
received
in
FY2000)
774
9/30/99
Draft: 1/29/01
16

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 4 1 : 90% of USTs will be in compliance with EPA/state December 22, 1 998 requirements to
upgrade, close or replace substandard tanks. ^torrascondi wkh FY IOCS CPM,
Explanation: 86% of USTs demonstrated compliance with the 1998 requirements to upgrade, close, or
replace substandard tanks. The original target was based on equipment changes to UST
systems. However, EPA has changed the focus of compliance from simply having the
required equipment to properly operating that equipment as well. As a result, a number of
states have reported compliance rates based on operational compliance (rather than
"equipped to comply") which led to a lower overall compliance figure. Improved reporting
is a near-term goal of the Agency, while still maintaining flexibility under the program.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 34
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 34
FY2000
Planned
90%
Actual
86%
FY 1999
Actual
No
FY 1999
APG
Draft: 1/29/01
17

-------
                                                                     '
FY 1999 APG:


Explanation:


Data Source:

Data Quality:
Demonstrate and verify the performance of 18 innovative technologies by 2001,
emphasizing remediation and characterization of groundwater and soils.

As of the end of FY 2000, 25 innovative technologies have been demonstrated and verified
(7 in FY 1999 and 18 in FY 2000).

Same as FY 2000 APG 37

Same as FY 2000 APG 37
                                                                                                      II
                                                                                                   18
FY 1999 AGP:


Explanation:


Data Source:

Data Quality:
122 hazardous waste management facilities (for a cumulative total of 61 % of 3,380 R.CRA
facilities) will have permits or other controls in place.

During FY 1999, an additional  149 RCRA hazardous waste management facilities were
determined to have permits or other controls in place.

Same as FY 2000 APG 33

Same as FY 2000 APG 33
                                                                                                     122
                                                                                                   149
Draft: 1/29/01
                                       18

-------
          GOAL 6:  REDUCTION OF GLOBAL AND CROSS-BORDER
                            ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS

The United States will lead other nations in successful multilateral efforts to reduce significant
risks to human health and ecosystems from climate change, stratospheric ozone depletion, and
other hazards of international concern.  (FY 2000 Obligations = $23 Om)

OVERVIEW

      Environmental hazards, like ecosystems, are not limited by national borders.
Transboundary circulation of toxic chemicals; marine pollution; depletion of the stratospheric
ozone layer; climate change; safety issues posed by the international trade in chemicals, pesticides,
and biotechnology products; and similar global issues all pose significant risks to the United
States. Unilateral domestic actions and investments cannot adequately protect the well-being of
our people or our environment from such risks.  Therefore, collaboration with other countries and
Tribal Nations is essential in protecting not only our domestic environment but also the global
environment. Agency programs address this need by fostering multilateral cooperation on
environmental and trade issues and enhancing foreign countries' technical capacity for addressing
environmental risks globally.

FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

Ensuring a Healthy and Sustainable Environment Along the U.S.-Mexico Border

       The U.S.-Mexico Border XXI Program continues to make progress in addressing the
region's serious environmental problems. For example, air emissions inventories and monitoring
networks,  which serve as the basis for local air quality management plans, are in place in the three
largest border sister cities (which have a total U.S.-Mexican population of more than 5 million).
There have been dramatic improvements in the availability of water and sewer services in the
border area, primarily because of partnerships with the Border Environment Cooperation
Commission (BECC) and the North American Development Bank. Thirty BECC-certified
projects are in various stages of construction or have been built in the border area, and they
ultimately  will serve about 7 million border residents.  Six sister-city pairs now have contingency
plans to respond to chemical emergencies, and systems are in place to allow cross-border
responses  to hazardous substance incidents. The two countries have  established a mechanism to
provide information to the public about new and existing treatment, storage, and disposal facilities
for hazardous and radioactive wastes. A system to track hazardous waste returned to the United
States for  disposal is also being implemented to ensure safe disposal and to serve as an
enforcement tool.
Draft: 01/29/01

-------
Restoring and Maintaining the Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem

       The Great Lakes Basin (GLB) contains one fifth of all the world's surface fresh water (6
quadrillion gallons of water - enough to cover the entire conterminous United States to a depth of
about 10 feet). Environmental data on the health of the basin are indicating some improvement,
yet some areas show no sign of recovery. EPA's ability to assess the overall health of the Great
Lakes Basin was further enhanced in FY 2000 with the release of 31 reports on proposed
comprehensive, basin-wide indicators (http://www.on.ec.gc.ca/solec/indicators2000-e.html')
moving the Agency significantly forward in its ability to assess environmental progress and
challenges in the Great Lakes.

       In FY 2000 the Agency accelerated the development of Lakewide Management Plans,
issued a plan for each lake in April 2000, and also approved six state programs tailored to protect
the water quality of the Great Lakes. EPA in partnership with states will continue to address
challenges in the Great Lakes.  In FY 2000 the Great Lakes Program reported the following
developments:

       There was a small increase in reported Great Lakes beach closures in 1999 as a result of
       beach managers' adopting closing criteria more protective of public health and conducting
       more frequent monitoring.
       Concentrations of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and pesticides in the air continue to
       decline; however, concentrations of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in the air (from
       combustion of fossil  fuels and other organic substances) have remained relatively constant.
•      Fish advisories continue for all of the Great Lakes as a result of toxic contaminants from
       the air and sediments; for example, PCB concentrations in Lake Michigan Coho Salmon
       are 10 times higher than the health protection value.
•      Oxygen depletion in  the Central Basin of Lake Erie indicates potential for increasing
       severity of problems  such as excess phosphorus and difficulty sustaining bottom dwelling
       fish and other biota.
•      New invasive species are expected to have ecosystem and economic impacts; for example,
       Daphnia lumholtzi, a small crustacean, was recently identified as the 106* aquatic invasive
       species in the Great Lakes.

       In FY 2000 EPA continued to address contaminated sediments, a major source offish and
wildlife contamination in the Great Lakes. Contaminated sediments have contributed to
impairments to more than 2,000 miles (20 percent) of shoreline and to the  fish consumption
advisories in place throughout the Great Lakes. More than 1,600,000 cubic yards of
contaminated sediments have been remediated during the past 4 years.
(http ://www. epa. gov/glnpo/sediments.html)
Draft: 01/29/01

-------
Protecting Our Northwestern Border
                   Rgirel Overall Goals and
               Aaxn^isfmertsfarCCTl Rtxpams
      40
  l~"° 30
  00)*'
       The United States and its multilateral partners ended the first phase of a project to help
Russia manage PCBs in an environmentally sound manner and thereby comply with pertinent
international agreements.  Although estimated PCB stocks and releases are considerable,
preliminary reviews indicate that the quantities might be underestimated. Once high-priority
sources have been identified and feasibility studies completed, under this project Russia will take
corrective measures that ultimately will reduce the environmental releases of PCBs in Russia and
                                                             long-range transport from
                                                             Russia. In turn, this reduction
                                                             will lower the bio-uptake of
                                                             PCBs not only in Russia but
                                                             also in Alaska and other
                                                             receiving areas.

       50f    QAnuslGaals                       ;:!;              Addressing Global Climate


                                                                   Through EPA's climate
                                                             program, the Agency is
                                                             delivering real greenhouse  gas
                                                             emissions reductions by
                                                             identifying and addressing
                                                             opportunities to reduce energy
                                                             waste and to prevent
                                                             emissions of potent
                                                             greenhouse gases associated
                                                             with the public and private
                                                             sectors, as well as consumers.
For 2000 and beyond, EPA's objective is to reduce U.S. greenhouse gas emissions to levels
consistent with international commitments under the Framework Convention on Climate Change,
building on initial efforts under the Climate Change Action Plan. For FY 2000 EPA is on track to
meet its greenhouse gas emissions reduction target of 58 million metric tons of carbon equivalent
(MMTCE).  Data will be available in Spring of 2001.

       The core of EPA's climate change efforts is government-industry partnership programs
designed to overcome the barriers that limit investments by consumers, businesses, and other
organizations in cleaner or more efficient technologies.  Energy-efficient technologies provide a
sizable opportunity for limiting emissions of greenhouse gases while simultaneously improving
local air quality and saving money for both businesses and consumers. EPA's climate change
program has shown results by meeting emission-reduction goals and demonstrating cost-
effectiveness. Based on actions taken by partners to the voluntary programs, EPA reports the
following results through 1999:
  2 I 2fl
  c«
  o >
          1995
1993    1997    1996    1999    2000
Draft: 01/29/01

-------
•      Annual greenhouse gas emission reductions equivalent to eliminating the emissions from
       about 18 million cars.
•      Annual reductions in emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx) totaling over 100,000 tons-
       equivalent to the annual emissions from 70 power plants.
•      Continued emission reductions, from actions already taken by program partners, of more
       than 20 MMTCE per year through 2010.

       Cars, trucks, aircraft, and other components of the nation's transportation system emit
about one-third of total U.S. greenhouse gas emissions. Transportation policies, plans, and
choices have an immense effect on greenhouse gas emissions, particularly on carbon production.
Although technology and market-oriented measures will make a major contribution toward
reducing emissions, efforts to reduce vehicle miles traveled (VMT) are also critical for achieving
EPA's greenhouse gas emission reduction goals. To this end, in FY 2000 EPA actively supported
voluntary regional, state, and community efforts that encourage additional travel choices and
alternatives to single-occupancy vehicle driving. An example of these efforts is the national
Commuter Choice program that was launched in 2000 to achieve these VMT reductions.
Commuter Choice programs encourage employers to provide their employees transportation
options in commuting to and from work such as free or reduced cost passes for public
transportation, opportunities to carpool, telecommuting options, and incentives to bike or walk.

       In addition, EPA joined six other federal agencies, along with Ford, General Motors, and
DaimlerChrysler, in the Partnership for a New Generation of Vehicles (PNGV), an ongoing
program to develop a new generation of safe, attractive, affordable vehicles with ultra-low
emissions and high fuel efficiency. In FY 2000, as part of the PNGV program, EPA demonstrated
72 mpg (gasoline equivalent) on a mid-size research chassis using a state-of-the-art diesel engine
and an EPA-invented, patented, and developed hybrid drivetrain.
Restoring the Ozone Layer

       The stratospheric ozone layer protects life on earth from harmful ultraviolet (UV)
radiation. Scientific evidence amassed over the past 25 years indicates that the use of
chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and other halogenated chemicals has resulted in the destruction of
stratospheric ozone. In FY 2000 EPA furthered the nation's commitment to assisting in the
restoration of the ozone layer by tracking, through a marketable permit system, industry
compliance with regulatory restrictions on the consumption of ozone-depleting substances.
Although continued U.S. commitment to these restrictions is essential to halting the destruction of
ozone in the stratosphere, the participation of developing countries is also key to ensuring the
timely restoration of the ozone layer. U.S. leadership in international negotiations during
FY 2000 led to an agreement with China, the largest consumer of ozone-depleting substances
among developing countries. China will now reduce its use of ozone-depleting solvents at a faster
rate than that to which it originally agreed.
Draft: 01/29/01

-------
       Scientists anticipate that by the end of this decade the stratospheric ozone hole will stop
growing. However, because ozone-depleting substances have a long life and were emitted for
many years before EPA's restrictions and the international agreement, the public is faced with
potentially unhealthy levels of UV radiation.  Recognizing this, during FY 2000 EPA launched
the SunWise School Program to promote sun safety practices.  The program's goal is to protect
children from skin cancer, cataracts, and other long-
term UV-related health effects. SunWise now reaches
more than 10,000 children between the ages of 5 and
15 in 42 states across the nation, and the list of
participating schools is growing.
Pre- and post-program surveys of participating
students show that the program has already begun to
increase the level of knowledge among children about ways to reduce their exposure to harmful
UV radiation.  More importantly, the students are demonstrating their knowledge. In FY 2000
EPA set a target that 60 percent of children in SunWise schools would be very likely to use
Healthy People 2000 "safe sun" practices. EPA has found, however, that an "all of the time"
standard is  more likely to be associated with greater risk reduction and less disease. Using this
revised metric, in FY 2000 the proportion of SunWise children who used sunscreen all of the time
was 26 percent; hats, 18  percent;  long-sleeve shirts, 23 percent; and sunglasses, 25 percent. The
action steps recommended by SunWise are provided at
http://www.epa.gov/sunwise/actionsteps.html.

Reducing Circulating Chemicals

       EPA made progress in FY 2000 toward reducing the risks to U.S. human health and
ecosystems from selected toxics that circulate in the environment at global and regional scales.
Under the auspices of the North American Commission for Environmental Cooperation, the
United States, Canada, and Mexico prepared a second-phase North American Regional Action
Plan (NARAP) for mercury, which calls for ending specific mercury uses where there is an
unreasonable or otherwise unmanageable risk of release to the environment or risk to human
health. However, because of the  countries' differences in levels of priority and effort devoted to
mercury risk reduction, economic conditions, and technological and infrastructure capabilities,
they did not establish time lines for completing the activities set forth in the nonbinding mercury
NARAP.

       EPA expanded its mercury monitoring network in FY 2000 to collect additional data on
the long-range transport  and transformation of mercury. Through this monitoring, EPA and its
partners are contributing the data required for modeling through the placement of new air quality
monitors in coastal Alaska. These new monitors will determine the relative apportionment
between domestic and international sources of mercury that concentrates in fish (the primary
exposure route for humans). Having such apportionments will permit EPA to focus domestic
emission control efforts and international risk management initiatives, all of which are intended to
minimize mercury releases to the  environment and thus decrease exposures to mercury.  This
Draft: 01/29/01

-------
effort supports domestic obligations under the Clean Air Act, as well as commitments made in the
mercury NARAP and other agreements.

       The negotiations on a legally binding global convention on persistent organic pollutants
(POPs) such as. DDT were successfully concluded in December 2000. It is not yet clear,
however, whether international financial institutions, the United States, and other developed
countries will be able to offer levels of capacity-building support sufficient to prompt key
developing countries to sign and comply with the global POPs convention.  Finally, EPA and
other member countries of the  Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
completed work on five harmonized test guidelines, a protocol of consistent international testing
guidelines based on a combination of standard U.S. and European chemical toxicity testing
procedures.

Increasing Harmonization and Environmental Capacity

       In establishing a greater connection between the environment and trade, EPA, working
with other federal agencies, established and implemented Executive Order (E.O.) 13141,
Environmental Review of Trade Agreements. In addition to its analysis of the potential regulatory
effects of trade agreements, under the executive order EPA will be contributing to the "core
analysis" by estimating changes in various categories of pollution in the United States that could
be expected from the trade agreement. When fully implemented in 2001, the E.O. will represent
one of the most significant policy contributions to the environment and trade debate because
comprehensive trade agreements potentially touch every natural resource through the primary and
secondary effects of tariff changes, removal of nontariff trade barriers, and rule changes.

       High-quality environmental information plays a vital role in building capacity to address
global environmental problems. The Agency's international environmental information efforts
have expanded rapidly during the past several years. In FY 2000 EPA completed its first
International Environmental Information Inventory and used the resulting data to develop the
Agency-wide Strategic Plan for International Environmental Information. This plan will help the
Agency track new international information programs,  ensure that programs do not duplicate
efforts, and target scarce resources as effectively as possible.  Toolkits were also developed and
designed to help other countries enhance their environmental libraries and to locate, through the
Internet, environmental information from around the world.

SUMMARY OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

       EPA has long been recognized as the leading source of environmental regulatory and
management expertise worldwide. The direct benefit to U.S. citizens and their environment
resulting from this involvement underscores the importance of ensuring an active and continuing
international presence. EPA has made progress in its efforts to advance protection of the global
commons. There has been progress in protecting the ozone layer, and progress is being to reduce
the increasing rate of greenhouse gas emissions. Treaties and binding conventions such as the
Draft: 01/29/01

-------
Global POPs are under way and are advancing the ideal of sustainable environmental growth.
We are continuing to supply people for the first time with water and wastewater treatment along
our border. Continued progress will rely greatly on the Agency's ability to achieve agreement on
key global negotiations and on its ability to sustain support for this work.

RESEARCH CONTRIBUTIONS

       In FY 2000 EPA research and assessment activities examined the potential consequences
of climate change for human health and ecosystems in the United States. EPA assessed the
possibility of changes in disease patterns due to changing climate; the impact of heat stress on
populations, especially senior citizens and children; air pollution-related health effects of climate
change; and the socioeconomic consequences of extreme weather events. Researchers also
analyzed the impact of climate change and variability on the ability of ecosystems to provide
services that many people rely on but often take for granted, such as water filtration and air
purification. In an effort to understand how climate change might affect life in the United States,
EPA sponsored the Great Lakes, Mid-Atlantic, and Gulf Coast Regional Assessments, as well as
the Health Sector Assessment, as part of the U.S. Global Change Research Program's First
National Assessment of the Potential Consequences of Climate Variability and Change for the
United States. The assessments provide stakeholders and policy makers with information on the
potential risks and opportunities presented by climate change and offer options for adapting to the
changes.

STRENGTHENING PROGRAM INTEGRITY THROUGH IMPROVED MANAGEMENT

       The EPA OIG evaluated the Great Lakes Program at the Agency's request to provide
advice and assistance on how to improve the Lakewide Management Plan (LaMP) and the
Remedial Action Plan (RAP) processes, and develop and implement effective national strategies
and agreements. The Agency undertook several actions consistent with OIG recommendations
including accelerating the development of LaMP documents that were published for the Lakes in
FY 2000; reinstituting the Great Lakes U.S. Policy Committee, including states, tribes, and other
federal agencies; and developing a tracking system to address the issues. Efforts will continue
toward improving the Great Lakes Strategy and clearly identifying responsibilities of EPA
program offices and regions, states, and Canada to fully support the restoration and maintenance
of the chemical, physical, and biological integrity of the Great Lakes.

PROGRAM EVALUATION

       EPA's Great Lakes program regularly consults with federal, state, and tribal governmental
agencies responsible for setting strategic directions for Great Lakes environmental protection. In
FY2000, USEPA's Great Lakes National Program Office responded to FY1999 consultations and
evaluations by re-instituting the Great Lakes U.S. Policy Committee. The consultations and
evaluations were conducted as a series of meetings and did not result in a published report.
Draft: 01/29/01

-------
      Pursuant to a congressional request, GAO reviewed the partnership between the federal
government, including EPA, and three domestic automobile manufacturers called the Partnership
for a New Generation of Vehicles (PNGV), focusing on the following aspects: (1) the progress
made to date toward achieving the partnership goals; (2) the historical federal funding levels; (3)
the technologies being developed under PNGV; and (4) a comparison of the overall research and
development activities of the automobile manufacturer participants with research sponsored by
the partnership.

      In its letter "Cooperative Research: Results of U.S.-Industry Partnership to Develop a
New Generation of Vehicles" (Letter Report, 03/30/2000, GAO/RCED-00-81,
http ://www. gao. gov), GAO noted, "While progress has been made toward the goals of the PNGV
partnership, technological and affordability obstacles still need to be overcome. It is not yet
possible to assess if the partnership is improving U.S. competitiveness in manufacturing, its first
goal. The partnership is making progress towards its second goal of implementing commercially
viable innovations in conventional vehicles. In addition, the partnership has made progress toward
its third  goal, releasing  concept cars by March 2000 that manufacturers stated demonstrate the
ability to achieve nearly 80 miles per gallon. However, the manufacturers and National Research
Council  stated that significant technological and affordability obstacles remain."

ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE ON FY 2001 ANNUAL
PERFORMANCE PLAN

      Development of EPA's FY 2001 annual performance plan was guided by last year's
performance results.  In some instances data indicated no  change hi course. Programs including
the climate  change greenhouse gas reduction program were on track toward the strategic goal. In
other cases, however, the Agency made dramatic changes. For example, the Agency's decisions
to pursue enhanced involvement in trade negotiations and liberalization agreements in FY 2000
have focused greater attention on analyzing and participating hi trade agreements affecting U.S.
environmental regulations as EPA implements the E.O. on environmental review. In addition, the
following programs reassessed their direction hi FY 2001  based on FY 2000's performance:

•     Great Lakes Basin ecosystem. The depletion of oxygen in the Central Basin of Lake Erie
      indicates potential problems, which will be explored further hi FY 2001.  Identification of
      the 106th invasive species has spurred EPA and its partners to make progress on
      technology to prevent the further introduction and spread of invasive species. Projects are
      exploring the use of biocides and filtration, as well as the use of UV light, for secondary
      treatment of ballast water.  The FY 2001 performance measures for Great Lakes
      Ecosystem Assessment have been revised to measure ecological trends, a significant
      improvement over FY 2000 measurement of outputs.

•     Ozone depletion. EPA's successful performance in FY 2000 is reflected in its FY 2001
      ozone layer restoration goals.  The goals will include implementing the next regulatory
      step in the phaseout of methyl bromide, implementing a market-based allowance allocation


Draft: 01/29/01                              8

-------
      system for hydrochlorofluorocarbon (HCFC) production and importation, increasing the
      number of developing countries helped by U.S. assistance through the Multilateral Fund,
      and improving youth knowledge about the importance of proper sun protection by
      expanding the SunWise School Program to 20% more children across the country.

•     Circulating chemicals. EPA's performance in FY 2000 is reflected in the Agency's
      FY 2001 goals for increasing the number of mercury transport monitoring stations
      operating in North America and elsewhere (e.g., Russia), as well as its targets for POPs
      capacity-building projects.

TABLE OF RESULTS

The following table of results includes performance results for the FY 2000 twelve Congressional
Annual Performance Goals that appear in Goal 6. In cases where the FY 2000 APG is associated
with an FY 1999 APG, the table includes the FY 1999 APG below the FY 2000 APG for ease in
comparing performance.
Draft: 01/29/01

-------
                                               FY 2000 Annual Report
                                    Annual Performance Goals and Measures
                                                    Table of Results

                              Goal 6 - Reduction of Global & Cross-Border Risks
     Summary of FY 2000 Performance

9 1 Goal Met  \  0 i Goa5 Not Het  |  3  | Other
                FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                   FY2000
                                                                                              Planned
                                                                                  Actual
                                                                                           FYI999
 Actual
By 299$, reduce traiwbottndary threats to human health and5haretf ecosystems fa North America consistent wltih our Wtateral at«i
multilateral treaty obligations in Aese area*, *s well as our trust responsibility to tribes.                                     •  > '1
FY 2000 APG 42:
Five additional water/wastewater projects along the Mexican border
will be certified for design-construction for a cumulative total of 30
projects.
(FY 1 999)        One additional woter/wostewoter project along the Mexican Border will be certified for design
                construction.

Explanation:            The goal for FY 2000 was exceeded by five projects due to the more rapid
                        implementation of the process that has been developed and refined by all Border
                        partners.  The cumulative total of water/wastewater projects certified for
                        design-construction along the Mexican border is actually 36 projects, rather than
                        the 30 projects cited in the APG.

Data Source:            Manual system.

Data Quality:            Data are manually verified.
                                                                                                           10
FY 2000 APG 43:
Measurable improvements in Great Lakes ecosystem components.
Performance Measures
- Indicator Indices
- Model predictions for toxics reductions
  No
FY 1999
 APG
Explanation:
Data Source:
Data Quality:
The goal for FY 2000 was to improve the capacity for measuring environmental
outcomes by developing better models and indicators. This year, protocols for
the 1 0 indices were developed for Limnology (Trophic State, Dissolved Oxygen,
Swimmability), Atmospheric (PCBs, Pesticides, and PAHs), Biology (Benthic
Community Health), Sediments (Sediment Quality, and Remediation), and Fish
Contaminants (Safety for Wildlife Consumption and Safety for Human
Consumption).  Outcome reporting will begin next year.

Modeling illustrates that atrazine does not appear to breakdown after it enters
the lake; consequently, with continued use, its concentration in Lake Michigan will
likely increase.

Data come from the Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) base
monitoring program which is a cooperative effort of USEPA, the Great Lakes
states, USGS, and USFWS

The Great Lakes National Program Office (GLNPO) has a Quality Management
system in place which conforms to the new EPA quality management order.
GLNPO is audited every 3 years in accordance with Federal policy for Quality
Management. There is greater uncertainty regarding the representativeness of
data collected in near shore areas because of the greater variability of the near
shore environment.
          Draft: 01/29/01
                                     10

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY2000
Planned
Actual
FYI999
Actual
|p90« and beyond, U.S. greenhouse gas emissions w8t be reduced to levels «o»sfst«tt; with attemattonal 
-------
                FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                         FY2000
                                                                                                    Planned
                                                                                      Actual
           FYI999

            Actual
FY 2000 APG 47:        Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected levels by
                         more than 58 million metric ton of carbon equivalent (MMTCE) per
                         year through EPA partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local
                         governments, and other organizations thereby offsetting growth in
                         greenhouse gas emissions above 1990 level by about 20%.

(FY / 999)         Reduce U.S. greenhouse emissions by 35 million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTCE) per
                 year through partnerships with businesses, schools, stole and local governments, and other
                 organizations.

Explanation:             EPA is on track to meet its FY 2000 greenhouse gas emissions reduction target
                         of 58 million metric tons of carbon equivalent (MMTCE). For FY 1999, EPA
                         significantly exceeded its stated target of 35. Reductions came from energy star
                         program and multiple sectors including buildings, waste, industrial methane,
                         transportation and state and local programs.

Data Source:            Baseline data for carbon emissions related to energy use comes from the Energy
                         Information Agency (EIA).  Baseline data for non-CO2 gases are maintained by
                         EPA. EPA reports on facility specific energy-saving improvements. A carbon-
                         conversion factor is used to convert this information to estimated GHG
                         reductions. EPA thus maintains a tracking system based on the reports
                         submitted by its partners to monitor emissions reductions.

Data Quality:            EPA has a quality assurance process in place to check the validity of partner
                         reports.  Peer-reviewed carbon-conversion factors are used to ensure
                         consistency with generally accepted measures of greenhouse gas emissions. EPA
                         regularly evaluates the effectiveness of its climate programs through interagency
                         evaluations. A 1997 audit by EPA's Office of the Inspector General concluded
                         that the climate programs the were examined "used good management practices"
                         and "effectively estimated the impact their activities had on reducing risks to
                         health and the environment.-" The voluntary nature of the program may affect
                         reporting. Some of the data are indirect measures of Greenhouse Gas (GHG)
                         emissions modeled using conversion factors and methods to convert material-
                         specific reductions to GHG emissions reductions.
                                                                             58
 Data
 avail-
able in
Spring
 2001
FY 2000 APG 48:
Provide analysis, assessment, and reporting support to Administration
officials, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, and the
Framework Convention on Climate Change.
Performance Measure
- Greenhouse Gas Inventory
             No
           FYI999
            APG
Explanation:
Data Source:
Data Quality:
The Greenhouse Gas Inventory serves as a basis for national actions by countries
to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions.

Information is compiled in accordance with appropriate guidance from the United
Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and other
bodies, using data primarily from statistical agencies and scientific literature.

All products are subject to internal governmental review as well as full public
review.  Secondary data used in analysis are generally peer reviewed during
development.
          Draft: 01/29/01
                                      12

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 49: Reduce energy consumption from projected levels by about 60 billion
kilowatt hours, resulting in over $8 billion in energy savings to
consumers and businesses that participate in EPA's climate change
programs.
Explanation: EPA is on track to reach its target.
Data Source: EPA collects partner reports on facility specific improvements (e.g., space
upgraded, kWh reduced).
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 47
FY 2000
Planned
60
Actual
Data
avail-
able in
FY
2001
FYI999
Actual
No
FY 1999
APG
By 200$, aacoiMS «me«tttwrtk>ns %« the sfcrAtosptiftft w*ll have stopped rf«3ittt«Ł and slowJy begun Che process of recovery.
FY 2000 APG 50: Provide assistance to at least SO developing countries to facilitate
emissions reductions toward achieving the requirements of the
Montreal Protocol.
Explanation: EPA met its goal.
Data Source: EPA measures the progress of international implementation goals by tracking the
number of countries receiving assistance, dollars allocated to each, and the
expected reduction in ozone-depleting substances in assisted countries. The
database is maintained by the Stratospheric Protection Program.
Data Quality: The data for reporting and record-keeping are maintained by the United Nations
Environment Programme (UNEP) and EPA. EPA receives periodic reports on
the financial status of participating countries from UNEP. This information is
then cross-checked with Agency records to ensure accuracy.
FY 2000 APG 51: Restrict domestic consumption of class II HCFCs below 15,240 ozone
depletion potential-weighted metric tons (ODP MTs) and restrict
domestic exempted production and import of newly produced class 1
CFCs and halons below 60,000 ODP MTs.
(FY 1 999) Ensure that domestic consumption of doss // HCFCs will be restricted to below 208,400 Alts ond
domestic exempted production and import ofnewty produced class 1 CFCs and halons will be
restricted to below 130,000 MTs
Explanation: EPA is on track to reach its targets.
Data Source: EPA tracks progress on restricting domestic consumption of Class II HCFCs by
monitoring industry reports of compliance with phaseout regulations. EPA
maintains these data in its Allowance Tracking System (ATS) database.
Data Quality: The Allowance Tracking System (ATS) data are subject to a Quality Assurance
Plan. In addition, the data are subject to an annual Quality Assurance review.
The ATS is programmed to ensure consistency of the data elements reported by
companies. Inconsistent data are flagged by the tracking system for review and
resolution by the tracking system manager. The ATS receives monthly
information on domestic production, imports and exports from the International
Trade Commission. This information is then cross-checked with compliance data
submitted by reporting companies. Regional inspectors perform inspections and
audits on-site at producers, importers, and exporters facilities. These audits
verify the accuracy of compliance data submitted to EPA through examination of
company records.
50
< 15,240
<60,000
50
Data
avail-
able
in
FY
2001
No
FY 1999
APG
<208,400
< 1 30,800
Draft: 01/29/01
13

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Bf 2COS, reduce the Hsfes to U.S. human health and ecosystems from selected toxics that circuit
and regional scales consistent with toternattoi^ obligations.
2000 APG 52: Successfully conclude international negotiations on a global convention
on Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) reaching agreement on POPs
selection criteria, technical assistance, and risk management
commitments on specified POPs.
(FY 1 999) Obtain international agreement on criteria for selecting Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) to be
covered in a new global POPs treaty, and on capacity-building activities to support the convention's
implementation.
Explanation: The global POPs treaty was signed in December 2000. Although negotiations
were delayed by 3 months into the next fiscal year, the target was met.
Data Source: Manual system.
Data Quality: Data are manually verified.
FY2000
Planned
Actual
' /"V/^"!!
te in tjne en«Fvti«*w=>i*
9/30/00
I2H5/0S
FYI999
Actual
at global

By 20OS, increase the application of cleaner and «*ore cost.effieciLve«n«ranmentat practices and technologies In the U.S. and:
abroad through international cooperation.
FY 2000 APG 53: Deliver 30 international training modules; implement 6 technical
assistance/technology dissemination projects; implement 5 cooperative
policy development projects; and disseminate information products on
U.S. environmental technologies and techniques to 2,500 foreign
customers.
(FY / 999) Deliver 30 international training modules; implement 6 technical assistance/technology
dissemination projects; implement 5 cooperative policy development projects; and disseminate
information products on U.S. environmental technologies and techniques to 2,500 foreign
customers.
Explanation: EPA met the overall goal. Although efforts on one of the four performance
measures fell short, efforts on another performance measure greatly exceeded
the target. Thus the same number of people were reached, just through
individual process, rather than through training modules. This shortfall in the
delivery of the modules can be attributed to (1) leveling off of EPA funds, (2)
maturation of our programs, and (3) less demand than originally anticipated. All
requests for training from countries that were able to supply their share of the
costs were met.
Data Source: Manual system.
Data Quality: Data are manually verified.
30
6
5
2,500
n
&
s
&
2,500
Draft: 01/29/01
14

-------
          GOAL 7: EXPANSION OF AMERICANS' RIGHT TO KNOW
                         ABOUT THEIR ENVIRONMENT

Easy access to a wealth of information about the state of their local environment will expand
citizen involvement and give people tools to protect their families and their communities as they
see fit. Increased information exchange between scientists, public health officials, businesses,
citizens, and all levels of government will foster greater knowledge about the environment and
what can be done to protect it. (FY 2000 Obligations = $142m)

OVERVIEW

       EPA's right to know goal reflects the Agency's commitment to provide the public with
information that will help protect human health and safeguard the natural environment.  All
Americans have a right to know about the quality of the air they breathe, the water they drink, and
the food they eat.

       The Agency has shifted the focus of Goal 7 to better reflect the priorities set by the
Agency when it centralized information policy, management, and technology in a new Office of
Environmental Information. EPA's vision for Goal 7 is that environmental information be a
strategic resource to enhance public health and environmental protection.  This vision should
influence activities at every stage of the information lifecycle: creation, storage and management,
and analysis and dissemination. This new vision retains the Agency's commitment to the public's
right to know about the environment, and strengthens it with a new commitment to ensure the
quality, availability, and security  of meaningful environmental information.

       To attain this vision, the Agency focused on four major areas during FY 2000: protecting
and enhancing the quality of environmental information; integrating information; improving access
to information; and strengthening information security to keep pace with new threats and
technology.

F Y 2000 PERFORMANCE

       FY 2000 proved to be a successful year for information management in EPA.  The Agency
achieved all of its annual performance goals and measures under Goal 7 and made progress
toward the vision of information as a strategic resource to enhance public health and
environmental protection, particularly in the four main areas of focus.

Quality:  To ensure the strong leadership needed for improving the quality of EPA's information,
EPA established the Quality and  Information Council (QIC) made up of representatives from the
Agency's senior management.  In FY 2000 the QIC presided over an assessment of the quality of
information in four of the Agency's data systems.  The assessment showed that the data in these
systems are of high quality and are appropriate for their intended uses. The QIC also began
developing a Data Quality Strategy that will be the blueprint for enhancing the quality of

Draft: 1/29/01

-------
environmental information.

       To address the quality of data in EPA's publicly available data sets, EPA developed and
implemented the Integrated Error Correction Process (IECP) for reporting and resolving errors
identified by the public. The IECP was implemented in the Envirofacts Facility Information
system (http://www. epa. gov/enviro') in May 2000 and has made error-reporting tools more
prominent and easier to use. It is now used for 11 major EPA data systems.

Integration: To improve the management, utility, and availability of environmental information, in
FY 2000 the states and EPA began a joint effort to plan a comprehensive data exchange network
that will provide a wide range of shared information among EPA, states, tribes, localities, the
regulated community, and other data partners.  The national network will extend beyond past
EPA information integration efforts and ensure that future integration efforts by EPA and its
partners and stakeholders are consistent and complementary.

       EPA's information integration priorities in FY 2000 emphasized creating the building
blocks needed for the exchange network including establishing common data standards for
environmental information systems, creating a centralized system for electronic data exchange,
and establishing an electronic registry for facility identification information.

       In order for integration efforts to succeed, The Agency must continue to  strengthen its
partnerships with stakeholders. EPA, the states, and tribes established the Environmental Data
Standards Council (EDSC) to identify and develop the next set of data standards to be used in
collecting, storing, and retrieving environmental data in their respective systems.  In FY 2000 the
Agency and its partners took several steps towards easing reporting burden, facilitating data
integration, and improving data quality. EPA's Central Data Exchange received official TRI
submissions from 80 facilities in Illinois via the Internet. The Agency received the first file with a
digital signature from Pennsylvania and also began testing data exchanges with 6 states in hopes
of conducting exchanges with additional states in 2001. EPA's Facility Registry System, a
centrally managed database that identifies facilities subject to environmental regulations or  of
environmental interest, is now populated with more than 70,000 records. This system will contain
250,000 records by September 2001.

       Streamlining the process by which the regulated community reports information is an
important component of EPA's environmental information exchange network. In FY 2000 EPA
developed the Cross-Media Electronic Reporting and Record-keeping Rule, which addresses
electronic reporting and record-keeping by regulated companies under all EPA environmental
programs.  This proposal would remove existing regulatory obstacles to electronic reporting and
record-keeping. Its goal is to make electronic reporting and record-keeping as simple, attractive,
and cost-effective as possible for regulated companies and states.

       EPA and its partners are moving toward a shared information network. The Agency's
One-Stop Reporting Program creates incentives for states to reinvent environmental information
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
management practices through grants and technical assistance.  States have undertaken a number
of activities under One Stop including expanding web sites to improve access, establishing links to
EPA databases, integrating isolated, media-specific data sets, and implementing GIS to map
facility locations. Additional information on the One Stop program can be found at:
(http://www.epa.gov/reinvent/onestop).  In FY 2000 the One-Stop Program met its goal to
increase the number of states participating in the program by 9. There are currently 34 states in
the program.

Access: FY 2000 brought a number of significant achievements in the Toxics Release Inventory
(TRI) program, which publishes data on toxic pollutants released into the environment. It is one
of EPA's most visible right-to-know programs.  On May 11, 2000 the Agency released the 1998
TRI Report, which included data for seven new industry sectors, including: electric utilities; metal
mining; coal mining, chemical wholesalers; petroleum terminals; solvent recovery; and hazardous
waste treatment, storage, and disposal facilities. These sectors accounted for nearly 2,000 new
facilities and more than 15,000  chemical reports addressing nearly 5 billion pounds of toxic
chemicals, increasing the quantity of chemicals accounted for in the TRI database by 67 percent.
The 1998 TRI data are available on EPA's website at www.epa.gov/tri/tri98. Exhibit 1, which
displays trend data for the core set of TRI chemicals  and manufacturing sectors (i.e., does not
include data from the seven new industry sectors), shows a marked decrease in releases over the
last ten years. Note: Goal 4 contains a more in-depth discussion of the decrease in volume of TRI
wastes as well as their toxicity.

***TNSERT  TRI GRAPHIC HERE (FROM Excel Spreadsheet)  ***

       In May 2000 EPA upgraded the  TRI Explorer, an Internet tool that provides fast and easy
access to reliable environmental information, making it easier for the public to identify facilities
and chemical release patterns in their communities. The latest version provides three times the
amount of information available in the previous version and is available on EPA's web site at:
www. epa. gov/triexplorer.

       Under the TRI program, EPA is responsible for establishing reporting thresholds for
chemical releases to the  environment. In FY 2000 the Agency published a final rule lowering the
TRI reporting thresholds for persistent bioaccumulative toxic (PBT) chemicals and adding seven
additional PBT chemicals and two PBT  chemical compound categories to the list of toxic
chemicals subject to reporting.  The first year of PBT chemical reporting is calendar year 2000 and
the reports are due to EPA by July 2001.

       The Agency met or exceeded all of its established annual performance measures for the
TRI program. These included publishing the 1998 TRI  Data Release, processing 119,000 TRI
submissions and revisions from industry, and continuing work on peripheral modules to the new
version of the TRIS Database.  See Table of Results for further explanation.

       EPA also remains committed to providing real-time monitoring data to communities


Draft: 1/29/01                               3

-------
through its Environmental Monitoring for Planning and Community Tracking (BMPACT)
program (http://www.epa.gov/empact/index.htm). The BMP ACT program has continued to
expand its assistance to local communities in building capacity for real-time monitoring,
management, and communication of environmental information. Currently, the program, through
a network of over 300 community-based partners, has helped implement real-time environmental
monitoring projects in over 90 cities across the United States. These partnerships include state
and local governments, tribes, federal agencies, non-profit groups, universities, and other private
organizations. In addition to continuing to provide grants directly to local communities and
supporting projects that partner EPA program and regional offices with local communities, the
EMPACT Program has moved into new areas to increase the public's right-to-know through the
institution of technology transfer and integration/networking projects.  These projects will allow
the transfer of existing EMPACT projects into new communities, as well as integrating data from
multiple projects to provide a more comprehensive source of information in a specific community.

       EPA reached another milestone in increasing the public's access to environmental
information that impacts their lives on a daily basis. During FY 2000 most Americans received
their first annual  drinking water quality report from their local water supplier. October 19, 1999
was the first federal deadline for these consumer confidence reports, which tell consumers of
public water systems the source of their local tap water,  contaminants detected, the likely source
of the contaminant, health advice for sensitive populations, and where to go for more information.
These reports represent the most widespread right-to-know information provided directly to
consumers in EPA's history. Water systems and states were extremely successful in getting these
reports out on time. Approximately 53,500 community water systems, serving approximately 253
million persons met the statutory deadline.

       Communities have a right to know about the different forces that impact their local
environments. EPA's Sector Facility Indexing Project (SFIP) uses the Internet to provide the
public with facility level information in 5 industrial sectors and is being expanded to also include a
subset of federal facilities. The database brings together existing information from a number of
Agency data systems and can provide data on a facility's compliance and enforcement history,
production capacity, releases and spills, and the demographics of the surrounding community in a
single location on the Internet (www.epa.gov/oeca/sfi).  EPA is also committed to making its
enforcement-related policy and guidance documents available to the public. In FY 2000 the
national enforcement and compliance assurance program exceeded its goal by making 94% of its
policy and guidance documents available via the Internet. See Table of Results for further
explanation, including a discussion of IDEA, a tool designed specifically for states to access
enforcement data.

       The Agency is working hard to ensure that no segment of the population and/or no
community bears a disproportionate amount of burden from adverse environmental conditions.
The Agency manages an assistance program to help communities; grassroots organizations; state,
tribal, and local government agencies;  and other non-governmental organizations become
knowledgeable about environmental laws, and to address local environmental and public health


Draft: 1/29/01                              4

-------
concerns.  In FY 2000 EPA's Environmental Justice Small Grants Program awarded 62 grants
totaling approximately $900,000.  The Agency has also worked to improve its public consultation
by working with the National Environmental Justice Advisory Group (NEJAC), which was
established in 1993, and increasing the number of meetings that focus on issues such as permitting
that are central to the concept of environmental justice for all.

       EPA's web site (www.epa.gov) continues to be an important tool for providing the public
with access to environmental information. The web site continued to grow in popularity during
FY 2000, hosting approximately 810,000 visitors during the last month of the fiscal year alone, a
47 percent increase over the same period in FY 1999.  The site is ranked in the top  15 federal web
sites by Federal Computer Week and other trade press. The number of pages EPA  offers reached
525,796, (an 88 percent increase), and the number of other sites with links to the EPA site grew
to 796,103-a 25 percent increase over FY 1999.

       For Earth Day 2000, EPA released a new, more user-friendly version of its web site that
included improved search capabilities and introduced a popular topics format common to most
informational sites. The new organization and topic buttons help users quickly get to where they
want to go.  The "Browse EPA" topics page has been enhanced so that visitors can  more easily
find the information they need within 16 main topic areas, including water, air, pollution
prevention, enforcement, and environmental management. The Agency has received many
favorable comments pertaining to its redesigned site.

Security: The availability and reliability of environmental information is dependent on the security
of the technology platform on which it resides. EPA made substantial progress toward ensuring
the security of its information assets. Following an audit by the Government Accounting Office
(GAO), EPA temporarily  disconnected its network from the Internet to accelerate installation of
improved security features.  Since February  1999 EPA has taken steps to further separate the
entire EPA Wide Area Network from the Internet; implement better approaches to monitor;
detect, and deter Internet  attacks and unauthorized users; conduct formal reviews of information
security plans; update EPA's regulations for confidential business information and Freedom of
Information to ensure adequate protection of information while complying with new statutory and
technological requirements; and increase EPA's efforts to create a more security-conscious
workforce.

       To underscore the importance of these efforts,  during FY 2000, EPA's Office of
Environmental Information established a special Technical Information Security Staff to provide a
focal point for protecting the Agency's information.  The staff reports directly to the Agency's
Deputy Chief Information Officer and is responsible for rapid enhancement of EPA's technical
approach to protecting the integrity of information. EPA will continue addressing threats to  its
information systems in FY 2001.

STRENGTHENING PROGRAM INTEGRITY  THROUGH IMPROVED MANAGEMENT
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       EPA's major information-related management challenges-identified in one or more audits
conducted by EPA's Office of the Inspector General (OIG) and the GAO-focus on several major
themes. Information management: EPA must continue to improve the management,
comprehensiveness, consistency, reliability, and accuracy of its data to help better measure
performance and achieve environmental results. Information system security: EPA must enhance
the security of EPA's information systems by minimizing the possibility of unauthorized access,
use, modification, or destruction of EPA information resources. Data accuracy and error
correction: EPA must improve data completeness, compatibility and accuracy; filling data gaps;
improving the collection of accurate data; implementing a quality assurance program Agency-
wide and with the states; and implementing procedures for data error detection and correction.

       As the discussion in preceding sections of this chapter shows, EPA, with a focus on
information quality, integration, access, and security, is working to address these management
issues. While considerable progress was made in FY 2000, much remains to be done.
Information management at EPA will be greatly enhanced with the development of a
comprehensive Information Plan that establishes the framework for strategically identifying the
information the Agency needs; matches the information and technology resources to meet the
need; and establishes processes for addressing information needs, identifying potential data
collection efficiencies, and seeking out opportunities to leverage information resources with
federal partners. Also, the environmental information exchange network will require continued
dedication of resources and effort by EPA, the states, and tribes to move from its current fledgling
stage to a fully operational network. This will require cultural and organizational changes in the
way EPA and the states plan for and implement new information systems and make improvements
to existing systems.  Efforts will continue to improve the quality of EPA's information systems
and to ensure that the Agency has management procedures in place to ensure an effective,
consistent quality system. These efforts will remain a priority for the Quality and Information
Council in the future. EPA must also retain its vigilance over information security and take steps
to ensure use of the best available information security tools.

       Many of the Agency's programmatic and enforcement decisions are based on
environmental data produced by EPA's research and analytical laboratories.  Having data that are
timely and of the appropriate quality is critical to understanding environmental processes and to
making decisions that will support the protection of human health and the environment. OIG has
noted some concerns about the quality of laboratory data, which led the Agency to declare
laboratory quality systems practices as an internal Agency weakness.  During FY 2000, EPA
completed technical reviews of EPA's regional laboratories and will  complete reviews of the
remaining Agency labs in FY 2001.  Section IE, FY 2000 Management Accomplishments and
Challenges, provides additional discussion on ongoing and future corrective actions that will
ensure all environmental data that are submitted to and used by the Agency, whether from EPA's
or other laboratories, are produced using appropriate systems and controls and meet the  Agency's
data quality needs.

RESEARCH CONTRIBUTIONS


Draft: 1/29/01                               6

-------
Research under Goal 7 supports efforts to enhance the Agency's ability to protect public health by
providing sound environmental information to federal, state, local and tribal partners. FY 2000
research concentrated on the development of data interpretation and risk communication tools to
provide timely, relevant information to the public and environmental communities. Research
results that assist in environmental decision making were provided to internal and external users
through various tools, databases, manuals and guidance. For example, in FY 2000 considerable
progress was made in developing and populating the Environmental Information Management
System (EIMS), a web-based inventory that focuses on the organization of descriptive
information (metadata) for data sets, databases, documents, models, projects, and spatial data.
The EIMS design also provides a repository for scientific documentation that can be easily
accessed  with standard web browsers at: http://www.epa.gov/eims/eims.html. Research results in
FY 2000 also provided consensus human health assessments of environmental substances of high
priority to EPA, which were then incorporated into the Integrated Risk Information System
(IRIS) and made publicly available at: http://www.epa.gov/iris/index.html. It is important that
local government bodies  and individuals have access to this information, which will help them
make more informed choices to protect human health.

PROGRAM EVALUATION

       In the past few years the GAO and EPA's Office of the Inspector General (OIG) have
released more than a dozen audit reports that address issues related to information quality and
information management at EPA.  These reports have served to guide work toward improving
information management, quality, and security.

       In addition to the findings of GAO and EPA's OIG, the Agency's TRI program obtained
an independent assessment of its effort to develop new TRI reporting software for industry. The
new system, called TRI-ME, will replace the Automated TRI Reporting Software
(ATRS—available at http ://www. epa. gov/tri/atrs/). TRI-ME, which is more user-friendly than
ATRS, will be made available to the public to assist businesses in determining whether or not they
need to file TRI reports.  If they are required to submit reports, the system will provide the
necessary forms. The assessment of the TRI-ME project concluded that TRI-ME is a beneficial
and technically achievable project. Version 1.0 of TRI-ME will be released hi Spring 2001 as a
pilot.

ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE ON FY 2001 ANNUAL
PERFORMANCE PLAN

       FY 2000  and 2001 are transition years for EPA's Goal 7 activities as the Agency moves
from a focus on public right to know to the broader scope of quality environmental information
for all decision makers. During this period the Agency has worked within a performance plan that
included performance goals and measures inherited from programs that moved into the OEI
during the reorganization. The goal of the reorganization was to unify those programs and direct
their resources toward achieving EPA's vision for information as a strategic resource for
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
improving environmental protection.  During FY 2000 EPA restructured Goal 7 to reflect this
new vision and the broader scope of quality environmental information, as part of developing its
updated Strategic Plan. Beginning in FY 2002 the Goal 7 Performance Plan will be aligned with
this new structure. In the interim (FY 2001), EPA continues to operate under the existing
performance goals, inherited from old programs.

TABLES OF RESULTS

The following tables of results include performance results for the FY 2000 five Congressional
Annual Performance Goals that appear in Goal 7. In cases where the FY 2000 APG is associated
with an FY 1999 APG, the table includes the FY 1999 APG below the FY 2000 APG for ease in
comparing performance. Additionally, EPA is providing information on FY 1999 APGs that are
not associated with any APGs in FY 2000.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
                                 FY 2000 Annual Report
                         Annual Performance Goals and Measures
                                    Tables of Results

                      Goal 7 - Expansion of American's Right to Know
                               About Their Environment
  Summary of FY 2000 Performance
S j Goal Mat |J> J Goal Not Hst  10 I Other
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000
Planned
Actual
FY
1999
Actual
% 25QQ5> SPA will improve the ability of tfte American public to paitldpate i« the protection of
human health and the environment by increasing the quality and quantity of genera} environmental
education, outreach and data availability programs, especially in disproportionaUy impacted and
disadvantage^ communities. -\ ; - v - ' - - -
FY 2000 APG 54: The Agency will streamline and improve the
information reporting process between state partners
and EPA by increasing the number of state
participants in the One Stop Reporting program from
25 to 34.
(FY / 999) The Agency will stream/me and improve the information
reporting process between state partners and EPA by
increasing the number of participants in the One Stop
Reporting program (for a total of 29).
Explanation: In FY 2000 "One Stop" added nine additional states to its
roster of participants for a cumulative total of 34. EPA is
now in the process of awarding $500,000 demonstration
grants to these nine additional states to further their data
integration efforts, improve data access, and reduce reporting
burden. Additional information on the One Stop program
can be found at http://www.epa.gov/reinvent/onestop/.
Data Source: Manual system. EPA Headquarters tracks the number
of state participants in the program.
Data Quality: Data are manually verified. There are no limitations
on the use of this data.
34
states
34
states
2S
states
      Draft: 1/29/01

-------
     FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                              FY 2000
                                                                           FY
                                                                          1999
                                                                          Planned
                                                                 Actual
         Actual
FY 2000 APG 55:
Improve public access to compliance and
enforcement documents and data, particularly to high
risk communities, through multimedia data
integration projects and other studies, analyses and
communication/outreach activities.
Performance Measures
I.     Percent of OECA policy and guidance documents available on the Internet
2.     Increase by 50% the number of states with direct access to Integrated Data
      for Enforcement Analysis (IDEA)
Explanation:
Data Source:
Data Quality:
The Agency provides access to a wide array of compliance
and enforcement documents and data via the Internet at
http://www.epa.gov/oeca. In FY 2000 EPA's enforcement
programs made 2,146 documents available.

The Agency is also working to improve state access to EPA
data systems.  In FY 2000 EPA increased the number of states
with direct access to IDEA from 12 to 34 states by launching
an Internet version of the Online Targeting Information
System (OTIS) for states at h ttp://www.epa.gov/idea/otis.
NOTE Prior to  FY 2000 states used the EPA mainframe or
Windows version of IDEA.  IDEA is a comprehensive system
that provides multi-media information on the environmental
performance of EPA regulated facilities.  States can obtain
historical profiles of EPA inspections, enforcement actions
and associated penalties, and toxic chemical releases.

       Manual system.  EPA tracks the dates documents are
       issued and uploaded to the Internet and monitors
       usage of IDEA.

       Data are  manually verified. There are no limitations
       on the use of this data.
          No
           FY
          1999
          APG
                                                         90%

                                                         21
                                                        states
 94%

  34
states
       Draft: 1/29/01
                             10

-------
    FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                               FY 2000
                                                                            FY
                                                                           1999
                                                                           Planned
                                                                  Actual
         Actual
FY 2000 APG 56:
(FY 1999)
Ensure that EPA's policies, programs and activities
include public meetings, address minority and low
income community issues so that no segment of the
population suffers disproportionately from adverse
health or environmental effects, and that all people
live in clean, healthy and sustainable communities
consistent with Executive  Order 12898.

       Provide over 100 grants  to assist communities with
       understanding and address Environmental Justice issues.
Performance Measures
I.    Number of EPA-sponsored public meetings held where disproportionately
      disadvantaged communities participate.

2.    Number of grants awarded to low income, minority communities for
      addressing environmental problems.
Explanation:
Data Source:
The Agency is working to address this broad goal in a variety
of ways and has established 2 surrogate indicators of
progress:

Environmental justice (EJ) related public meetings, which help
guide the Agency's national EJ program. In FY 2000 the
number of meetings, which focused on issues such as facility
permitting in low income communities and the health effects
of populations living near multiple pollution generating
facilities, exceeded the target. -

EJ grants to community-based organizations working to carry
out projects that increase citizen involvement in EJ issues. In
FY 2000 the Agency received fewer eligible grant applications
than expected. As a result, EPA's EJ Small Grants Program
issued 62 grants totaling approximately $900,000. NOTE:
~$ 135,000 came from EPA's Regional offices.

Additional information on the Agency's EJ activities including
meeting summaries and grant applications as well as activities
associated with the federal  EJ interagency workgroup can be
found at http://www.epa.gov/oeca/ej.

       Manual system. Action items from public meetings are
       tracked internally.  The number of EJ grants is tracked
       internally. The grants are also entered into the
                                                                                             grants
                                                          25
                                                         mtgs.


                                                          70
                                                         grants
  31
mtgs.


  62
grants
        Draft: 1/29/01
                              11

-------
    FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                    FY 2000
                                                                 Planned
                               Actual
                                        FY
                                        1999
Actual
By 20QS> Ł!>A will improve thfc ability *f tte public td reduce exposure to $p$cMe on«irrimmeHft$![*
                                                                                   '
easily accessible.
       Draft: 1/29/01
12

-------
     FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                FY 2000
                                                                             FY
                                                                            1999
                                                                             Planned
                                                                  Actual
         Actual
FY 2000 APG 57:  All community water systems (CWSs) will issue
                   annual consumer confidence reports according to the
                   rule promulgated in August 1998.
(FY 1999)
      EPA wr"// partner with the states in implementation activities
      that will ensure all public water systems - large, medium,
      and especially small - are informed of both the
      requirements of the consumer confidence report regulation
      and implementation tools for complying with this rule.
Performance Measures
 I.     Community water systems that will comply with the regulation to publish
       consumer confidence reports.

 2.     Population served by CWSs that will comply with the regulation to publish
       consumer confidence reports.
 Explanation:
 Data Source:
 Data Quality:
The number of community water systems is constantly
changing due to consolidation and other events that change
the size of the regulated universe.  By the 4th quarter of FY
2000 the total number of community water systems in the
U.S. had dropped to approximately 54,000, down from an
estimated universe of 55,000 a few years earlier, which the
Agency used to develop this measure.

Approximately 500 systems (< I % of the universe) did not
issue consumer confidence reports by the October 19,1999
deadline. These are very small systems, e.g., trailer parks.
States and EPA are working with these systems to provide
technical assistance and followed up with actions to assure
compliance.   Many of these systems have since provided the
information and EPA expects the remainder to comply with
this regulation in FY200I.

       The Safe Drinking Water Information  System
       (SDWIS) serves as the central repository for data on
       both the states' implementation of an  compliance with
       existing and new drinking water regulations. States
       and EPA regions (for "direct implementation" jurisdictions)
       enter data representing public water systems
       characteristics and drinking water monitoring into the
       SDWIS database.

       SDWIS has a full suite of software-based edit checks
          SO
         states
                                                          -55,00
                                                            0
                                                          249m
                                                                                      53,500
252.8
  IB
        Draft: 1/29/01
                              13

-------
     FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                 FY 2000
                                                                                           FY
                                                                                          1999
                                                                             Planned
                                                                                Actual
                  Actual
FY 2000 APG 58:
(FY1999)
             Process all submitted facility chemical release reports;
             publish annual summary of TRI data; provide improved
             information to the public about TRI chemicals; and
             maximize public access to TRI information.

                    Process 110,000 facility chemical release reports,
                    publish the Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) Data
                    Release Report, and provide improved information to
                    the public about TRI chemicals, enhancing community
                    right-to-know and efficiency processing information
                    from industry.
Performance Measures
1.      TRI Public Data Release
2.
Form R's Processed*
3.     TRIS database complete and report issued
Explanation: 1.
             2.
             There is a 15 -18 month data lag associated with the release of
             TRI data due to reporting cycles and data QA/QC. In FY 2000
             EPA issued The 1998 TRI Public Data Release Report (May
             11, 2000). TRI is a valuable source of information regarding
             toxic chemicals that are being used, manufactured, treated,
             transported, or released into the environment.  The most recent
             report included toxic release data from 7 additional industrial
             sectors. As a result of the inclusion of these 7 new sectors,
             together with the manufacturing industry, the total amount of
             toxic emissions reported in the U. S. was 7.3 billion pounds.
             Additional information on TRI can be found at:
             http ://www. epa. gov/tri.

             *The performance measure as stated above is inaccurate.
             Facilities are required to report their annual TRI data (Form Rs
             or Form As) to EPA by July of the following year. Form R, a
             detailed report of facility activity and emissions, is used when a
             facility has exceeded EPA established threshold levels.  Form
             A, a less detailed form, is used when a facility releases amounts
             of TRI chemicals that are below the established threshold. The
             Agency processes all the reports it receives. This includes
             Form Rs and Form As as well as revisions and the FY 1999 and
             FY 2000 results include Form Rs, Form As, and revisions. In
             FY 2000 the Agency processed 119,000 chemical submissions
             and revisions, which covered the calendar year 1999 reporting
                  117,17
                     1
   1

110,00

2/2001
                                                                                119,00
           on
         target
        Draft: 1/29/01
                                           14

-------
    Increase compliance with right-to-know reporting requirements by conducting 1,300 inspection and
    undertaking 200 enforcement actions.

    By 1999, complete five to seven monitoring pilot projects in Environmental Monitoring for Public
    Access and Community Tracking (BMPACT) cities, implement timely and high quality environmental
    monitoring technology in five to seven BMP ACT cities.
Draft: 1/29/01
15

-------
       GOAL 8: SOUND SCIENCE, IMPROVED UNDERSTANDING OF
  ENVIRONMENTAL RISK, AND GREATER INNOVATION TO ADDRESS
                        ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS

EPA will develop and apply the best available science for addressing current and future
environmental hazards, as well as new approaches toward improving environmental protection.
(FY 2000 Obligations = $265m)

OVERVIEW

       Sound science allows EPA to identify the most important sources of risk to human health
and the environment and therefore underpins the Agency's priorities and policies. It is critical that
research and scientific assessment be integrated with EPA's policy and regulatory activities.  As
the Agency addresses increasingly complex issues in the future, its research programs will
continue to provide the understanding and technologies needed to detect, abate, and avoid public
health and environmental problems.  Under Goal 8, EPA conducts core research to improve our
understanding of the fundamental principles underlying risk assessment and risk management.
Additionally, EPA conducts problem-driven research to address specific environmental risks
associated with a number of the other strategic goals, and descriptions of this research can be
found in the discussion of these goals.

       Goal 8 also highlights EPA's commitment to innovative, continuous improvement in how
the Agency conducts its business and accomplishes its mission. This commitment, for instance,
encourages the use of expert review and collaborative partnerships to ensure the highest level of
quality in the Agency's work.  Building on its scientific, economic, and regulatory research and
analysis activities, EPA strives to make environmental protection more flexible, efficient,  and
effective, while minimizing the burden on the regulated community.

FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

Understanding Ecosystems

       EPA's ecosystems research program serves a key integrative function by enhancing the
basic understanding of the processes that govern ecosystem function as well as the technology
needed to model those processes. In FY 2000 EPA continued to conduct research to develop the
scientific understanding needed to measure, model, maintain, and restore the integrity and
sustainability of ecosystems now and in the future. The Agency focused on developing verified
decision support tools and methods and technologies to improve or maintain ecosystem condition
at the watershed scale. Efforts included a methods manual for the collection of biological,
chemical, and physical habitat samples and a report on relationships between wetlands and
land-use patterns and the quality of streams and biotic communities in watersheds of the Lake
Superior Basin.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       In 1989, concurrent with the beginning of the Environmental Monitoring and Assessment
Program (EMAP), EPA began the Mid-Atlantic Integrated Assessment (MALA), to provide
integrated environmental assessment information as input into future environmental policy
decisions. Ten years of representative regional monitoring provided by EMAP have produced
several interim assessment products that decision-makers are already using.  These reports include
An Ecological Assessment of the United States Mid-Atlantic Region: A Landscape Atlas (1998)
and The Condition of the Mid-Atlantic Estuaries (1999). A report on the state of Mid-Atlantic
region highland streams was produced in FY 2000. The next phase of MALA is the Regional
Vulnerability Assessment (ReVA), part of EPA's FY 2000 initiative for the National Science and
Technology Council's cross-Agency Integrated Science for Ecosystem Challenges (ISEC). ReVA
will assess and compare current and future (up to 25 years hence) ecological vulnerabilities in the
region to improve targeting of restoration and risk reduction activities.
(http :/Avww. epa. gov/maia/html/reports.html)

       The Agency has also begun similar studies in the western United States and in coastal
areas across the nation using EMAP monitoring and sampling procedures developed for use in the
Mid-Atlantic region. For example, the Western EMAP Study will test the approach used by
MAIA on a larger scale in a region that contains ecosystems, such as arid zones, not found in the
Mid-Atlantic region. FY 2000 also marked the first year of the Coastal 2000 Initiative, a national
demonstration of the EMAP monitoring design that will provide  a comprehensive,  statistically
valid estimate of the health of the nation's estuaries.

Understanding and Detecting Risks to the Environment and Human Health

       Advances in the state of environmental science have illustrated that new risk assessment
methods are needed to investigate complex environmental and human health issues across EPA's
environmental protection programs. The unique susceptibilities of infants and children to
exposure to toxic substances is an example of such issues.

       The Agency is coordinating efforts to develop new methods, models, and measures to
address three major areas of scientific uncertainty in human health risk assessment:  (1) measuring
and modeling human exposure, (2) identifying or characterizing hazards and dose response, and
(3) characterizing and assessing variation in human exposure and susceptibility to disease. In
FY 2000 EPA developed risk assessment guidance and regional assessments for evaluating risks
to children exposed to environmental contaminants.  In addition, the Agency continued its support
of the eight pediatric research centers established in 1998 and issued a solicitation for proposals to
establish a ninth center to focus on non-asthma-related research issues, such as developmental
disorders.

       In recent years, EPA has begun moving toward a more proactive approach for protecting
human and environmental health by anticipating potential risks before they become major
concerns. FY 2000 research, for example, focused in part on endocrine disrupters. Specifically,
FY 2000 research products included protocols to screen pesticides and chemicals found in food
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
and drinking water sources for their potential to cause estrogenic and other endocrine effects.
EPA will use these methods to implement the screening and testing program requirements of the
Food Quality Protection Act and the Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1996. Further
research identified specific developmental and reproductive effects (and the mechanisms behind
them) caused by certain endocrine-disrupting chemicals.  Benefits of this work and similar efforts
will include an improved framework for Agency decision making, increased ability to anticipate
and perhaps deter serious environmental risks, and enhanced communication with the public and
other stakeholders.

       In addition to the developments in risk assessment data, EPA's efforts over the past year
produced further improvements in the economic information and methods available for use in the
Agency's analyses. In FY 2000 the Agency continued to convene workshops for its ongoing
economic research and policy  series, bringing economists together to explore important topics,
such as economic assessments of land use policies, community-based environmental decision-
making, and methods applied by different government agencies to characterize benefits from
enhanced food safety. EPA held additional workshops in collaboration with the Science Advisory
Board to better integrate the methods and tools used to assess and manage human health risks,
with a focus on characterizing cancer health effects.  Also, EPA and the National Science
Foundation supported a series of new economic research solicitations directed at such priorities as
market-based mechanisms and economic  incentives, corporate environmental performance and the
effectiveness of government intervention, and characterizing children's health benefits.

Understanding How to Prevent Pollution

       Research under Goal 8 has also focused on developing innovative pollution prevention
strategies and technologies. In FY 2000 EPA undertook research to develop methods and
decision tools that are more quantitative and easier for stakeholders and decision-makers to use
when considering pollution prevention strategies, including computer-based tools for chemical
and industrial processes. FY 2000 research also accelerated the adoption and incorporation of
pollution prevention technologies by developing, testing, and demonstrating techniques applicable
across economic sectors. In FY 2000 56 innovative technologies were verified through EPA's
Environmental Technology Verification Program, which evaluates the performance of pollution
prevention technologies that are ready for commercial application.

Testing Sector- and Facility-Based Innovations

       Another important program under Goal 8 is Project XL, which stands for "excellence and
leadership."  Project XL is a national initiative that tests innovative ways of achieving better and
more cost-effective public health and environmental protection. EPA is using the information
obtained and lessons learned from Project XL in redesigning its current regulatory and policy-
setting approaches. EPA met  its goal of 50 signed project agreements by the end of October
2000.  To increase  the opportunities for broader incorporation of innovative approaches into EPA
programs, the Agency is increasing its efforts to identify and develop pilot projects targeted to
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
specific programmatic needs. For example, Project XL is running a series of five projects
designed to test alternative approaches for streamlining the water pretreatment program.  There
are also several projects to test the value of bio-reactor technology for solid waste landfills. The
use of this technology could decrease emissions of landfill gas, accelerate waste decomposition,
enhance ground water protection, and increase the waste capacity of existing landfills. More
information on Project XL is available on the Internet at http://www. epa. gov/ProiectXL.  In FY
2000 the Agency developed the EPA Sector Program Plan 2001-2005, which has been endorsed
by external stakeholders and completes the integration of sector approaches into Agency core
programs.  The Plan includes continuation of the Metal Finishing  Strategic Goals Program in
which 400 facilities
in 21 states have, to
date, reduced sludge
shipments to landfills
by over 120 million
pounds,  wastewater
discharges by 380
million gallons, and
organic chemical
releases by 700,000
pounds.
    Distribution of RQI Projaota aoraaa Agenoy Qoala
     Enforcarnent & Compliance
             3.1%
Science & innovation
      14.8%
Riflht-to-Know
   15.7%
Clean Air
 13.0%
    Internationa!
       3.1%
        Claen Weate
          7.4%
                                                             Potlution Prevention
        In FY 2000
EP A's Regional
Geographic Initiative (RGI) supported 137 projects, of which 58 were new projects fostering
partnerships in additional parts of the country.  All of the projects support Agency initiatives;
contribute to at least one of the air, water,
 waste, toxics, and enforcement environmental goals; and support the overall national EPA
mandates. For example, Region 4's Chattanooga Air Toxics Study consolidated monitoring data
to develop a risk assessment contributing to Goal 1 air toxics characterization work. In addition,
Region 8's Missouri River Benthic Fish Study finished field work and moved into data analysis,
contributing to Goal 2 clean water efforts.

       Goal 8 efforts are geared toward providing field sampling, analytical and data management
support, and quality assurance to Agency programs nationwide. "Centers of Applied Science"
(CAS) reflect state-of-the-art, nationally recognized expertise responding to Agency and
stakeholder needs.  EPA continues to partner with other federal, state, and local agencies to
locate, assess, and share environmental data. These efforts build Agency capacity and assist
partner agencies by providing technical and analytical support and by converting environmental
data of sound and credible quality into useful decision-making information.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
Improving the Production and Use of Science at EPA Through the Science Advisory Board

       EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB) provides independent peer review advice to the
Administrator and Congress about the scientific underpinnings of Agency decisions to make a
positive difference in the production and use of science at EPA.  In FY 2000 the SAB conducted
reviews on key pollutants, including arsenic in drinking water and airborne paniculate matter; risk
assessment methodologies and methods, such as environmental technology verification; and
policies, including the use of data from the testing of human subjects.  The Board also held
workshops to develop ways to merge the social sciences with the biological, chemical,  and
physical sciences to inform Agency decisions. FY 2000 saw the publication of Toward Integrated
Environmental Decision-making. The recommendations of this SAB report
(http:/7www. epa.gov/sab/ecirpO 11. pdf) hold the promise  of a future of environmental protection
that integrates science—and the scientific community—into the broader social enterprise of
decision making in newer, more productive, more efficient ways.

SUMMARY OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

       In FY 2000 work under Goal 8 provided EPA with high-quality, peer-reviewed scientific
data, tools, and methodologies, as well as innovative approaches to protecting human health and
the environment. The Agency's research achievements enhanced the foundation of sound science
necessary to better understand environmental and human health risks. Furthermore, the body of
scientific knowledge to which EPA scientists contributed will enable greater innovation and
efficiency in addressing environmental problems.

       In summary, EPA made significant progress toward this strategic goal in FY 2000.  The
Agency continued to develop and apply the highest quality scientific methods and tools as it
sought solutions to this nation's most pressing public health and environmental problems. EPA
also looked to identify those areas that may pose hazards in the future. In addition, the Agency
continued to address environmental and human health issues through the use of new and
innovative approaches that are not only scientifically sound, but also effective, efficient, and
flexible.

PROGRAM EVALUATION

       During the past year, EPA has actively participated with the National Academy of Public
Administration in the Academy's evaluation of Agency and state reinvention efforts. The Agency
reviewed 17 commissioned studies and the Academy's draft report. The final report published in
November 2000 made sweeping recommendations to reinvigorate the whole environmental
regulatory framework and specifically addressed new approaches for such issues as watersheds,
emissions trading systems, adoption of environmental management systems, innovative approaches
to permitting, and Superfund reform, (http://www.napawash.org/napa%dex.html)
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE ON FY 2001 ANNUAL
PERFORMANCE PLAN

       Environmental research is long-term in nature, and its outcomes are often difficult to
predict. Research outcomes do not necessarily occur on a regular basis, but rather at sometimes
unexpected points over the lifetime of the work and beyond. A scientific model might yield
benefits when it is used in the development of an environmental standard some time after work on
the model has ended. Therefore, annual performance goals related to EPA's research programs
represent those points in time when Agency scientists and engineers hope their work will produce
noteworthy accomplishments.

       In FY 2000 EPA launched a multiyear planning initiative that charts these critical
junctures. This effort has the potential to dramatically streamline and improve the flow of
performance results into future research planning.  Under the initiative, Agency scientists have
formed work groups to develop multiyear plans (MYPs) for major research programs.  These
MYPs remain consistent with the Agency's Government Performance and Results Act structure
and identify long-term goals for various research strategies. MYPs also present a set of
measurable steps that enable achievement of the long-term goals. Although the MYPs cover a
period of at least 5 years, they are living documents that are updated annually. Multiyear planning
will allow EPA decision makers to better understand the impact of annual planning decisions on
future research efforts and resulting performance achievements.

TABLES OF RESULTS

The following tables of results includes performance results for the FY 2000 five Congressional
Annual Performance Goals that appear hi Goal 8.  In cases where the FY 2000 APG is associated
with an FY 1999 APG, the table includes the FY 1999 APG below the FY 2000 APG for ease in
comparing performance. Additionally, EPA is providing information on FY 1999 APGs for which
data was not available when the FY 1999 report was published as well as those FY 1999 APGs
that are not associated with any APGs in FY 2000.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
                          FY 2000 Annual Report
                  Annual Performance Goals and Measures
                             Tables of Results

     Goal 8 - Sound Science, Improved Understanding of Environmental Risk,
          and Greater Innovation to Address Environmental Problems
Summary of FY 2000 Performance
4J Goal Met LJLI Goal Mot Met | 0 (Other

FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY2000
Planned
Actual
FY 1999
Actual
1/2055, provide the scientific understanding to measure, mod«Łt maintain^ or restore, at oiultipte scales, the integrity and
FY 2000 APG 59: Report on monitoring findings in the Mid-Atlantic Region as a cost
effective means of measuring the condition of these systems.
(FY / 999) Complete and evaluate a multtiiered ecotogico/ monitoring system for the Mid-Atlantic
region and provide select land cover and aquatic indicators for measuring status and
trends (2001).
Performance Measures
- A final report on the extent and magnitude of fish tissue contamination in small, wadeable streams in the
Mid-Atlantic Region as means of identifying high risk areas.
- Final report on the relationship between rnacro-invertebrate and periphyton assemblages and chemical and
physical stressors to verify the applicability of these biological indicators in the Mid-Atlantic.
Explanation: Reports were completed on monitoring findings regarding fish tissue
contamination and biological indicators in the Mid-Atlantic Region. This research
supports the long-term goal to design a more cost-effective scientifically sound
environmental report card on these ecosystems in the future. The research also
supports further development of ecological and biological criteria, improved
designs for monitoring surface water quality, new indicators to assist in
diagnosing degraded streams, rivers and estuaries, and development of better
methods for evaluating improvements.
Data Source: Agency generated material.
Data Quality: As required by the Agency-wide formal peer review policy issued in 1 993, and
reaffirmed in 1994 and 1998, all major scientific and technical work products used
in Agency decision making are independently peer reviewed before their use.
EPA has implemented a rigorous process of peer review for both its in-house and
extramural research programs. Peer review panels include scientists and
engineers from academia, industry and other federal agencies.






1

1






















I

\


















Target
year is
FY200I




















Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY2000
Planned
Actual
FY 1999
Actual
•" s $'
By 108$, improve the scientific basis to Wentify, <3)aract«rlz«t assess, and manage eiwlronroerrtal exposures that pose the greatest!
health risks to the American pubHc by deveJtap&ig models and methodologies to integrate teforwatfow about exposures and eflfects;
firom muJtfpie pathways. .. , ' .-/:'
FY 2000 APG 60: Develop risk assessment guidance and regional assessments concerning
risks to children exposed to environmental contaminants.
Performance Measures
- Assess pesticide exposures to children in Washington, Minnesota, and Arizona.
- Report on the use of mechanistic data in developmental toxicity risk.
- Develop exposure factors handbook for children
Explanation: Two of the three critical performance measures supporting this annual
performance goal were completed on schedule. The Exposure Factors
Handbook was not completed due to the extension of the public comment
period. The final handbook will be released in FY 200 1 . Reports on the use of
mechanistic data in developmental toxicity risk assessment and assessments of
pesticide exposures to children in Washington, Minnesota, and Arizona, were
published in FY 2000.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 59
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 59
1
1
1
I
i
0
No
FYI999
APG
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY2000
Planned
Actual
FY 1999
Actual
|^20<%:estaMfcsN capability atttt mechanism* witWtv 8PA t» anticipate and fdentify environmental or other changes that may
p.ort*nd fotare risk, integrate Sutures pfenning Into ongoing programs, and promote coordinated preparation for and response to
cfcswge.
FY 2000 APG 6 1 : Develop tools to identify hazards and formulate strategies to manage
risks from exposure to endocrine disrupting chemicals (EDCs) capable
of inducing adverse effects in humans and wildlife.
(FY 1999) Initiate field exposure study of children to two endocrine disrupting chemicals.
Performance Measures
- Workshop report on Endocrine Disrupter Screening and Testing Advisory Committee (EDSTAC) screening
process for EDCs and application of the EDSTAC testing program for chemical hazard and risk assessment
- Characterization of environmental agents as risk factors in human prostate cancer.
- Reports on endocrine and other effects in exposed women and their offspring in a contaminated cohort.
- Reports on the molecular mechanisms underlying estrogen receptor functions in mice.
- Development and refinement of test methods for use in Tier 1 testing of potential EDCs.
- Development of amphibian assay for use in hazard identification.
Explanation: Tools were developed to help identify hazards and formulate strategies to
manage risks from exposure to EDCs. The finding of one report indicated that
daughters of mothers exposed to PBBs begin menarche earlier than daughters of
unexposed mothers. Methods were developed and refined for use in Tier 1
testing of potential EDCs. Reports were published on the molecular mechanisms
underlying estrogen receptor functions in ER knockout mice and on the
development of an amphibian assay used in hazard identification. A position
paper that helped determine the application of the EDSTAC testing program for
chemical hazard and risk assessment was published. Work characterizing
environmental agents as risk factors in human prostate cancer was delayed, but
did not prevent substantive achievement of this goal.
Data Source: Same as PY 2000 APG 59
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 59
1
1
2
2
2
1
J
0
2
2
2
I
Target
year is
FY2008
By 2
-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 62: Complete development of one or more computer-based tools which
simulate product, process, or system design changes, and complete
proof-of-process structure for one or more generic technologies
(applicable to more than one environmental problem) to prevent or
reduce pollution in chemicals and industrial processes.
Performance Measures
- Complete development of PARIS II Software tool to design environmentally benign solvents, and
development and integration of Waste Reduction (WAR) Algorithm into commercially available chemical
process simulator.
- Complete Beta testing of a decision support tool for life-cycle analyses of municipal waste management
options.
Explanation: EPA completed the development of two software programs: the PARIS II
Software, a tool to design environmentally benign solvents; and the WAR
Algorithm, v 1 .0, a commercially available chemical process simulator.
Furthermore, the beta testing of a decision support tool used in life cycle analysis
for municipal solid waste management options was completed.
Data Source: Same as FY 2000 APG 59
Data Quality: Same as FY 2000 APG 59
FY2000
Planned
9/30/00
9/30/00
Actual
9/30/00
9/30/00
FY 1999
Actual
No
FYI999
APG
By 200S, EPA wBl increase the mittibw <^i^pwtunt«Jes for and apjslicatlon* of s«ctor4»ased approaches td^vironmen&f
management by {$$& over (49& tevek.
FY 2000 APG 63: All 50 Project XL projects will be in implementation.
(FY 1 999) 50 Project excellence and Leadership (XL) Projects will be in development or
implementation , an increase of 23 projects over / 998.
Explanation: There are 50 XL projects in place and entering the implementation phase.
Data Source: Manual system.
Data Quality: Data are manually verified.
50
SO
24
Draft: 1/29/01
10

-------
FY I999APG:



Explanation:

Data Source:

Data Quality:
Develop and verify innovative methods and models for assessing the
susceptibilities of population to environmental agents, aimed at enhancing risk
assessment and management strategies and guidelines.
Target year
    is
 FY 2008
                                         FY 1999 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS
               Analyze existing monitoring data for acid deposition and Ultraviolet-B (DVB) and implement a multiple site UVB monitoring system
               for measuring status and trends.

               Provide ecological risk assessment case studies for two watersheds, final guidelines for reporting ecological risk assessment, and
               ecological risk assessment guidance and support.

               Produce first generation exposure models describing residential exposure to pesticides.

               Improve Computational Efficiency of Fine Particulate Model by 25%.
          Draft: 1/29/01
                                      11

-------
    GOAL 9: A CREDIBLE DETERRENT TO POLLUTION AND GREATER
                          COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAW

EPA will ensure full compliance with laws intended to protect human health and the environment.
(FY 2000 Obligations = $373 m)

OVERVIEW

       Protecting the public and the environment from risks posed by violations of environmental
requirements is basic to EPA's mission. By utilizing tools such as assistance designed to prevent
violations, incentives to motivate compliance, and enforcement actions to correct violations and
deter others, EPA obtains continuous improvement in compliance with standards, permits, and
other requirements. As a result, human health is protected, environmental risks are mitigated, and
regulated facilities do a better job of environmental management.

       In partnership with the states  and Federally-recognized tribes, EPA's enforcement and
compliance assurance program regulates approximately eight million entities that range from
community drinking water systems to pesticide users to major industrial facilities. Compliance
data are maintained for approximately 1.7 million of these facilities. These include municipal
sewage treatment plants, large manufacturing and industrial operations, and hazardous waste
treatment and storage facilities. The remaining 6.5 million entities range from small business
facilities to individual property owners. The variety of regulatory requirements under the various
environmental statutes and the large and diverse universe of regulated entities require that EPA
use a variety of tools and strategies to maximize compliance.

       EPA addresses compliance problems through a comprehensive, strategic compliance
assurance approach. This approach includes a strong program of compliance monitoring, civil and
criminal enforcement, compliance incentives and compliance assistance. The Agency's experience
has shown that use of these  tools in a strategic, targeted way will address noncompliance most
effectively. A strong enforcement effort provides the foundation for the national compliance
program, motivates regulated entities to seek assistance and use  incentive policies, and  provides
fairness in the marketplace by ensuring that noncomplying facilities do not gain an unfair
competitive advantage.

       As a result of the delegation authority provided for by most statutes, state, tribal, and local
governments bear much of the responsibility for ensuring the compliance of regulated facilities
and other entities. Nationally, on average, states conduct over 80 percent of all inspections and
are responsible for 84 percent of formal enforcement actions. States also are the primary vehicle
for delivering on-site compliance assistance to regulated sources. States report on these activities
through national data systems that provide EPA with enforcement and compliance data to
promote effective decision-making and ensure expanded public access to this information.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

       FY 2000 was a successful year for EPA as the national enforcement and compliance
program met or exceeded 80 percent of its annual performance goals. In doing so, EPA made
great strides toward meeting its mission of protecting human health and safeguarding the natural
environment.

Enforcing the Law, Achieving Results

       Enforcement actions brought by EPA against a noncomplying facility often result in a
reduction in the amount of
pollutants the facility
discharges to the air, water, or
land. EPA'sFY 2000
enforcement actions required
reduction or prevention of
                                                Key Enforcement Outcomes
                                Enforcement cases concluded in FY 2000 produced the following results:
                               -1.5 billion pounds of pollutants were reduced or treated;
                               - 75 percent of enforcement actions required various improvements in
                                environmental management;
   .   •       ,.  ,        ,.      -Violators spent $1.6 billion to return to compliance; and
                   °           - Violators spent $55.8 million on other environmentally beneficial
                                 projects as part of case settlements.
 estimated 334 million pounds
 of pollutants and required the
 treatment of an additional 1.3 billion pounds of contaminated soils, sediments, or water.
 Concluded enforcement actions also require changes hi facility practices that bring environmental
 improvements. In FY 2000 approximately 14 percent of concluded enforcement actions required
 improvements hi the use or handling of pollutants, such as changes hi industrial processes or
 storage and disposal practices to achieve emission and discharge reductions. Approximately
 another 61 percent required improvements hi facility environmental management practices,
 including testing, training, labeling, and overall improvements to environmental management
 systems. In FY 2000 polluters were required to spend more than $1.6 billion to correct violations,
 known as "injunctive relief', and take additional steps to protect the environment. Settlement of
 enforcement cases also produces supplemental environmental projects (SEPs) hi which violators
 perform additional projects in exchange for a penalty reduction. In FY 2000 SEPs totaled $55.8
 million, with Clean Air Act settlements accounting for 52 percent of the total.

       The Agency uses compliance inspections, investigations and other assessments to
 determine the compliance status of regulated facilities. In FY 2000 EPA conducted 20,123
 inspections and 660 intensive civil compliance investigations. These inspections and investigations
 resulted hi the identification of a number of serious environmental violations, including, but not
 limited to, pollutant releases not allowed by permit, illegal storage of hazardous waste, and
 discharge of oil hi harmful quantities. Where necessary, EPA addresses  noncompliance with an
 enforcement action appropriate to the violation. In FY 2000 EPA took  a total of 5,791 civil
judicial and administrative enforcement actions, the highest number taken hi the past 10 years.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
       In FY 2000 EPA took many enforcement actions that addressed high-risk violations of
regulations designed to protect public health and the environment and that led to environmental
improvements. A few examples follow:

       As the result of a settlement agreement between EPA and Willamette Industries, the
       release of approximately 27,000 tons of pollutants to the air will be prevented. The
       agreement covers 13 facilities in four states for violations of Clean Air Act provisions
       designed to ensure that air quality does not deteriorate in areas that have previously been
       deemed to have clean air. The company will pay the largest Clean Air Act civil penalty
       ever assessed for factory emissions of air pollution — $11.2 million — which will be shared
       with the three states joining EPA in the action.

•      Koch Industries, a petroleum refining firm, agreed to pay a record fine of $30 million to
       improve its leak-prevention programs and spend $5 million on environmental projects for
       very serious violations of the Clean Water Act stemming from oil spills in six states. Most
       of the spills were caused by the corrosion of pipelines in rural areas resulting in an
       estimated 3 million gallons of crude oil and other products leaking into ponds, lakes,
       rivers, streams and shorelines.

•      In November 1999 the Agency filed lawsuits against seven of the nation's largest power
       generating companies. The filings resulted from one of the Agency's largest investigations
       targeted at reducing the emissions of nitrogen oxides and sulfur dioxide to the air and
       enforcing the requirements of the Clean Air Act. The lawsuits filed alleged that the seven
       companies' 32 coal fired power plants had been upgraded without adding the needed air
       pollution controls and that the power plants illegally released massive amounts of air
       pollutants contributing to some of the most severe environmental problems facing the
       nation today. The first case settled after the November filings was with the Tampa Electric
       Company (TECO).  Based on the settlement, emissions of nitrogen oxide (NOx) and
       sulfur dioxide (SO2) will be reduced by 190,000 tons  annually. The TECO settlement will
       result in the company installing "best available control technology" (BACT) at all ten coal-
       fired power plant units at a cost estimated to be approximately $1 billion, along with
       additional injunctive relief of approximately $10 million and a civil penalty of $3.5 million.

       EPA's criminal enforcement program addresses violations that are the result of deliberate
or negligent actions. In FY 2000, 477 in-depth criminal investigations were targeted at the most
serious and dangerous violators of environmental laws, resulting in 204 cases referred to the
Department of Justice for criminal prosecution. Additionally,  in criminal cases concluded in
FY 2000, violators received 146 total years of jail time. One of the most serious criminal cases
involved an Idaho man who received the heaviest federal environmental sentence ever for
knowingly  exposing employees to cyanide - 17 years for four federal violations. One employee in
his 20s was left with permanent brain damage from exposure  to deadly cyanide gas. In addition to
jail time, the defendant was ordered to immediately pay the victim approximately $6 million in
restitution and pay EPA over $300,000 for cleanup costs.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
                           !TiTiWnTfff!'r"iii!ii
       In FY 2000 the Agency put into place several outcome measures that allow the Agency to
evaluate the compliance behavior of the regulated community. For example, to assess the
Agency's effectiveness in deterring recurrence of significant noncompliance problems, EPA is
now establishing a baseline for the percentage of significant violators with recurring significant
violations within two years of returning to compliance. The percentage of facilities with recurring
significant violations of the Clean Air Act (CAA) is 20.9 percent, for the Clean Water Act (CWA)
53.5 percent, and for the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) 18.1 percent. EPA is
now also measuring the time taken by significant violators to return to compliance or begin
implementing enforceable agreements:  1.16 years for CWA and 0.97 years for RCRA (final data
are not yet available for the CAA). EPA uses this information to determine how the regulated
community responds to being found in significant noncompliance with the law. A pilot project to
establish statistically valid noncompliance rates for selected regulated populations was undertaken
in FY 2000 and will be expanded in FY 2001. This effort is verifying the compliance status of
selected industries and providing a baseline for performance measurement in future years. EPA
                                                                will build on these results to
                                                                measure changes in behavior
                                                                as a result of targeted
                                                                enforcement and compliance
                                                                assurance activities.

                                                                Increasing Compliance
                                                                Through Incentives and
                                                                Assistance

                                                                       EPA promotes the
                                                                voluntary compliance of the
                                                                regulated community through
                                                                a program of incentives and
                                                                assistance. The Agency has
                                                                two significant incentives
                                                                policies which are designed to
                                                                address different groups of the
                                                                regulated community — the
                                                                Audit/Self-Policing Policy and
                                                                the Small Business Policy.
                                                                These policies provide
                                                                incentives for regulated
                                                                facilities to detect, disclose,
                                                                and correct environmental
                                                                violations and they produce
                                                                excellent results. These results
                                                                are reflected in the FY 2000
                                                                self-disclosures — 346
                    Audit Initiative Improves
                   Community Right-To-Know

       Since 1988, Toxics Release Inventory (TRI) provisions of the
    Emergency Planning and Community Right To Know Act
    (EPCRA) Section 313 has required the reporting of nitric acid
    treatment and "coincidental manufacture"of nitrates.  EPA was
    concerned that nitrate discharges were not being reported by
    certain industries, even though the Agency disseminated
    instructions and guidance about nitrate reporting under TRI. Such
    discharges can adversely affect local water quality and drinking
    water sources.
       EPA focused on six industry sectors in which under-reporting
    was suspected, first offering companies the opportunity to disclose
    and correct violations under the Audit Policy or the Small
    Business Policy. Sixty days later, EPA sent letters to 600
    companies that did not utilize the audit policies, offering the
    opportunity to provide the nitrate reports for a reduced penalty.
    EPA also offered the option of additional penalty reduction for
    those facilities that would conduct a facility audit for other EPCRA
    reporting violations.
       More than 130 companies reported using the audit or small
    business policies, 350 companies agreed to report and pay a
    reduced penalty, and more than 1,000 facilities will report and
    audit for EPCRA compliance. Participants in the initiative have
    filed over 5,000 TRI reports totaling more than 50 million pounds
    of nitrate compounds as a result of this and other EPA initiatives.
    Communities will now have access to more  information on the
    discharges of nitrates and other substances from local plants.
Draft:  1/29/01

-------
companies reported violations at 2,145 facilities.

       The Small Business Compliance Policy provides penalty waivers to small businesses
which, following the policy's criteria, voluntarily discover, disclose and correct a violation.
FY 2000 modifications to the policy expanded the situations in which a business could use this
tool to cover any voluntarily discovered violations not limited to those from on-site surveys or
audits. The updated policy also extends the disclosure period from 10 to 21 days, allowing small
businesses more time to consider the policy, resolve any questions they may have, and prepare
their disclosure letter.

       EPA has developed a wide range of tools and services that improve understanding and
provide compliance assistance. The Agency reached 455,581 entities in FY 2000 through various
activities: on-site visits, hotlines, workshops, training, and distribution of compliance assistance
tools.  The tools provided to  the entities included sector guides, fact sheets, and compliance
checklists. The entities included regulated facilities, states, trade associations, compliance
assistance providers, the general public,
universities and nonprofit organizations.
Recipients often access this Agency
information via different pathways.
                                                    CDnplianceAsadanceCertEfsflctiMtyTrere
                                           40000
                                            5QOQ
                                             Jm-SB /fer-SB JO-SB OMB Ja>» ffr-SB JO-SB Ctt-» JenfD ffr-CO
       In FY 2000 EPA continued to
support the ten Internet-based
Compliance Assistance Centers created to
help small and medium-sized businesses,
local governments, and federal facilities
understand and comply with their
regulatory obligations. In FY 2000 the
Centers were visited over 400,000 times
by their target audiences and the public,
an increase of 65 percent from FY 1999. These visits included over 1 million requests for web
pages and targeted compliance documents.

       EPA regions conducted ten projects for which they measured outcomes of compliance
assistance activities. The projects involved a combination of workshops, on-site assistance, and
written assistance. EPA surveyed project participants and learned that on average, 77 percent of
responding recipients indicated an increased understanding and awareness of regulations as a
result of the assistance provided. Also, 64 percent of the responding recipients indicated that they
took at least one action to comply with the environmental regulations as a result of the assistance
received.

       EPA also provides support to regulatory partners through development of user-friendly
guides, reference materials, assisted inspections, and training. To enhance the expertise of state
and tribal inspectors, EPA conducted 713 assisted inspections. In addition, the Agency conducted
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
154 training classes or seminars for states, localities, and tribes to improve their ability to identify
and reduce noncompliance. EPA also provided 34 states with direct access to its user-friendly On-
line Targeting and Information System, exceeding EPA's target of 21 states, to provide states
with enhanced information about noncompliance patterns.

SUMMARY OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

       EPA's FY 2000 performance in the enforcement and compliance program reflects strong
progress in achieving the goal of a credible deterrent to pollution. The program relies on
traditional measures coupled with new outcome-oiented measures to evaluate progress and
document results.  In FY 2000 the program recorded high levels of performance in inspections
and enforcement actions, and record levels for delivering compliance assistance, promoting self-
disclosures and delivering compliance tools.  These  activities all contributed to EPA greatly
exceeding the target for real environmental results: pounds of pollutants reduced. The program
also established several key baselines from which to evaluate the future environmental results of
our actions. The enforcement and compliance program is maintaining a strong foundation and
integrating innovative approaches to ensure full compliance with laws intended to protect public
health and the environment.

STRENGTHENING PROGRAM INTEGRITY THROUGH IMPROVED MANAGEMENT

       As a result of concerns about data quality and the age and usefulness of EPA enforcement
and compliance data systems, EPA initiated a process to modernize data systems which would
result in the integration of enforcement and compliance information from various media.  This
effort has been carefully coordinated with the Agency's broader effort to address data integration
and modernization across the Agency.

       A particular area of focus for EPA is the Clean Water Act Permit Compliance System
(PCS). OECA has worked with the states to define problems and revisions needed to PCS that
are critical to effective National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) program
management and oversight. In partnership with the states, EPA is reengineering the PCS system
to better address current requirements of the NPDES permitting and enforcement programs and
to meet the new Office of Water initiatives such as tracking reduced pollutant loadings, capturing
information on storm water sources, and assessing the health of individual watersheds.

PROGRAM EVALUATION

       Pesticides: Improvements Needed to Ensure the Safety of Farmworkers and their
Children. In response to a request from Congress, the GAO issued a report (RCED-00—40) in
March 2000 on issues related to the safety of children who may be exposed to pesticides in
agricultural settings. The report recommended (1) improving data on acute pesticide illnesses, (2)
taking steps to protect children younger than 12 years old who work in agriculture or are
otherwise present in pesticide-treated fields, (3) completing the documentation on the adequacy of


Draft: 1/29/01                              6

-------
EPA's Worker Protection Standard entry intervals for children 12 years old or younger who work
in agriculture, and (4) strengthening EPA's oversight of the states' implementation and
enforcement of the Standard. The Agency initiated a review of national, regional, and state
enforcement of the Standard. Using a newly developed Standard protocol, EPA is currently
engaged in regional and state reviews to assess whether changes are needed to the implementation
and oversight of the Standard to protect the health of farmworkers and their children.

ASSESSMENT OF FY 2000 IMPACTS ON THE FY 2001 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE PLAN

       Performance in FY 2000 largely met or exceeded expectations. In a few areas, EPA has
adjusted performance targets for FY 2001. For example, the amount of pollutant reduction from
concluded enforcement actions is significantly increased, as are the number of inspections.
Additionally, there were several new measures in FY 2000 where it proved more difficult than
anticipated to arrive at an accurate first-time count of results. Examples are the percent of
inspections and investigations (civil and criminal) conducted at priority areas and the number of
EPA-assisted inspections to build enforcement capacity for states and tribes.

       The Agency is continuing to improve APGs and performance measures for Goal 9,
reflecting more experience in measuring enforcement and compliance assurance activities.  In
FY 2000 the program successfully established baselines for: timelines for return to compliance by
significant violators, percent of significant violators with recurrent significant violations, and
statistically valid compliance rates on permit exceedances based on self-reported information from
the regulated community. EPA is using this information for new performance measurement in
FY2001.

       In addition to these new outcome-oriented performance measures, the Agency has also
added measures in FY 2001 for the number of concluded enforcement actions that result in
improvements in facility management and information practices, and training to build enforcement
capacity for tribal and state personnel. Also, measures are refined for voluntary self-disclosure
and violation correction, as well as with the  handling of hazardous waste import and export
notices.

TABLES OF RESULTS

       The following tables of results includes performance results for the FY  2000 five
Congressional Annual Performance Goals that appear in Goal 9.  In cases where the FY 2000
APG is associated with an FY 1999 APG, the table includes the FY 1999 APG below the
FY 2000 APG for ease in comparing performance. Additionally, EPA is providing information on
FY 1999 APGs that are not associated with any APGs in FY 2000.
Draft: 1/29/01                              7

-------
                                                          FY 2000 Annual Report
                                               Annual Performance Goals and Measures
                                                              Tables of Results

                       Goal 9- A Credible Deterrent to Pollution and  Greater Compliance with the Law
      Summary of FY 2000 Performance

   | Goal Net   |  II  Goai Not Mat   I  01 Other
                      FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                                    FY2000
                                                                                                              Planned
                                                                                                Actual
                                                                                                            FYI999
             Actual
                                      mplianceinMgti priority jwogram areas, whife maintaining )
                                                                program areas.
FY 2000 APG 64:
(Ff 1999)
Deter and reduce noncompliance and achieve environmental and human health
improvements by maintaining a strong, timely and active enforcement
presence. EPA will direct enforcement actions to maximize compliance and
address environmental and human health problems; 75% of concluded
enforcement actions will require environmental or human health improvements
such as pollution reduction, etc.

Deter noncompliance by maintaining levels of field presence and enforcement actions, particularly in
high risk areas and/or where populations are disproportionately exposed. In 1999, EPA will conduct
15,000 inspections and undertake 2,600 enforcement actions.
Performance Measures
- Estimated pounds of pollutants reduced (aggregate)
- Percent of actions which require pollutant reductions
- Establish statistically valid noncompliance rates or other indicators for selected environmental problems
- Establish a baseline to measure percentage of significant violators with reoccurring significant violations within two years of
returning to compliance
- Establish a baseline to measure average length of time for significant violators to return to compliance or enter enforceable
plans/agreements
- Produce report on the number of civil and criminal enforcement actions initiated and concluded
Explanation:
EPA met its overall goal with 75% of concluded enforcement actions requiring
environmental and human health improvements. Approximately 14 percent of concluded
enforcement actions required improvements in the use or handling of pollutants, such as
changes in industrial processes or storage and disposal practices to achieve emission and
discharge reductions. Approximately another 61 percent required improvements in facility
environmental management practices, including, testing, training,, labeling, and overall
improvements to environmental management systems. In managing for environmental
results, EPA exceeded the target of pounds of pollutants reduced and treated as a result of
enforcement actions. In addition, EPA required treatment of 13 billion pounds of
contaminated soils, sediments and water. The Agency will report several new performance
measures in FY 2001 on the outcomes resulting from concluded enforcement actions. The
percent of overall actions that required pollutant reductions fell below the target. (EPA is
revising this target for FY 2002). This is partly because, in fulfilling a new regulatory
requirement, drinking water utilities were required to provide consumer confidence reports
(CCR) on the quality of their drinking water. Until most states assume delegation for this
program in FY 2001, EPA had made this an enforcement  priority.  (In FY 1999 there were
313 settlements; this grew to 2,134 settlements in FY 2000.) As these enforcement actions
result in CCR publication rather than direct pollutant reduction, the percentage of actions
that required pollutant reductions fell below the target.
(Continued on next page)
                                                                                   300m
                                                                                    35
                                                                                     5
                                                                                     I

                                                                                     I
324m
 E2.6
  5
  j

  i
                                                                                                                                         3,935
           Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Data Source: Regional offices calculate the results of enforcement actions and enter the information in the
DOCKET system. DOCKET tracks EPA civil, judicial and administrative enforcement
actions. The Permit Compliance System tracks permit and enforcement actions on effluent
discharges. The Air Facility Sources System captures emission compliance and permit data
for major stationary sources and air pollution. The Resource Conservation and Recovery
Information System is a national database that supports the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) program and contains information on entities that are engaged in
hazardous waste generation and management activities regulated under the hazardous waste
part of RCRA.
Data Quality: EPA manages 14 national data systems containing enforcement and compliance data. The
Agency has concerns about the quality and completeness of data, ability of existing systems
to meet data needs, and incompatible database structures/designs. EPA has begun to
address data quality, is committed to data integration and modernization efforts, and
believes promoting greater public access to data will result in improved data quality. As part
of the FY 2002 - 2003 Memorandum of Agreement process between the HQ program
offices and EPA's regional offices, the Agency is placing greater emphasis on strengthening
data quality.
In FY 2000 the Agency continued to modernize its data systems and completed the concept
and requirements phase for the new Integrated Compliance Information System (ICIS). ICIS
will be an integrated enforcement and compliance data management system that will support
core information needs. ICIS will track facility inspections, violations and enforcement
actions, as well as address more complex needs for compliance assistance tracking,
multimedia planning, targeting and evaluations. As EPA migrates data into ICIS, the data will
undergo quality control.
FY 2000 APG 65: Ensure compliance with legal requirements by assuring that hazardous waste
exports from the U.S. are properly handled. Implement U.S. international
commitments, and gain enforcement and compliance cooperation with other
countries, especially along U.S. borders (Mexico/Canada).
Performance Measures
- Ensure compliance with legal requirements by assuring that hazardous waste exports from the U.S. are properly handled
(Number of import and export notices filed and reviewed)
Explanation: EPA met the goal of ensuring compliance with legal requirements for hazardous waste
exports by reviewing and responding to all submitted waste import/export notifications.
EPA revised this annual goal and performance measure in FY 2001 to reflect better the EPA
review and response to the notices for transboundary movement of hazardous wastes.
Data Source: The Hazardous Waste Export System maintains manual reports submitted by U.S exporters.
The Waste Import Tracking System maintains manual reports submitted by Foreign
governments.
Data Quality: Hazardous waste import/export notifications are self-reported. Self-reported data are
subject to bias. EPA works with the \JS. Customs Service to ensure the quality of data and
compliance by exporters/importers with legal requirements.
FY2000
Planned
1,500
Actual
i»5»4
FYI999
Actual
No
FY 1999
APG
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY 2000 APG 66: EPA will conduct 1 3,500 inspections, 500 criminal investigations, and 1 50 civil
investigations, 50% of which are targeted at priority areas.
(FY / 999) Deter noncomplionce by maintaining kvek of field presence and enforcement actions, particularly in
high risk areas and/or where populations are disproportionately exposed. In 1 999, EPA will conduct
15,000 inspections and undertake 2,600 enforcement actions.
Performance Measures
- Number of EPA inspections
- Number of civil investigations
- Number of criminal investigations
- Percent of inspections and investigations (civil and criminal) conducted at priority areas
Explanation: This goal was not met in entirety. Actual inspections surpassed targets and this target
increases for FV 200 1 . The Agency exceeded the target for civil investigations because of
investigations in the new media enforcement areas of the Oil Pollution Act and the
Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act. EPA fell short of the target for
criminal investigations due to an Agency hiring freeze. For the major media programs, the
percentage of inspections in high priority areas were: Clean Air Act - 38% Clean Water
Act - 34%; and Resource Conservation and Recovery Act - 35%. The annual goal and
measure that relate to the percentage of inspections and investigations conducted at priority
areas proved difficult to define and calculate, and is not a measure in FY 200 1 .
Data Source: The Integrated Data for Enforcement Analysis (IDEA) System integrates data from major
enforcement and compliance systems (e.g, PCS, AFS, RCRIS), including data from states.
Data Quality: See APG 64, first paragraph.
FY2000
Planned
13,500
ISO
500
50
Actual
28J23
660
477
15
FYI999
Actual
11.416
3.S3S
Draft: 1/29/01
10

-------
                       FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                                         FY2000
                                                                                                                   Planned
                                                                                                    Actual
                                                                                                                FYI999
                                                                                                                                              Actual
FY2000APG 67:
(FY (999)
Improve capacity of states, localities and tribes to conduct enforcement and
compliance assurance programs. EPA will provide grants, guidance documents,
training, classes and seminars, and assist with selected inspections.

Assist states and tribes with their enforcement and compliance assurance and' incentive programs.
EPA vw// provide specialized assistance and training including 83 courses, to state and tribal officials
to enhance the effectiveness of their programs.
               218
Performance Measures
- Number of EPA-assisted inspections to build capacity
- Number of EPA training classes/seminars delivered to states/localities and tribes to build capacity
                                                                                        100
                                                                                        200
  E54
Explanation:
 Data Source:
 Data Quality:
EPA met its overall goal to improve capacity of states, localities and tribes. EPA significantly
exceeded its target of conducting EPA-assisted inspections to build capacity. State/tribal
partners often request that EPA accompany them when they undertake enforcement and
compliance assurance site visits. EPA exceeded the target for this first-time measure due to
difficulty in defining EPA-assisted inspections. EPA missed its target for delivering training
classes/seminars to state/localities and tribes due to budget constraints but reached the
comparable number of students as in FY 1999 through distribution of computer-based and
video-based training products.  EPA is adding new measures in FY 2001 including the
number of tribal personnel trained and the number of computer-based training modules
developed.

Manual system.  Reports on EPA-assisted inspections are completed by regional staff and
tracked by Headquarters. Manual reports also provide information to National Enforcement
Training Institute's (NET!) course information management systems and the NET! registrar.

Data are manually verified.
                                          vofontary «o«p)i»ftefeWiat*«*vi«)(«««9taJ re^ft^w«Btsthro^«owp1iaiKfeir«*neww an-a assistance
                                                                     programs.
 FY 2000 APG: 68:
 Increase entities self-policing and self-correction of environmental problems
 through use of EPA incentive policies: small business, small community and
 audit policies over FY 1997 levels.
 Performance Measure
 - Number of facilities that self-disclose potential violations
 Explanation:
Data Source:

Data Quality:
EPA exceeded its goal of increasing entities' self-policing and self-correction of
environmental problems because of unexpected increases in the number of facilities using
the policies. Increased publicity about the modified policies and Agency initiatives —
especially those involving companies with multiple facilities nationwide — and the
cooperation of these companies, contributed to the successful outcome. EPA revised this
measure for FY 2001 to reflect the completion of settlements with facilities to voluntarily
self-disclose and correct violations. However, EPA does not expect the large one-time
increase in number of self-disclosures in FY 2000 to stay at that same high  level in FY 2001.
EPA will expand efforts to specifically encourage disclosure from companies suspected of
having serious violations, which, as a class, occur less frequently and require more complex
analysis to address.

The DOCKET System tracks EPA civil, judicial and administrative enforcement actions.

This is the first year of relying on the DOCKET system for the data. EPA is in the process of
assessing data quality and identifying any necessary changes.	
                                                                                       346
2,145
              No
             FY  1999
              APG
           Draft: 1/29/01
                                             11

-------
      Target high priority areas for enforcement and compliance assistance and complete baseline data assessment in major databases needed to measure
      quality of key indicators of compliance. The Agency will identify five high priority areas and improve two data systems.

      Increase regulated community's use of compliance incentives and their understanding of, and ability to comply with, regulatory requirements.  The Agency
      will continue to operate nine small business compliance assistance centers and will complete sector notebooks, guides, and other outreach materials
      begun in FY 1998.
Draft:  1/29/01
12

-------
                     GOAL 10:  EFFECTIVE MANAGEMENT
EPA will establish a management infrastructure that will set and implement the highest quality
standards for effective management and fiscal responsibility (FY 2000 Obligations = $43 9m)

OVERVIEW

       EPA management provides vision, leadership, and support for all Agency programs. The
effectiveness of EPA's management and the delivery of administrative services will determine, in
large measure, the Agency's success in achieving its environmental mission.  Sound leadership,
proactive human resources management, rational policy guidance, innovation, quality customer
service, consultation with stakeholders, results-based planning and budgeting, and fiscal
responsibility provide the foundation for everything EPA does to advance the protection of human
health and the environment.  In addition, work under Goal 10 ensures that EPA's management
systems and processes will be supported by independent evaluations that promote operational
integrity and efficient, effective programs. As stated in the Overview and Analysis, EPA has
made progress in strengthening results-based management through completion of its first full
planning  and accountability cycle under the Government Performance and Results Act and is
working to promote more outcome-oriented goals and measures.  EPA has made significant
progress  in ensuring the security of its financial systems consistent with the Federal Financial
Management Improvement Act.

       In fulfilling its managerial commitments, the Agency focuses on five overarching priorities:
managing human capital, streamlining business processes and meeting customer needs, investing
in infrastructure, protecting children's health, and improving management and program
operations.

FY 2000 PERFORMANCE
Managing Human Capital

       The Agency faces a number of
challenges in managing its human capital
resources, including:  the expected
retirement of a large number of senior
employees that threatens to deplete EPA's
pool of critical skills; the need to retain and
recruit a highly skilled and diverse
professional and technical staff; providing
employees with the competencies they need
to effectively address the Agency's strategic
goals; and building a sense of community
                Values
EPA respects and values integrity, the
trust and confidence of the public,
diversity of cultures and thinking,
competence, innovation, continuous
learning, and sound science. We treat
our people fairly and with respect,
and encourage a spirit of teamwork
and the consistent practice of these
values.
Source: Human Capital Strategy
 1/29/01
1

-------
where differences are recognized as contributions to the whole.

       To address these issues the Agency drafted a strategic plan for investing in human
resources, the "Strategy for Human Capital." The "Strategy" represents the first time that the
Agency has developed a strategic direction for investing in and managing the Agency's human
resources.  To support this Strategy, the Agency has:

       Tested five pilot training courses to provide Agency mid-level managers with the
       competencies they need to successfully support the EPA mission.
       Implemented the Agency's Hispanic and Asian Outreach Strategies to enhance the  career
       development and recruitment of Hispanics and Asians in federal employment.
•      Recruited the third class of interns, who will provide the Agency with a diverse, high-
       potential cadre of future leaders.
       Completed a Labor Relations Strategic Plan that established specific targets for the
       Agency managers and union representatives to work on over the next 12 months.

       In FY 2000 the Agency made inroads in promoting diversity and fairness in EPA's
workplace by tasking managers and employees to continue to work collaboratively in
accomplishing diversity action plan goals and ensuring review of the Agency's hiring, promotion,
and award practices. The plan also ensured that EPA employees were trained in working with
tribes on a government-to-government basis to enhance the environmental protection of tribes and
tribal lands. In FY 2001 the Agency will invest additional resources and manpower to address
Title VI administrative complaints and Title VTI discrimination complaints in an effort to reduce
the backlogs that have grown in recent years.

Streamlining Business Processes  and Meeting Customer Needs

       In FY 2000 EPA took a number of steps to streamline and automate the Agency's
administrative systems and processes to provide the  best customer service at the least cost and
burden to the taxpayer.  For example, EPA is automating the entire travel reimbursement process,
a significant reduction in administrative burden.  This year, EPA earned a government-wide award
in recognition of its efforts, along with several other agencies, to implement an online system that
allows employees to view and update many payroll and benefits options such as health plan
choices.  The Agency also made substantial progress in replacing its aging payroll system,  and
efforts are now underway to replace the Integrated Financial Management System. In addition,
EPA developed a financial data warehouse to improve Agency access to a range of financial and
program data in order to better manage programs. EPA also reduced administrative burden and
improved customer service by consolidating several  local payment functions, and the resources
saved were redirected to support environmental goals.

       In the area of financial management, two major accomplishments have improved EPA's
ability to set priorities and manage.  First, a major new accounting methodology adopted for the
Superfund Trust Fund will increase cost recoveries for that program and serve as a model  for
1/29/01

-------
indirect cost accounting in other programs. Second, EPA continues to take aggressive steps to
promptly redirect unspent funds from inactive contracts and assistance agreements to other site
response activities where funding is needed. For example, in FY 2000 the Agency redirected
about $166 million in unspent funds within the Superfund Program.

       Increased use of automation continues to improve EPA's ability to manage for results,
reduce burden, and gain efficiencies.  The Agency added cost accounting features to its Budget
Automation System in FY 2000 so that the system more clearly links budgetary resources with
the achievement of environmental results. Measurable results of EPA's automation efforts include
$775,000 in rebates and discounts for prompt payment earned in FY 2000, as well as continued
reduction of overhead costs through the electronic transfer of funds.  In FY 2000 virtually all
payments to contractors and employee salary payments were made electronically rather than by
check.

       Throughout FY 2000 EPA continued to introduce innovative approaches to providing
electronic commerce for both the grants and contracts programs.  For example, Agency grant
recipients are beginning to benefit directly from a new system that allows them to request their
funds online. The Agency brought all 11 Grants Management Offices online  and folly
implemented Phase I of the Integrated Grants Management System, a paperless programmatic and
administrative system that will fully automate the grants process from pre-award activities to
closeout. EPA is now in a position to accept electronic applications from grantees and make
electronic awards, making the grant process faster and more user-friendly.  In the area of
contracts management, significant progress was made during 2000 in developing a Program
Office Interface for the Integrated Contracts Management System. This new interface will
streamline and automate communications and provide for the electronic routing of contracts-
related documents among program offices, contracting offices, and EPA contractors.  The
Agency has achieved significant improvements in increasing the percentage of performance-based
contracts, which are considered more cost-effective and result in the contractors assuming a
greater share of the risk. EPA had set a performance goal of awarding 11 percent of its new
procurements as performance-based by FY 2000.   The Agency exceeded that goal by awarding
14 percent of its contracts as performance-based.

Investing in EPA's Infrastructure

       EPA has a master plan for making ongoing investments in state-of-the-art construction
and infrastructure renovations to its office facilities and laboratories to provide a safe and healthy
environment for its employees and the surrounding communities.  In FY 2000 the Agency
continued its commitment to using "Green Power"—renewable electric power—for its facilities.
The Agency purchased 100 percent renewable energy for three regional laboratories: Golden,
Colorado; Manchester, Washington; and Chelmsford, Massachusetts. This action will reduce the
Agency's dependence on fossil energy, comply with lower energy consumption goals under
Executive Order 13123, and promote market penetration of renewable energy technologies.
1/29/01

-------
       A key component of this master plan is the new headquarters project which is unique in
the federal building universe.  The design work focuses on achieving indoor air quality and energy
efficiency, and incorporates sustainable design practices within the context of Federal design and
procurement practices.  The Agency was assigned 1.2 million square feet of space in the Federal
Triangle to serve as its consolidated headquarters. Although this was not enough space to
accommodate all of the EPA headquarters staff, the Agency accepted the new assignment because
of the need to vacate Waterside Mall and the desirability of the Federal Triangle location. In FY
2000 the Agency moved additional employees bringing the total of employees relocated to the
new headquarters complex to 3,400. Over the next 20 months, an additional 2,500 people will be
moved.

       EPA also continued to promote the Laboratories for the 21st Century (Labs21) initiative.
In conjunction with the U.S. Department of Energy, the Agency provided technical assistance to
pilot laboratory partners from the federal, state, and private sectors, sharing technical information
and innovative whole-laboratory designs for reducing pollution and energy and water
consumption.  In September 2000 Labs21 became a part of Project XL, a voluntary program that
encourages state and local government agencies, businesses
and federal facilities to test cleaner, cheaper, and smarter ways
to attain environmental results superior to those achieved
under current regulations and policies. The website for the
Labs 21 initiative is www. epa. gov/tabs21 century.
                                                         LABS FOR THE 2IST CENTURY
       EPA has implemented an aggressive  strategy to reduce
energy consumption in its facilities. Results include a 19 percent decrease in energy consumption
in Agency-owned laboratories—from 374,000 Btu/ft2 in 1985 to 304,000 Btu/ft2 in 2000. By
FY 2001 the Agency will have begun operations at three new energy-efficient laboratories.

Protecting Children's Health

       In FY 2000 EPA made significant progress in its efforts to protect children from potential
environmental hazards.  The Agency provided leadership with federal efforts to address asthma
and lead poisoning (two major children's health issues), and raised awareness about the effects of
exposure to environmental hazards on children by incorporating environmental health into youth
organizations. EPA reshaped its policy on science and risk assessment for children's
environmental health, guiding the development of an Agency-wide strategy for research on
environmental risks to children.  In addition, action was taken to reduce risks to children by
considering such risks specifically in new and reevaluated standards and regulations.

       In August 2000 EPA issued the Interim Evaluation Report of the Child Health Champion
Community Pilot Program  established  in 11 communities around the U.S. The evaluation
assessed the feasibility of community-led approaches to children's health protection and how best
to support such efforts in the future. Interim report findings concluded: broad-based community
participation efforts are difficult without funding; tension exists between local community


1/29/01                                    4

-------
                                          ^Environmental Program Improvements       78
                                          t/Fme$f R&xn>
-------
reengineering the audit planning and development process, and expanding advisory services. As a
result, the OIG achieved its highest level of customer satisfaction. The OIG added four new areas
to its list of Agency Top Ten Management Challenges provided annually to Congress. In
addition, the OIG made numerous recommendations for improving Agency business practices and
environmental results,  including the following areas: (1) submitting timely and complete financial
statements that are accurate and have adequate accounting support, (2) strengthening controls
over access to sensitive data on the Agency's mainframe computer and (3) operating a viable
asbestos inspection program to ensure that school districts comply with the Asbestos Hazard
Emergency Response Act.

       EPA's OIG developed a new strategic plan which charts a course through Fiscal Year
2005. It builds on past accomplishments and establishes new directions for contributing to
improved environmental quality and human health. This will be enhanced through the creation of
a new OIG Office of Program Evaluation to assess the linkage and impact of EPA actions and
programs. The OIG's challenge is to perform work related to each of EPA's 10 goals and
measure progress and performance using a "balanced scorecard" combining outcomes, financial
indicators, and customer satisfaction rather than the traditional monetary results approach.

       Additionally, EPA's OIG implemented an outreach plan for improving OIG performance.
The plan was designed to: involve customers and stakeholders in planning the products and
services for delivery, measure performance in meeting customers' needs, promote the benefits and
value of OIG work and seek opportunity for collaborative partnerships.  For example, the OIG
formed the Environmental Consortium of the President's Council on Integrity and Efficiency,
which includes the Government Accounting Office (GAO) and 19 executive agencies, whose goal
is to achieve greater efficiencies and more effective solutions to cross-cutting environmental
issues. EPA's OIG is also developing similar partnerships with state environmental agencies.

SUMMARY STATEMENT OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE

       The Agency made tremendous progress toward achieving Goal 10 and its objectives.
Many significant steps were taken to strengthen the  integrity of program operations.  EPA has
developed a strategic approach to manage human capital, took a number of steps to streamline
and automate various administrative systems and processes, continued to reduce energy
consumption in its facilities, made significant progress in efforts to protect children from potential
environmental hazards, and increased effectiveness in detecting and deterring fraud and other
improprieties.

STRENGTHENING PROGRAM INTEGRITY THROUGH IMPROVED MANAGEMENT

       EPA completed several major actions in 2000 to strengthen the management of taxpayers'
dollars that are used to support the Agency's grant and contract programs. The Agency
implemented a comprehensive strategy of technical assistance, monitoring and oversight to help
ensure that grantees properly expend Federal funds on ongoing projects and achieve results that
1/29/01

-------
will benefit the public. In addition, the Agency closed out an estimated backlog of 20,000 grants
originally reported to Congress in July 1996 ensuring that all unused funds were deobligated and
redirected to other environmental projects or to the Federal Treasury.  In the contracts area, EPA
negotiated a settlement with 2 major contractors in which the government and the U.S. taxpayers
realized $390 million in savings.

       EPA has taken numerous steps to remedy the problems that led to a qualified audit
opinion from the Inspector General on its FY 1999 financial statements and anticipates that the
FY 2000 statements will earn an unqualified opinion. Recent improvements include:
strengthening quality controls and financial systems security; developing additional policies and
procedures for preparing the statements; providing expert training to the Agency's financial
management staff; and compiling interim financial statements for use as a "dry-ran" to  identify
potential problems.  EPA also contracted with the Department of the Treasury for technical
assistance and focused on recruiting and hiring experienced staff knowledgeable of federal
accounting standards. EPA continues to improve its capabilities related to cost accounting,
illustrated by revisions to the account  structure that linked the Agency's financial resources to the
elements of the Strategic Plan.

       In FY 2000 EPA made progress in improving the security of financial information systems,
but additional measures are needed to meet the security challenges of the rapidly changing cyber
world and effectively move toward e-government. Reviews of Agency security practices by GAO
and EPA's Inspector General revealed a number of vulnerabilities. In response, EPA has
thoroughly evaluated its current practices and is implementing cost-effective means of ensuring
the security of the Agency's financial information systems and the transactions processed. For
example, EPA established a cross-office financial information security council; updated hardware
and software; initiated a structured process to identify,  assess, and mitigate risks; and improved
financial system documentation, technical and management controls, and security training.

       The EPA OIG identified Accountability as a management challenge for the Agency stating
that EPA needs to take further action to develop accountability systems that tie performance to
EPA's organizational goals.  The Agency has made significant progress to strengthen results-
based management and continues to work toward better linking assessments of program
performance with resource decisions and in identifying  goals and measures that will allow for
trends analyses over time. EPA has efforts under way to improve cost accounting to better link
budgetary resources with the achievement of environmental results and to provide for more
informed decision making. In addition, the Agency is replacing its aging financial and payroll
systems and improving the use of automation to reduce burden and gain efficiencies.

       The Agency is undertaking several actions to improve its ability to manage discrimination
complaints under Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Title VI is a federal law that prohibits
discrimination on the basis of race, color, or national origin by any entity that receives  federal
financial assistance.  EPA's Title VI complaints investigation program has had difficulty meeting
regulatory deadlines for processing and investigating complaints.  The Agency is temporarily
1/29/01

-------
assigning additional case managers to expedite processing and reduce the current backlog of 61
Title VI administrative complaints that require either an investigation or a jurisdictional
determination. In addition, the Agency is working to improve its long-term efficiency by
developing needed guidance on processing complaints and by reducing the processing time for
sending letters on acceptance, rejection or referral of complaints.

       Title VH of the Civil Rights Act requires implementation and management of an effective
federal discrimination complaints process which provides employees and applicants for
employment an opportunity to seek re-dress. The Agency has several problems that adversely
affect the timeliness of the discrimination complaints process, including lack of accurate and
timely data in the tracking system; late, incomplete, and/or missing discussions of allegations in
counselors' reports; and insufficient contractor support. The Agency has initiated several
corrective actions to be completed by September 2001, including weekly monitoring of all actions
in the discrimination complaints inventory and the recruitment and hiring of four additional
employees for the Title YE team.

       EPA faces significant challenges in maintaining a workforce with the highly specialized
skills and knowledge required to accomplish the Agency's work. Yet, the challenges EPA faces
are little different from those faced by virtually all organizations where the core work must be
performed by scarce, highly sought-after scientific and technical experts. With much of its most
experienced staff nearing retirement, EPA must effectively project what skills and knowledge are
needed by its workforce to carry out the Agency's mission and then develop staff in the areas
where the skills are needed.  EPA's Strategy for Human Capital provides the blueprint for the
initial and longer-term steps needed for the Agency to align its human capital policies and
practices and provide the necessary resources to best support its mission and help meet EPA's
strategic goals and objectives.

       Over the past several year, the Agency has undertaken a comprehensive  strategy to
streamline the grants management process, provide on-going assistance agreement training and
ensure accountability for oversight responsibilities. During FY 2001 the Agency plans to conduct
a series of management assessment reviews in EPA program offices and regions to assess the
adequacy of the administrative and programmatic management of assistance agreements. EPA
will continue,  on an ongoing basis, to provide training for EPA staff and to conduct periodic
reviews to ensure  ongoing compliance with Agency and federal policy and laws relative to
assistance agreements.

PROGRAM EVALUATION

       Several evaluations were undertaken in FY 2000 to review the effectiveness of our
program strategies and guidance in achieving program goals and safeguarding resources.
Specifically, EPA:
1/29/01

-------
       conducted a program evaluation that led to the redesign of the business processes of the
       EPA Computer Center. The Center provides a range of computing services to Agency
       customers and is supported by customer payments. The new design features streamlined
       business practices and a new rate structure that more accurately aligns prices for services
       with the Center's costs.

       executed an annual review of its General Services Administration leased space.  The
       review verified space measurements, ensured that we were billed correctly, validated space
       utilization needs and ensured that rents are comparable to prevailing market rates. This
       careful management of our inventory has ensured the best possible utilization of space and
       has yielded the Agency substantial savings.

•      conducted Management Oversight Reviews across the Agency to ensure that each Grants
       Management Office engages in sound grants management practices and follows
       established grant rules, regulations and policies.

ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS OF FY 2000 PERFORMANCE ON FY 2001 ANNUAL
PERFORMANCE PLAN

       EPA improved accountability for Agency results-based management processes and
financial management functions by developing more outcome-oriented goals and measures and by
incorporating feedback from customers and stakeholders into its annual performance goals and
measures.  For FY 2001 the Agency developed additional goals and measures that focus directly
on specific functional responsibilities and results.

TABLES OF RESULTS

The following tables include performance results for the FY 2000 five Congressional Annual
Performance Goals (APG) that appear in Goal 10. In cases where the FY 2000 APG is associated
with an FY 1999 APG, the table includes the FY 1999 APG for ease in comparing performance.
Additionally, EPA lists the FY 1999 APGs that are no longer reported for FY 2000.
1/29/01

-------
                               FY 2000 Annual Report
                       Annual Performance Goals and Measures
                                  Tables of Results
                           Goal 10 - Effective Management
Summary of FY 2000 Performance
_4j Goa! Met j I \ Goal Not Met | 0 [ Other

FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
FY2000
Planned
Actual
FYI999
Actual
The Office of the Administrator aiwt D*p*rty Administrator wiB provide irlskw) and leadership (with)** the Agency, nattonaflly and y
SrvternatkwtaHy) as well as «x»cutlve rfSrectiott and poJfcy oversight for aB Agency programs.
FY 2000 APG 69: Evaluate health outcomes related to environmental health effects for
asthma and lead addressed in 1 1 Pilot Child Health Champion
Communities.
Performance Measure
- Issue report on health outcomes.
Explanation: EPA met this goal by issuing the Interim Evaluation Report of the Child Health
Champion Community Pilot Program in August 2000. The interim evaluation
focused on community-level coalition building, project planning, and
implementation planning processes within each of the 1 1 communities. The final
report will provide a complete picture of activities, findings, and lessons learned
from the pilot program.
Data Source: All data are being provided by the communities. EPA will compile and analyze
the data supplied by the communities.
Data Quality: The communities are making every attempt to provide good quality data. The
data quality, however, will vary by community because of the types of
interventions being implemented, availability of health and non-health outcome
data, availability of database and database expertise, and limited resources to
assemble outcome data.





1

















1













' ' -'
No
FYI999
APG















    Draft: 1/29/01
10

-------
               FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                        FY2000
                                                                                                   Planned
                                                                                      Actual
                     imnagenient services, adnabitsftratfre support and facffity operations necessary to achieve ft* environmental
Boston and to meet its fiduciary *»«l worWorce ««pow$H)BKies,
FY 2000 APG 70:
100 percent of EPA's GPRA implementation components (planning,
budgeting, financial management, accountability, and program
analysis) are completed on time and meet customer needs.
Performance Measure
-Deliver Annual Performance Report to Congress by March 31, 2000.
-Provide Revised Strategic Plan to Congress by September 30, 2000.
-Financial statements receive an unqualified audit opinion and are issued on time.
-Develop specifications for replacement of our central financial management systems and ancillary specialized
systems, and begin the evaluation process.
-Agency budgeting processes execute resource adjustments necessary to meet emerging priorities to satisfy
Agency and Congressional requirements (reporting measure)
 Explanation:
 Data Source:
 Data Quality:
The Agency made notable progress toward the goal which includes five
performance measures. We have included 4 Congressional Performance
Measures and I reporting measure in this assessment  Regarding performance,
EPA delivered its FY 1999 Annual Performance Report to Congress on March,
31, 2000 and the Revised Strategic Plan to Congress by September 30, 2000
meeting the GPRA requirements. EPA did not begin a formal evaluation process
for replacing its core integrated financial management system(IFMS) waiting
instead to take advantage of the Joint Financial Management Improvement
Program test results, which were not yet complete. Rather, the Agency
evaluated options for replacing its aging payroll system  as it was deemed to be
of higher priority.  EPA made significant headway in FY2000: completed a
business case for the new system - including market research, functional, risk
and cost benefit analysis -  and made a selection. To enhance IFMS
functionality, the Agency developed a data warehouse  providing better data
access and reporting capabilities, and enhanced the cost accounting features in
its Budget Automation System to more closely link resources to
accomplishments.  These key improvements, along with our comprehensive
efforts in security, removed many of the shortcomings EPA experienced with
IFMS in a quick and cost effective manner. While EPA improved our internal
processes and submitted our financial statements on time, a qualified audit
opinion was received from the Inspector General on its FY 1999 financial
statements. The Agency has taken significant steps to remedy the issues raised
and anticipates an unqualified opinion in FY 2000. In budgeting, the Agency
budgeting processes executed resource adjustments necessary to meet
emerging priorities to satisfy Agency and Congressional requirements. This goal
will be modified for 2001 to better capture results and performance.

The Performance and Environmental Results System (PERS) houses data for
GPRA performance goals and measures and the Annual Performance Report.
The Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) contains the data for the
financial statements. The Budget Automation System (BAS) supports the budget
processes.

Because PERS and BAS are primarily databases that house information from
Agency program offices, most of the quality assurance and control efforts focus
on ensuring data is entered and within a reasonable range. Regarding PERS, the
DIG does review certain linkages of goals with measures, data and results, but
they did not assess the quality of the individual performance data.  Until IFMS is
replaced, the Agency will continue working on IFMS to strengthen data quality.
100%
70%
          Draft: 1/29/01
                                       11

-------
               FY 2000 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                                                                                     FY2000
                                                                                                 Planned
                                                                                                             Actual
                                                                                               FYI999

                                                                                                Actual
FY2000APG7I:


(FY 1999)


Explanation:



Data Source:

Data Quality:
All 58 mission-critical systems will continue to support core Agency
functions without interruption across Year 2000 date change.

All mission-critical systems will continue to support core Agency functions
without interruption across Year 2000 date change.

This APG carried over in order to ensure that all mission critical systems were
Y2K compliant on January I, 2000.  EPA continued  monitoring and maintenance
of these systems to ensure a smooth transition to Year 2000 date change.

Manual system.

Data are manually verified.
100%
                                                                                                             100%
                      1003
ŁPA wjB provide a quality work «n*b*w»tte«t that consider* employee safety and seotnity^
new construction^ reparfs* and pollution prevention* wftnin Headquarters arid nationwide.
FY 2000 APG 72:
Performance Measures
EPA will ensure that all new and ongoing construction projects are
progressing and completed as scheduled.
- Percentage of new Research Triangle Park building construction completed.
- Percentage of the Interstate Commerce Commission construction completed.
- Percentage of EPA personnel consolidated into Headquarters complex.
Explanation:

Data Source:

Data Quality:
Construction completion is progressing as planned.

Manual system.

Data are manually verified.
                                                                          80%
                                                                          40%
            80%
            80%
            40%
 60%
 50%
 31%
EPA wiR provfde awJft and investigative product* and services, all of which can facilitate the acw»r>plishnient of its mission.
FY 2000 APG 73:
Office of Audit will provide timely, independent auditing and
consulting services responsive to the needs of our customers and
stakeholders by identifying means and opportunities for increased
economy, efficiency, and effectiveness in achieving environmental
results.
Performance Measures
- Potential monetary value of recommendations, questioned costs, savings and recoveries.
- Examples of DIG recommendations or actions taken to improve economy, efficiency, and effectiveness.
- Overall, customer and stakeholder satisfaction with audit products and services.
Explanation:
Data Source:
Data Quality:
The Office of Inspector General (OIG) accomplished its annual performance
goal of providing timely, independent auditing and consulting services.  Although
the monetary value resulting from the work was less than projected, the OIG
identified the amount of ineligible, unsupported, and unnecessary/unreasonable
costs to the extent possible in the audits performed. Monetary estimates are
based on professional judgment since there is no way of determining in advance
precisely what the amounts of disallowed costs will be.

The database for the OIG recommendations and the potential monetary value
of recommendations, questioned costs, savings, and recoveries is the Inspector
General  Operations and Reporting System.  There is no formal database for
customer/stakeholder satisfaction; information for these areas is extracted from
audit reports and survey responses.

The OIG will continue working in FY 2001 to strengthen data quality in the
Inspector General Operations and Reporting System.
                                                                         $64m
                                                                          63
                                                                         75%
          $55.3m
            78
            76%
$ 128.8m
  60
  75%
          Draft: 1/29/01
                                      12

-------
     By the end of 1999, evaluate five EPA regulations to ensure they are protective of children's health.

     By the end of 1999, the Agency can plan and track performance against annual goals and capture 100% of costs through the new
     PBAA structure, based on modified budget and financial accounting systems, a new accountability process, and new cost accounting
     mechanisms.

     EPA will improve the quality, effectiveness and efficiency of EPA's acquisition and contract management process by completing 10% of
     contracts utilizing performance-based statement of works.

     Implement Phase I of the Integrated Grants Management System (IGMS) award module in all regions.

     In 1999, the OIG will provide objective, timely and independent auditing, consulting, and  investiptive services through such actions as
     completing 15 construction grant closeout audits.
Draft: 1/29/01                                      13

-------
    FY 2000 ANNUAL REPORT
             SECTION III
     FY 2000 MANAGEMENT
     ACCOMPLISHMENTS &
           CHALLENGES
(Covers: FY 2000 Integrity Act Report, Major Management Challenges, Management's
Report to the President and Congress on Audit Management, and the Office Of Inspector
      General's Statement on the Agency's Management Challenges)
             DRAFT
JANUARY 29, 2001

-------
FY 2000 MANAGEMENT ACCOMPLISHMENTS AND CHALLENGES
       Section Hi-Management Accomplishments and Challenges, discusses the Agency's
management issues addressed during FY 2000 and includes four major topics. First, the F/Y 2000
Integrity Act Report, as required by the Federal Managers Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA)
identifies EPA's material weaknesses and associated corrective action strategies. Second,
FY 2000 Major Management Challenges discusses Agency efforts to address concerns of
EPA's Office of Inspector General (OIG), the General Accounting Office (GAO), and the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB). Third, the FY 2000 Management's Report on Audits,
required by The Inspector General Act Amendments discusses the Agency's efforts in addressing
the OIG's audit findings agreed to by management and associated resources. Lastly, as newly
required by the Reports Consolidation Act of 2000, the OIG's statement of Agency's
management challenges offers an assessment of Agency progress to date in resolving these
issues. EPA's response to the OIG's statement can be found in the discussion of corrective action
strategies for the integrity weaknesses and major management challenges.
       EPA's managers take seriously their responsibility to
major management issues as well as bring closure to open
audit recommendations and hold programs accountable
for performance results. Integrity weaknesses and major
management issues are deficiencies in program policies,
guidance, or procedures that may impair the Agency's
ability to achieve its mission and weaken the safeguards
against fraud, waste, abuse, and mismanagement. EPA
managers work diligently to identify the strategies,
corrective action plans and milestones needed to resolve
the Agency's most serious problems. Included in the
integrity portion of this report is an executive summary of
EPA's corrective action strategies for the five material
weaknesses identified for FY 2000.  Additionally, the next
portion of this report describes briefly EPA's major
management challenges and the strategies to address
them.

       Over the past several years EPA senior managers
have focused on strengthening results-based management
and overall accountability in order to improve program
performance, including the resolution of management
issues and timely follow-up to audits. Corrective action
strategies for management issues and follow-up to audits
focus resources and senior managers' efforts toward
prompt correction of problems. In some cases, the
Agency has put annual performance goals (APGs) in place
correct integrity weaknesses and
      FISCAL YEAR 2000
    ANNUAL ASSURANCE
        STATEMENT*

 I am pleased to report that
 EPA's annual self-assessments
 of the Agency's internal
 controls, management and
 financial control systems, with
 the exception of noted material
 weaknesses, provide reasonable
 assurance that the Agency's
 programs and resources are
 protected from fraud, waste, and
 mismanagement.
            Signature

            Carol M. Browner
            Administrator

  •Assurance statement is required by
  December 31,2000 under the Federal
  Managers' Financial Integrity Act
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
to track progress on these issues.  Currently, two of the five integrity weaknesses and four of the
15 major management challenges are linked to GPRA goals designed to help resolve the existing
challenges. Although the Agency does not have specific APGs associated with all integrity
weaknesses and major management issues, corrective action strategies are underway to resolve
these challenges. In addition, the Agency completed a review of the integrity process during
FY 2000 in order to determine how to better focus management attention on these issues.

       Since 1990 EPA has corrected 27 material management control weaknesses, and over the
past four years reduced significantly the number of OIG audits for which final actions are not
complete. As of September 30, 2000, the Agency had 227 audits pending final action, of which
40 were without final action after  one year of the management decision on a corrective action
strategy. This is a 35% decrease from FY 1999 in the number of audits still open after one year.

                           FY 2000 Integrity Act Report

   The Agency is declaring three new material weaknesses for FY 2001 on Title VI and VII
issues and Information Systems Security, as well as continuing to address two weaknesses from
the previous fiscal year: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permits and
Construction Grants Closeout.  Each of the five weaknesses is described briefly below, along with
a summary of corrective actions and expected completion dates.

Backlog of Title VI (Civil Rights Act of 1964) Discrimination Complaints (Goal 10):  The
number of Title VI administrative complaints that require an investigation or a jurisdictional
determination by EPA is 61 and growing. EPA's Title VI complaints investigation program
generally does not meet regulatory deadlines for processing and investigating complaints.

       Corrective Action Strategy:  In order to reduce the backlog of complaints already
accepted for investigation, EPA will temporarily increase the number of Title VI case managers by
hiring four temporary employees for two year terms.  In addition, EPA will improve its long-term
efficiency by developing needed guidance on processing complaints and sending letters within the
regulatory time limit. Completion of corrective actions is expected by the end of FY 2001.

Deficiencies in Internal Employment Discrimination Complaints Resolution Process  under
Title VII (Civil Rights Act of 1964) (Goal 10): Title VET requires that the Agency implement
and manage an effective Federal Discrimination Complaints Process that provides employees and
applicants for employment an opportunity to seek re-dress. There are approximately 269 cases in
the FY 1998-2000 discrimination  complaints inventory for the Agency, 89 of which have been
settled, dismissed, withdrawn, or closed (34%). Of the 180 cases remaining in the inventory, 101
(37%) have been accepted or are in the investigation process. The remainder are either at hearing
with the EEOC, on appeal, or awaiting Final Agency Decision.

       Corrective Action Strategy:  There are several problems that adversely affect the
timeliness of the discrimination complaints process, including lack of accurate and timely data in


Draft:  1/29/01                               3

-------
the tracking system; late, incomplete, and/or missing discussion of allegations in counselor's
reports; and insufficient contractor support.  In response, EPA has initiated several short and long
term corrective actions to be completed by September 2001, including weekly monitoring of all
actions in the discrimination complaints inventory and the recruitment and hiring of four additional
employees for the Title VII team.

Information System Security (Goal 7): The Agency recognizes that past improvements to its
information security program have not resulted in a complete, comprehensive information security
program and is therefore incorporating all security-related deficiencies, including currently
identified weaknesses covering Information Systems  Security Plans and Cyber Security, into a
more broadly defined material weakness. In doing so, EPA is taking a comprehensive and
systematic approach to correct its information security weakness by FY 2002.  (FY 1997-2000
OIG major management challenge; FY 2000 GAO &  OMB major management challenge;
declared material weakness in FY 997; expanded material weakness in FY 2000)

       Corrective Action Strategy: Corrective actions to be completed include the following:
completing risk assessments for security critical applications and systems; evaluating security of
network and data; installing network intrusion detection and monitoring controls; training;
certifying security plans for all critical security systems; finalizing EPA's National Network
Security Policy; validating success of policy and guidance; and conducting random program office
formal security plan reviews of mission-critical systems.

National Pollutants Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permits (Goal 2): The backlog
in EPA-issued major permits has tripled over the last  10 years; likewise, the backlog in state
issued permits has doubled over this time. The NPDES permit universe will be expanding to
cover stormwater and concentrated animal feeding operation areas and the backlog is likely to
increase unless additional effort is exerted. The threat of the backlog to the environment is that
expired NPDES permits may not reflect the most recent applicable effluent limitations guidelines,
water quality standards, or total maximum daily loads. The Agency is working closely with the
regions to manage permit issuance efforts for both EPA- and state-issued NPDES permits and is
tracking progress toward meeting established targets by FY 2005. (FY 1998-2000 OIG
Management Challenge, declared material weakness FY 1998)

       Corrective Action Strategy: During the past year, EPA's Deputy Administrator sent a
memorandum to each of the Regional Administrators directing them to submit a current backlog
reduction plan for each state and territory in the region by May  15, 2000. The backlog reduction
strategies developed by the regions reaffirmed the commitments of the states and regions to meet
the Agency's backlog reduction targets.  Staff from the Water Permits Division will meet with
regional managers to discuss areas where problems are noted or where state commitments are not
explicit.

Construction Grants Close Out (Goal 2): Without timely closeout of grants, millions of dollars
in potentially ineligible program costs cannot be recovered for reuse on other high-priority state


Draft: 1/29/01                               4

-------
clean water projects. (FY 1992 OMB candidate material weakness; declared Agency weakness
FY 1992, elevated to material weakness FY 1996)

       Corrective Action Strategy: The Construction Grants Completion/Closeout Strategy
developed in 1990 required EPA to assess the remaining workload in each region every year,
identify the bottlenecks, and enter into agreement on a closeout plan and follow-up action to bring
the program to completion. States are required to submit annual work plans and closeout
strategies in order to monitor actual progress against the strategies. The number of open grants
has decreased from 5860 in 1990 to 177 in 2000; EPA expects to complete corrective actions in
FY2002.

       As shown below, EPA has made significant progress over the years to correct integrity
weaknesses reported to the President and Congress. In addition, the Agency has not reported any
new financial non-conformances since 1997.  Financial non-conformances refer to financial
systems that do not comply with Government requirements.

                   STATISTICAL SUMMARY OF PERFORMANCE
Material Weaknesses
Section 2

1988-
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
Total
Reported
44
1
1
0
3
49
Corrected
39
3
0
1
1
44
Pending
5
3
4
3
5
5
Financial Non-Conformances
Section 4

1988-
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
Total
Reported
18
0
0
0
0
18
Corrected
15
3
0
0
0
18
Pending
3
0
0
0
0
0
                     FY 2000 Major Management Challenges

       This portion presents a brief description and summary of activities planned by EPA in
response to 13 management challenges identified by GAO, OMB, and EPA's OIG. The Agency
will continue to use the tools available under GPRA and other management statutes to assist in
addressing these issues.  Four of the 15 major management challenges have APGs or PMs
associated with them. Eight of EPA's management challenges are being addressed as internal
Agency weaknesses for which the Agency develops specific and measurable corrective actions
and reports on progress to the Administrator.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
Relationships With States (NEPPS) (Overview): Under the National Environmental
Performance Partnership System (NEPPS), the Agency committed itself to long-term
collaboration with state agencies to improve EPA/State management of national environmental
programs. (FY 1999 GAO major management challenge; FY 2000 GAO & OIG major
management challenge)

       Corrective Action Strategy: A national EPA/state workshop reviewed evaluations and
developed recommendations for strengthening NEPPS: (1) re-commit to the fundamental
principles of NEPPS; (2) better coordinate and integrate systems/programs; and (3) improve
performance measures. Actions taken in response to these recommendations include the
following: reaffirming EPA's commitment to NEPPS; designating 'TSIEPPS Leaders" at the
DA/RA, mid-management, and staff levels; producing a crosswalk of GPRA Annual Performance
Measures and NEPPS Core Performance Measures; completing an internal training survey to help
strengthen the skills of NEPPS practitioners; and developing a work plan that commits to develop
better tools for NEPPS practitioners.

Safe Drinking Water Information System (SDWIS) (Goal 2): The Agency established SDWIS
to serve as the central repository for data on both the states' implementation of and compliance
with existing and new drinking water regulations.  In 1998, EPA supported a series of data
verification audits, the results of which pointed out serious data quality and reliability issues with
SDWIS.  (FY 1999 OMB candidate material weakness; declared as Agency weakness FY 1999)

       Corrective Action Strategy: EPA is implementing a data reliability action plan developed
in 1999 as a multi-step approach to improve data in SDWIS.  State-specific, on-site training for
data entry into SDWIS was developed and implemented in FY 2000 and will continue in
FY 2001. This effort is expected to enhance and improve the completeness, accuracy, and
timeliness of the data in SDWIS. In addition, the Agency initiated efforts during FY 2000 to
develop a long-term Information Strategy Plan that addresses drinking water data collection and
data management issues over the next 5 to 10 years.

RCRA Corrective Action Program (Goal 5): EPA and other stakeholders, including GAO,
have identified several factors that are impeding timely and cost-effective RCRA cleanups. In
order to address the problem, GAO recommended that the EPA Administrator devise a strategy
with milestones for ensuring that cleanup managers in EPA's regions and states have a consistent
understanding of the new approaches provided by guidance or regulation, and that EPA oversee
program implementation to determine if cleanup managers are appropriately using the new
approaches.  (FY 1999 GAO major management challenge; declared as an internal Agency
weakness FY 1999)

       Corrective Action Strategy: EPA has already undertaken a number of regulatory,
guidance, and oversight initiatives that comply with GAO's suggestions. In addition, a number of
actions are planned for the near future and long-term, including the following: providing new
results-oriented cleanup guidance with clear objectives; fostering maximum use of program


Draft: 1/29/01                             6

-------
flexibility and practical approaches through training, outreach, and new uses of enforcement tools;
and enhancing community involvement including greater public access to information on cleanup
progress.
Superfund Five-Year Reviews (Goal 5): Without timely and adequate five-year reviews,
Congress and the public are not informed of the continued effectiveness of remedial actions at
sites where waste left on-site exceeds that allowed for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure.
(FY 1999 OIG major management issue; declared as an internal Agency weakness FY 1999)

       Corrective Action Strategy: During the first quarter FY 2000, EPA established the
FY 2000 Superfund Consolidated Accomplishments Plan (SCAP), which targeted for completion
all five-year reviews due in FY 2000 and one-third of the backlog of five-year reviews. A total of
171 five-year reviews were completed during FY 2000.  Seventy overdue reports (or 51 percent
of overdue reports) were completed, 20 more than the reports targeted for completion during
FY 2000.  A total of 78 reviews remain overdue as of the first week of FY 2001 and are targeted
for completion during FY 2001 and 2002.

Superfund Independent Government Cost Estimates (IGCE) (Goal 5): GAO believes that
EPA is too reliant on contractors' own cost estimates and thus the contractors' own definition of
their work in providing cost-reimbursable work to the Agency.  (FY 1997 & 1999 GAO major
management challenge; declared as an internal Agency weakness FY 1997)

       Corrective Action Strategy: The Agency established a national IGCE workgroup to
develop and implement corrective actions to address this issue.  The US Army Corps of Engineers
conducted in-depth reviews of IGCEs in every EPA Region and issued its final report in
December 1999, which identified problems and guidance needed. Additional actions taken
include sharing best practices for preparing IGCEs and lessons learned, providing additional
training to personnel who prepare IGCEs, expanding the review of IGCEs during regional
contract reviews, expanding the use of regional databases to provide historical data to be used in
IGCE preparation, and standardizing Statements of Work and baselines  for recurring activities.
EPA and GAO agree that EPA should monitor the corrective actions closely and keep IGCEs as a
high priority.

Superfund Remedial Action Contracts (RAC) (Goal 5): Routine contract oversight and
monitoring activities have found that the percentage of total contract costs expended for program
management under Response Action Contracts (RACs) may be too high.  (FY 1997 GAO major
management challenge; declared as an internal Agency weakness FY 1997)

       Corrective Action Strategy: During FY 2000, the Agency continued to take significant
steps to increase RACs capacity utilization and contain and minimize RACs program management
costs. The most recent quarterly report for actuals through September 2000 shows that the
overall national program management percentage has been reduced down to 6.9 percent. This


Draft: 1/29/01                             7

-------
represents a dramatic decrease from September 1999 when the national program management
percentage stood at 14.6 percent and reflects the continuing efforts the Agency is undertaking to
closely monitor and reduce RACs program management costs. The Agency will continue to
maintain a high level of management attention to this issue.

Great Lakes Program (Goal 6): The U.S. Canada Great Lakes Quality Agreement calls for
Lakewide Management Plans (LAMPs) and Remedial Action Plans (RAPs) to support the
restoration and maintenance of the chemical, physical, and biological integrity of the Great Lakes.
The OIG evaluated the Great Lakes Program at EPA's request to provide advice and assistance
on how to (1) improve the LaMP and RAP processes; and (2) develop and implement effective
national strategies and agreements.  (FY 1999 OIG major management challenge)

      Corrective Action Strategy: Agency progress over the last year included implementing a
tracking system to  address the issues, re-instituting the Great Lakes U.S. Policy Committee to
increase attention to RAP issues, and drafting a Great Lakes Strategy emphasizing goals and
measures. In addition, the Agency and its partners issued LaMPs for Lakes Michigan, Erie, and
Superior, and an action plan for Lake Huron in April 2000.

Data Management Practices (Goal 7): OEI is broadening the scope of the existing IRM Data
Management Agency weakness to address issues raised by GAO, OIG, and OMB, including
information management and data accuracy and error correction. (FY 1998-1999 GAO & OIG
major management challenge; FY 2000 GAO, OMB, & OIG major management challenge; IRM
data management declared Agency weakness FY 1994,  scope of weakness expanded in FY 2000)

      Corrective Action Strategy: In addition to work underway to promulgate data standards
and develop data management policies and procedures,  OEI will continue to develop and expand
implementation of its Integrated Error Correction Process. OEI is also developing a
Data Quality Strategic Plan that describes the long-term approach and implementation schedule
for improving the quality and reliability of the Agency's environmental data.

Laboratory Quality System Practices (Goal 7): Through internal audits and investigations, the
Agency has found management control weaknesses and some cases of misconduct in analytical
laboratories.  (FY 1999-2000 OIG major management challenge; declared as an internal Agency
weakness FY 2000)

      Corrective Action Strategy: The Agency completed independent technical reviews of
EPA's regional laboratories in FY 2000 to assess the Agency's ability to produce data of known
and documented quality. EPA will complete reviews in the remaining EPA laboratories by the
end of FY 2001. Ongoing actions include assembling a workgroup consisting of both EPA and
non-EPA members who will identify: (1) weaknesses in the quality systems that are in place in
labs that produce analytical data used by the Agency for decision making; (2)  methods to detect
and deter misconduct at analytical labs; and (3) best practices hi laboratory performance,
documentation, and implementation.
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
Reinventing Environmental Regulation (Goal 8): In January 1999 GAO reported that EPA's
current regulatory system is costly and occasionally inflexible and that the Agency faces
challenges in making changes to the current system. These challenges include helping employees
understand and support changes, and reaching consensus among varied stakeholders on what
objectives or approaches to use in addressing important reinvention issues and policies.  (FY 1999
GAO major management challenge)

       Corrective Action Strategy: Efforts are underway to achieve better environmental results
with less burden through the use of innovative and flexible approaches.  Actions taken as of
11/30/00 include the following: finalizing 50 XL projects; reorganizing the Agency's policy and
reinvention staff into one organization; developing and implementing innovative outgrowth pilots
of XL and ECOS; directing resources and developing guidance to build Agency capacity for
evaluating innovative and core programs; and implementing an annual cycle of evaluation for
Project XL innovations and pilots.

Permit Compliance System (PCS) (Goal 9): OMB believes that because of missing data and
data quality problems, PCS is not a reliable source of information for the management and
oversight of the Clean Water Act National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
program.  (FY 1999 OMB  candidate material weakness; declared as an internal Agency weakness
FY 1999)

       Corrective Action Strategy: EPA has been aware of problems with PCS and, over the past
few years, has worked with the states to define problems and revisions needed to PCS that are
critical to effective NPDES program management and oversight. In conjunction with the states,
EPA has three major initiatives underway that are intended to improve the usefulness of the
system as a management tool: (1) PCS modernization; (2) interim data exchange format; and (3)
electronic reporting. EPA  commits to monitor progress carefully in meeting the key project
milestones and will gauge success by the level of state participation, improvements in the quality
and comprehensiveness of the data, and reliability of the analyses generated.

Accountability (Goal 10): The OIG describes this major management challenge broadly to
encompass the Agency's planning, budgeting, and accountability functions overall, and points
specifically to issues related to managerial cost accounting, performance partnership agreements,
and the Great Lakes program.  (FY 1997-2000 OIG major management challenge)

       Corrective Action Strategy: The Agency has made significant progress over the past few
years to strengthen results-based management, including development of a goal-based budget and
planning and accountability functions to support it. Areas of progress include developing a
revised Strategic Plan for FY 2000-2005 that reflects lessons learned about performance
measurement and Agency priorities for protecting human health and the environment, improving
performance measures to reflect better programmatic and environmental outcomes, and
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
implementing cost accounting to better link Agency budgetary resources with the achievement of
environmental results.

Agency Process For Preparing Financial Statements (Goal 10): According to the OIG, EPA's
process for preparing financial statements needs improvements so the Agency can submit audited
financial statements by March 1 of each year. (FY 1999-2000 OIG major management challenge;
declared as an internal Agency weakness FY 1999)

       Corrective Action Strategy: In an effort to deliver timely financial statements and obtain
clean audit opinions by March 1, 2001, the Agency has issued policies and procedures on
preparing the Agency's financial statement preparation process, prepared interim financial
statements, reached agreement with OIG on the timeline for key milestones, established formal
controls with OIG in addressing audit questions and adjustments, and provided technical training
to staff responsible for financial statements.  In addition, the Agency will examine options for
automating preparation of statements.

Managerial Cost Accounting (Goal 10): EPA's OIG believes that the Agency needs to improve
its cost accounting systems and processes to provide Agency managers with timely and reliable
information on the cost of carrying our EPA's programs and administrative activities.  In the
Agency's FY 1999 financial statement audit OIG reported that EPA did not comply with the
Managerial Cost Accounting  Standard requirements to: (1) determine the full cost of its activities,
(2) accumulate and report the cost of activities on a regular basis for management information and
other stakeholder purposes, and (3) always use appropriate costing methodologies to accumulate
and assign cost to outputs.  OIG plans to report this non-compliance again in its FY 2000
financial statement audit.

       Corrective Action Strategy: The Agency believes it substantially complies with the
Managerial Cost Accounting  Standards.  Since FY 1999,.all new obligational authority (NOA) is
budgeted and accounted for in the Agency's GPRA structure. Obligations made before FY 1999
are accounted for in the old Program Element Structure. Cost information in both accounting
structures are available for managers to use to assess how resources are spent to achieve expected
results and to help them make future budgeting decisions.

Cost accounting is a process that will continue to change and improvements and enhancements
are ongoing.  The Agency has taken a number of actions and has additional actions planned to
further refine the Agency's cost accounting:

           Beginning with FY 1999 the Annual Plan and Budget link resources with the GPRA
           goal structure.
       •    Issued policy and guidance and provided training on budget restructuring and cost
           accounting.
           Issued Superfund Indirect Cost Rates that comply with the Managerial Cost
           Accounting Standards.


Draft: 1/29/01                              10

-------
           Issued the FY 2000 Statement of Net Costs by goal in the Agency's Annual Financial
           Statements.
           Developing reports on outputs that combine both the old and new structure.
           Working with individual program offices to address specific accounting needs.
           Assisting in developing indirect costs for user fees.
Improved Management Of Assistance Agreements (Goal 10): OIG audits have found that
EPA needs to validate the effectiveness of the Agency's strategy for ensuring effective
management of EPA's assistance agreements. (FY 2000 OIG major management challenge;
declared as material weakness FY 1996 along with grants closeouts; reduced to an internal
Agency weakness FY 2000)

       Corrective Action Strategy: In FY 2001, the Agency plans to perform Management
Oversight Reviews (MORs) and other program reviews to validate that the corrective actions
taken to date have addressed the problem. The Agency's FY 2001 validation plan will also
include performing quarterly report reviews, evaluating information from the Grantee Compliance
Database, implementing and evaluating the Grantee Compliance Assistance Initiative, and
assessing the post-award plans to determine any vulnerabilities in the Agency's management of
assistance agreements.

Human Capital Strategy Implementation (Goal 10): EPA must devote considerable attention
to building a workforce with the highly specialized skills and knowledge required to accomplish
the Agency's work or risk seriously weakening its ability to fulfill even the most basic of its legal
and regulatory responsibilities. With its Human Capital Strategic Plan in place, the Agency has a
blueprint for the initial and longer-term steps  needed to begin addressing this impending
weakness.  (FY 1998-1999 OIG major management challenge; FY 2000 GAO & OIG major
management challenge; declared as an internal Agency weakness FY 2000)

       Corrective Action Strategy: The workforce planning efforts call for identifying the skills
needed in every program unit based on our assessment of future program needs, identifying the
gap between those needs and our current state, and tying those needs to future budget
development. Developmental programs aimed at support staff, mid-level professionals, managers,
and the Senior Executive Service are either being implemented or in final design stages. The first
SES Candidate Development Program to be offered in over a decade will begin this spring.

Performance Partnership Grants (PPG) (Goal 10): During Regional audits on PPGs, OIG
found that: (1) Agency officials had difficulty determining how to provide flexibility while
ensuring accountability for performance and environmental results; (2) some PPGs did not include
quantifiable, verifiable, measurable, and time specific measures;  and (3) some PPGs hold states
accountable to activity-based measures rather than outcome-based measures. OIG believes that
greater integration and acceptance of NEPPS in the Agency combined with meaningful
performance measurement would result in rapid environmental improvements. (FY 1997 OIG
issue addressed as part of management challenge on accountability)
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
      Corrective Action Strategy: Actions taken and planned in response to the OIG's findings
include publishing a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in FY 1999 to establish the Performance
Partnership Grant program for states and add a new tribal-specific regulation for Indian tribes
(final rules to be published in FY 2001); and including PPGs in administrative Management
Oversight Reviews.
                    FY 2000 Management's Report on Audits

      In FY 2000 EPA made significant progress in reducing the number of audits without final
action as well as strengthening its audit management practices Agency-wide. EPA reduced the
number of audits without final action after one year by 35 percent, from 62 in FY 1999 to 40 in
FY 2000.  Overall, EPA was responsible for addressing OIG recommendations and tracking
follow-up activities on 503 audits in FY 2000. The Agency achieved final action on more than
half of these audits (254) within one year.

      In addition to strengthening Agency-wide audit follow-up activities for promptly
addressing audit issues, EPA began to develop a new web-based system to improve its efficiency
in audit management practices. The Agency plans to implement the new system in FY 2001.
EPA continues to work with the OIG and senior managers to emphasize the importance of timely
and effective audit management practices. Following is a summary of the Agency's audit
management activities for the fiscal year.

Final Action Taken: EPA achieved final action on 32 performance and 244 financial audits.  Of
the 244 financial audits, the OIG questioned costs of over $59.6 million. After careful review, the
OIG and the Agency together agreed to disallow $29.8 million of these questioned costs. For this
period, EPA management and the OIG did not identify audits for which resources could be better
utilized (i.e., funds put to better use) based upon findings in a performance audit.

        DISALLOWED COSTS AND FUNDS PUT TO BETTER USE

Category
Audits with management decisions
but without final action at the
beginning of FY20001
Audits for which management
decisions were reached in FY 2000
Total audit pending final action in
FY2000
Disallowed Cost
(Financial Audits)
Number Value
196 $166,793,646
228 $ 23,263,486
424 $190,012,781
Better Use
(Performance Audits)
Number Value
57 $0
22 $0
79 $0
Draft: 1/29/01
12

-------
Final action taken during FY 2000:
(i) Recoveries
a) Offsets
b) Collection
c) Value of Property
d) Other
(ii) Write-Offi3
(iii) Reinstated Through Grantee
Appeal
(iv) Value of recommendations
completed
(v) Value of recommendations
management decided
should/could not be completed
Audits without final action at end of
FY2000
244 $ 29,811,957

$ 18,182,932
$ 4,142,067
$ 0
$ 191,000
$ 5,375,496

$ 1,920,462






180 $160,245,175
32 $0









$0


$0

47 $0
1 Differences in number of reports and amounts of disallowed costs and funds put to better use between this report and our
previous semiannual report result from adjustments made to follow-up data in the tracking system.

Final Action Not Taken:  As of September 30, 2000, 227 audits were without final action
(excluding those audits with management decisions under administrative appeal by the grantee).
Of these 227 audits, EPA officials had not completed final action on 40 (26 percent) audits within
one year after the management decision.

Audits Awaiting Decision on Appeal:  EPA regulations allow grantees to appeal management
decisions on financial assistance audits that seek monetary reimbursement from the recipient.  In
the case of an appeal, EPA must not take action to collect the account receivable until the Agency
issues a decision on the appeal.  As of September 30, 2000, there were 74 management decisions
in administrative appeal status.

Audits Pending Final Action Beyond One Year:  Due to the complexity of the issues, it often
takes Agency management longer than one year to complete corrective action on audits
conducted by the OIG. Beginning October 1, 2000, management will track 40 audits with
outstanding corrective actions after the one year period. These audits are discussed below by
category—contracts, single audits, assistance agreements and program performance~and identified
by title and responsible office.

Contracts:  Final action for contract audits occurs when the contract is awarded, the solicitation is
canceled, repayments to EPA are received, or corrective actions are implemented. EPA is
tracking completion of one audit taking longer than one year to complete.
 Office of Acquisition Management:
 10040  CMC, Inc.
Draft: 1/29/01
                                            13

-------
Single:  Single audits are those affecting non-profit organizations, universities, and state and local
governments. Final action for single audits occurs when non-monetary compliance actions are
completed. This may take longer than one year to implement if the findings are complex or if the
grantee does not have the resources to take corrective action. EPA is tracking completion of
corrective actions on three single audits.
 Region 9:
 85018  Arizona
 85053  Colorado River Indian Tribes, AZ
 85059  Colorado River Indian Tribes, AZ

Assistance Agreements:  Final action for assistance agreement audits occurs when all corrective
actions have been implemented. Final action may take longer than a year as the grantee may
appeal, refuse to repay, or be placed on a repayment plan that spans several years. EPA is
tracking 11 audits with financial or associated corrective actions taking longer than one year to
complete.
 Region 3:
Region 5:
  12023 Bath County Service Authority   13084  Strongsville, OH
 20207  Center for Environment,
          Commerce Engineering

 Region 4:
 73023  Atlanta, GA

 Region 7:
 13038  Metro St. Louis Sewer District
13115  Galion,OH
14038  Gary, IN
14042  Cass County, MI
14047  Indianapolis, IN
24077  Gary, IN
34038  Flint, MI
Program Performance: Program Performance audits include reviews of Agency programs and
audits of EPA's financial statements.  Final action for program performance audits occurs when
all corrective actions have been implemented.  This may take longer than one year when
corrections are complex and lengthy. EPA is tracking 25 audits in this category.
 Office of the Administrator:
 61301 Environmental Education
 71277 Regional Labs

 Office of the Chief Financial Officer:
 21660 Superfund FY91 Trust Fund
 81058 FY97 Financial Statement
 81166 FY97 Financial Statement
Office of Environmental Information:
51240  PCIE Application Maintenance
81240  Field Sampling Capping Report

Office of Prevention, Pesticides & Toxic Substance:
11378  Pesticides Inerts
34030  Pesticides Banned (follow-up)
41205  Pesticides Theme Report
Draft: 1/29/01
    14

-------
Office of Research and Development:
P0217  Selection of Peer Reviewers

Office of Water:
71142  Animal Waste Disposal Issues
71223  Mining Financial Assurance

Region 5:
 10058  Tribal Water Grants
POOS 5  RCRA SIG Non-Compliers
P0210  Ohio Water Quality
P0212  GLNPO
Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response:
51512  Manifesting Requirements
71114  Audit of RCRA Hazardous Waste Data
71132  Lab Data Quality - Federal Facilities
81090  Replacement Housing
81234  Audit of Deferrals to States

Region 9:
83004  Physical Environmental

Region 10:
81094  Air Enforcement Program, WA
81252  Region X LANS
Draft: 1/29/01
    15

-------
         THE OFFICE OF INSPECTOR GENERAL'S LIST OF TOP
   MANAGEMENT CHALLENGES NEEDING HIGH-LEVEL AGENCY
                                  ATTENTION

1. Accountability

EPA's stated mission is to protect human health and safeguard the environment. Accountability is
a critical part of the Agency's overall system needed to effectively accomplish its mission.  Over
the years, we have recommended improvements in a number of areas that will help EPA achieve
greater accountability. However, EPA needs to take further action to develop accountability
systems that tie performance to EPA's organizational goals.

EPA can be viewed as a business which must endeavor to deliver high quality products and
services to its customers.  To do this, EPA needs to better integrate its management systems.
These systems encompass leadership to define its mission, values and products; strategic planning
to establish goals and measures of success; customer focus to ensure expectations are met;
management information systems to report progress in achieving goals; streamlined work
processes; and effective human capital management. These components should all work together
so that EPA can meet customer needs and achieve desired environmental and business results.

EPA was consciously organized with ten largely autonomous regional offices so that the Agency
could be more sensitive to local environmental concerns. With this organizational structure, it is
very important that regional offices be held accountable for implementing national environmental
policies. Resources budgeted for environmental programs by EPA Headquarters should be
controlled and accounted for to ensure they are used for designated purposes. This can be
achieved through clearly defined goals, performance measures and areas of responsibility; better
tracking how employees spend their time; and greater  commitment to achieving national goals.

EPA needs to work with its state, tribal and Federal agency partners to identify roles and
responsibilities for carrying out environmental protection. For example, in work on the Great
Lakes Program, we found that plans to address the Great Lakes ecosystems would benefit from
clarifying the organizational roles and responsibilities for the offices, divisions and teams involved.
Another example is the 1998/1999 RCRA Implementation Plan which did not include specific
expectations regarding basic permit program maintenance.  Clarification of roles and
responsibilities for this program would establish accountability and help the program achieve
success.

The availability of management information also greatly impacts accountability.  EPA needs to
work with its partners to identify and agree on what data is needed to measure the health of the
environment and assess progress. As further discussed in the Information Resources Data
Management weakness, the Agency has ongoing a number of activities to improve the quality and
availability of its environmental data; however, it is unlikely EPA will have the foundation it needs
Draft: 1/3 0/01     OIG' S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges                16

-------
to share comparable information, monitor environmental activities or compare progress across the
nation in the near future.

2. Results-Based Information Technology Project Management

As EPA looks to its future, it is increasingly apparent that EPA has not adequately planned an
Information Technology (IT) infrastructure to support an integrated approach to managing
environmental information.  To facilitate improvements in environmental protection, EPA needs
to provide and share environmental information with its diverse partners and stakeholders. To
achieve that goal, EPA and its partners need to strategically plan for implementing a common data
architecture, data standards, geospatial information, and one-stop electronic reporting. Although
EPA has initiated numerous IT projects in recent years, they were not evaluated to assess how
they support the Agency's programmatic and operational goals. In the last two fiscal years, EPA
has dedicated approximately $822 million to IT projects. The Agency expects it will spend at
least $472 million in fiscal 2001. To ensure projects are timely, cost effective, and results-based,
it is imperative that EPA better plans, develops, approves, and manages its IT projects.

We  have significant concerns regarding the current structure of EPA's investment process, and
the Agency's ability to effectively track IT development and implementation.  For several years,
EPA has attempted to address these problems, but has been unable to craft an adequate project
management process for IT capital investments that will enable the Agency to support its
environmental mission. Instead, EPA appears to have an evolving approach to integrating
information using existing IT projects, which in themselves have not incorporated reasonable
project management controls. This approach has resulted in many stops and starts over the last
several years, and does not  meet the intent of the Clinger-Cohen Act of 1996. The Act requires a
comprehensive approach to capital planning and a disciplined budget process for managing a
portfolio of assets to meet Agency goals and objectives.

Our concerns regarding the lack of IT project management at EPA are echoed in the special
report, Federal Agency Compliance -with the Clinger-Cohen Act, issued by the Senate
Governmental Affairs Committee.  This report noted that EPA could produce no evidence of
mission-related reviews or assessments regarding IT projects that discussed programmatic or
operational goals. EPA's own 1999 analysis of 49 major IT investment proposals found that:

       •   Project milestones were too general, non-measurable and not tied to key life-cycle
           milestones.
           Projects were still being planned, developed and managed in a stovepipe fashion.
           EPA had not established Agency-wide priorities for IT investments.
           EPA's Information Resources Management Strategic Plan was outdated and did not
           track with the Results Act.

EPA created the Office of Environmental Information (OEI) two years ago to consolidate many
information technology operations.  While well-intentioned, OEI has not formalized a long-term


Draft:  1/30/01     OIG'S Statement  of Agency's Management Challenges                17

-------
implementation strategy for providing the Agency with a multi-media approach to accomplish its
various programmatic missions.

3. Data Management

Audits of EPA programmatic areas often cover areas relating to environmental data information
systems, and we frequently find deficiencies within these systems. States have developed
information systems based on the information they need to support their environmental programs.
EPA and the states often apply different data definitions within their respective information
systems, and sometimes collect and input different data. As a result,  states and EPA report
inconsistent data and often have difficulty sharing comparable information. EPA has attempted to
address data quality issues such as data gaps, but, to date, has not produced an approved action
plan.  Consequently, EPA may not have the environmental data it needs to monitor environmental
activities or compare progress across the nation.

For many years, EPA has acknowledged data management as an Agency-wide weakness. In
particular, it has recognized the need to implement:  (1) a data architecture, (2) data standards,
and (3) data administration functions to share environmental data Agency-wide and with our
partners and stakeholders.  Developing a data management program has been a complex effort
and, as such, corrective action dates have been extended several times since the problem was first
reported in 1994. The Agency's estimated date to correct  this Agency weakness is now fiscal
2002.

Several areas remain to be addressed. First, EPA committed to publish a data architecture by
December 1996.  The Agency stated it completed the corrective action in May 1999, but has been
unable to produce evidence of a publication for our review. Second, EPA initiated action  to
promulgate six data standards by June 1996. Although the standards have been formally
approved, they have not been implemented in the Agency's major environmental systems.  Third,
EPA agreed to revise policies and procedures by March 1997, and although this action was
reported complete in May 1999, the revised policies have not been approved or implemented.
Using the data standards and revised procedures, EPA stated that a functioning management
structure would be operational by September 1998.  EPA's Environmental Data Registry and
Facility Registry  System (FRS) were to form the backbone of the management structure.
However, it will be fiscal 2001 before FRS is fully loaded and functioning.

In 1999, EPA formed the new Office of Environmental Information to increase the value of
environmental information for all stakeholders by systematically improving interagency data
sharing, as well as the accuracy, reliability and scientific basis of environmental information.  The
Administrator also established an Information Integration Initiative (1-3) focused on establishing a
single integrated  multi-media core of environmental data and tools.  After one year, the 1-3
project still does  not have an approved action plan to coordinate current and future efforts.
Draft: 1/30/01     OIG'S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges                18

-------
OEI recognizes that much needs to be done to realize EPA's vision of integrated, quality
environmental information, and expects to develop a long-term approach and implementation
schedule for improving the quality and reliability of the Agency's environmental data. To that
end, they will continue to develop data management policies and procedures, and work on
promulgating existing data standards.  Moreover, through the recently-established Environmental
Data Standards Council, EPA will work with states and tribes to identify and develop the next set
of data standards. Also, OEI is continuing to develop and expand implementation of its
integrated error correction process to improve the reliability of collected environmental data.
Finally, in fiscal 2000, EPA began to plan a comprehensive data exchange network which,
through the use of current technology, will provide a wide range of shared information among
EPA, states, tribes, localities, the regulated community, and other data partners.

Although the Agency is moving in the right direction, it has not developed an overall strategy to
address the integration, quality and management of its environmental data. To help the Agency
achieve success in these endeavors, we shared our thoughts with EPA's Chief Information Officer
regarding the Agency's strategy and planned activities for 1-3 and the proposed exchange
network.  At this point, it is unlikely that EPA will have the foundation it needs to share
comparable information, monitor environmental activities or compare progress across the nation
within the near future. Moreover, EPA's ability to evaluate the outcomes of its programs in terms
of environmental changes will continue to be limited by gaps and inconsistencies in the quality of
its data.

4. Managerial Accounting

During our audit of the fiscal 1999 financial statements, we reported the Office of Chief Financial
Officer (OCFO)  needed to further improve its systems and processes to increase the accuracy,
reliability and usefulness of financial information used to prepare the financial statements and to
manage EPA's environmental programs  and administrative activities. Because of Agency process
problems, reliable fiscal 1999 financial statements were not prepared to enable an unqualified
audit opinion by March 1, the date required by the Government Management Reform Act.
Although EPA improved its financial preparation processes over prior years, the financial
statements provided for fiscal 1999 were incomplete, contained significant errors and were
received late.  The Agency has recently made some process improvements. Our assessment of
the impact of the improvements on EPA's financial reporting capabilities will not be completed
until late February 2001.

EPA has been recognized as a leader in developing a goals-based budget aligned with its
programmatic and operational outputs and outcomes. EPA needs to follow through and improve
its cost accounting systems and processes, so Agency managers have timely and reliable
information on the cost of carrying out EPA's programs and administrative activities. The lack of
cost information adversely impacts nearly every facet of EPA's operations from budget
formulation and planning to program execution and evaluation and the recovery of EPA's costs to
provide services  to others. During our fiscal 1999 financial statement audit, we reported EPA did


Draft: 1/30/01     OIG'S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges               19

-------
not comply with the Managerial Cost Accounting Standard requirements to:  1) determine the fall
cost of its activities, 2) accumulate and report the cost of activities on a regular basis for
management information and other stakeholder purposes, and 3) always use appropriate costing
methodologies to accumulate and assign cost to outputs.  We plan to also report this non-
compliance for fiscal 2000. The OCFO disagrees that their cost accounting system is non-
compliant with the required standard, but agrees that improvements should be made to the system
over time.

A critical component of a good cost accounting system is the indirect cost rate. An Agency-wide
indirect cost policy is needed to help ensure that direct and indirect costs are consistently
identified for inclusion in determining the fall cost of conducting Agency programs and activities,
including cost per output. EPA's indirect cost policy should identify what costs should be
included to recover its fall cost when determining user fees for programs that receive fees for
services provided by EPA and when developing billing rates for work EPA performs for other
government agencies.

 Although progress has been made in developing and implementing cost  accounting procedures,
more needs to be done. Strong leadership from the OCFO and a  commitment by all Agency
offices is needed for EPA to have systems and procedures in place to provide useful, consistent,
timely and reliable information about the cost of EPA's programs and outputs.  Agency managers
need cost data integrated with program information to make the best decisions about how to use
available resources to maximize environmental results. For example, with information about the
transactional cost of various approaches to achieving an environmental outcome, Agency
managers could make comparisons and select the most cost-effective approach to achieving the
desired environmental result.  The development of sound cost accounting information will also
promote greater accountability within the Agency.

5.  Employee Competencies

The Agency recognizes one of its biggest challenges over the next several years is the
development and implementation of a workforce planning strategy that focuses its attention and
resources on employee development. Appropriate training for staff, including supervisors and
managers, is critical to accomplishing EPA's environmental mission. The need for training is
highlighted in a number of our audit reports.

In an audit of the Superfand program, we reported that the Headquarters program office and
several EPA regions did not clearly identify the quality assurance training needs of program staff.
Even in regions where training needs were identified, the training was not always provided. Also,
audits have repeatedly noted a need to better train managers in their oversight and administration
of EPA's assistance agreements programs. As a third example, we found EPA employees in the
hazardous waste program needed more rigorous training to  calculate proposed penalties against
violating facilities.
Draft: 1/30/01     OIG'S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges                20

-------
A major program between EPA and the states is the National Environmental Performance
Partnership System (NEPPS). We have found that a lack of training for EPA employees has
hindered the effective implementation of this program.  This training is important because the
NEPPS program is fundamentally different from traditional EPA programs in that it allows the
states to have greater flexibility in achieving environmental results. Therefore, it is critical that
EPA and the states work closely together to agree on expectations and measurements.

EPA also recognizes the need for broader management and leadership skills. This need is clearly
expressed in the "Workforce Assessment Project" that reported on the implications of future
changes in EPA's mission and role in environmental protection. The study identified competency
gaps that EPA must close to ensure its workforce can meet existing and new challenges. GAO
also reported EPA's need to develop and implement a workforce planning strategy. EPA has
drafted a Human Capital Strategic Plan. EPA's workforce planning efforts call for identifying the
skills needed in every program unit based on EPA's assessment of future program needs,
identifying skill gaps, and tying skill needs to future budget requests. The Agency needs to make
a commitment to deploy the strategy by dedicating resources, developing performance measures,
and implementing necessary systems.

6.  Quality of Laboratory Data

High quality scientific analysis is critical to accomplishment of EPA's mission. The quality of
some scientific analyses generated by EPA and contract laboratories is questionable and should
not be used to support environmental decisions.  Our reviews disclosed weaknesses and fraud in
laboratory management practices resulting in data quality and integrity problems that impact
environmental and enforcement decisions.

EPA relies on the testing data provided by contract laboratories to assess threats to public health
and the environment and to determine where and when remedial action is needed. In September
2000, employees at one EPA contract laboratory were indicted for falsifying data involving
sample analyses for several EPA program areas including:  Superfund, Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act, National Pollution Discharge Elimination System, air toxics, and pesticides.
At another contract laboratory, key employees were convicted for falsely certifying that gas
chromatograph/mass spectrometer analyses on samples taken from hazardous waste sites nation-
wide complied with all EPA contract requirements.  EPA is spending significant resources to
determine the impact of fraudulent analyses on environmental and enforcement decisions.

Our work at an EPA laboratory disclosed several problems with the quality of analytical results
and chain of custody procedures. An internal EPA review also identified numerous weaknesses in
laboratory management practices. We recommended various actions for improving management,
accountability, and oversight of the laboratory, including independent technical reviews.  The
Agency has responded to these recommendations and deployed technical review teams around the
country. The Agency also plans to take long-term measures to ensure management controls are in
Draft: 1/30/01     OIG'S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges               21

-------
place to assure that environmental data generated by both EPA and non-EPA laboratories meet
the Agency's quality needs and requirements.

7. EPA's Information Security Program

EPA relies on its information systems to collect, process, store, and disseminate vast amounts of
information used to assist in making sound regulatory and program decisions. We believe EPA
needs a centralized security program with strong oversight processes to adequately address risks
and ensure that valuable Information Technology (IT) resources and environmental data are
secure. With a decentralized Wide Area Network which links all of EPA's computer systems,
even one regional location with an inadequate security program can make the entire Agency
vulnerable.  Similarly, weaknesses surrounding EPA's key environmental and financial systems
could jeopardize the integrity of vital data for decision-making and public use.

We found significant and pervasive problems regarding the adequacy of security for EPA's
financial systems and various regional operations. We recently reported that controls over entry
to EPA's mainframe computer at RTP needed strengthening.  Also, in July 2000, GAO reported
serious problems with EPA's security program and spotlighted unacceptable security risks by
penetrating numerous systems. GAO also reported that Agency security  plans were inadequate
and added that existing practices were largely a paperwork exercise that did little to mitigate risks
to Agency data and systems. In response to GAO's findings, EPA initiated a number of
aggressive steps to enhance and improve its Information Security Program. For example, the
Agency temporarily shut down much of EPA's IT communications with its partners and
stakeholders until critical controls could be established.

Despite many notable actions, EPA's new Office for Environmental Information (OEI) is only
beginning to establish its security oversight role for EPA's vast information system network.
Moreover, OEI is just starting to take needed steps to enhance and institutionalize an expanded
information security program.  In addition, although EPA has installed firewalls, no final network
security policies exist regarding Agency Internet networking controls or dial-up access.  EPA
recently developed an Agency Information Security Action Plan which uses a phased approach to
address GAO and prior OIG report recommendations. EPA expects it will take two years to
implement the expanded Agency security program and to address the related action plan
recommendations.

In the interim, we believe the Agency should continue to concentrate resources on this significant
weakness, ensuring all aspects of an Agency-wide Information Security Program are addressed.
This includes not only adequate security plans, but also the process used to develop those plans,
and the hardware tools and policies that EPA must implement to enforce  security throughout the
Agency.  For example, management needs to formally approve and implement final network
security policies using appropriate firewall(s) technology. Moreover, we recommend that EPA
thoroughly verify the effectiveness of implemented controls before concluding work in this  crucial
area.
Draft: 1/30/01     OIG'S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges                22

-------
8- EPA's Use of Assistance Agreements to Accomplish Its Mission

Assistance agreements are the primary vehicles through which EPA delivers environmental and
human health protection to the public. Therefore, it is important that the Agency and the public
receive what the Agency has paid for. For many years, funding of assistance agreements has
constituted approximately one-half of the Agency's budget.

Agency managers have been working to improve their management of assistance agreements.
However, our audit work continues to identify problems in the delivery of environmental
protection activities through the award of assistance agreements. For example, we reported in
September 2000 that EPA Region 8 was not consistently awarding and monitoring Tribal grants.
Agency officials placed a higher priority on external relationships, generally with the Tribes, and
did not pay sufficient attention to grant management and internal organizational relationships.
Some grants included unallowable activities, or EPA received inadequate or untimely work plans
and progress reports from grantees.

Recent audits of EPA's assistance recipients disclosed that some recipients did not have adequate
financial and internal controls to ensure federal funds were managed properly. As a result, EPA
had limited assurance that assistance agreement funds were used in accordance with workplans
and met negotiated environmental targets. As an example, an EPA Region 5 grantee could not
adequately account for almost $169,000 of the $300,000  in EPA funds.  As another example, a
Region 2 grantee had submitted multiple financial status reports with different ending balances,
had excess federal funds on hand, and could not support that it had met the minimum cost sharing
requirement.  Misuse of assistance agreement funds also resulted in an agreement with one city to
settle a civil lawsuit charging that the city's Air Pollution Control Program improperly spent a
total of $429,158 hi assistance agreement funds awarded  by EPA.

The Agency has completed a number of actions to improve its management controls over
assistance agreements.  We will continue to conduct audits to determine if systemic problems
exist in EPA's management of assistance agreements and to work with the Agency to identify
solutions.

9. Backlog of National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permits

EPA has recognized that the backlog in issuing National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) permits is a nationwide problem.  In 1998, we conducted audits in three states to assess
the extent of permit backlogs. EPA had not issued or renewed most of the required permits for
municipal and industrial dischargers in Alaska and Idaho. Although Region 10 issued 33 permits
in 2 l/2 years,  there were 1,000 applications waiting to be  processed; of which 70 percent were
more than 4 years old at the time.  As a result, large numbers of dischargers were operating in
violation of the law or had their permits administratively extended without being subjected to
more current and stringent discharge requirements. Also, we found that Kansas did not reissue
expired wastewater facility permits in a timely manner, and did not submit expired permits to


Draft:  1/30/01     OIG'S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges                23

-------
Region 7 for review. As a result, the permitees were allowed to discharge pollutants at levels that
could adversely affect human health and aquatic life.

EPA reports that the backlog in EPA issued major permits has tripled over the last 10 years and
the backlog of state issued permits has doubled over this time. EPA's Office of Water has
developed a corrective action plan to address this weakness. Originally, EPA expected to
complete corrective action by 2004; however, the completion date has since been delayed to
2005. The Agency's "Clean and Safe Water" goal for fiscal 2001 addresses the NPDES permit
backlog.

While reducing the NPDES backlog is important, EPA needs to realize that its current permitting
system will probably never allow for complete backlog elimination. Accordingly, EPA needs to
identify those areas where permitting will result in the greatest environmental payback and permit
those areas first.  We will continue to monitor the progress EPA makes in addressing this
important issue.

10. EPA's Working Relationship With the States

During the last two decades, environmental and human health protection programs have grown in
size, scope, and complexity. Many environmental problems transcend media boundaries,  and
solutions may require innovative, cross-media approaches. EPA and states came to recognize
that existing arrangements for implementing environmental programs and addressing
environmental problems were not as efficient and effective as they could be. The National
Environmental Performance Partnership System (NEPPS) established a new framework to
reinvent the EPA-state working relationship so that the focus is on trying to work as partners to
accomplish very complex environmental issues with scarce resources.  EPA began implementing
performance partnership grants (PPGs) in 1996 that allowed states and tribes to combine  multiple
EPA grants into one grant.  PPGs are important tools for implementing NEPPS and share many of
the same objectives as NEPPS.

A series of our audits on regional and state NEPPS and PPG program implementation found that
NEPPS was not well-integrated into EPA because of the lack of:  (1)  leadership to provide clear
direction and set expectations,  (2) training and guidance, (3) trust in NEPPS due to fear of change
and losing control, and (4) goals and related performance measures to monitor and measure
progress on achieving better environmental results. EPA can help increase NEPPS/PPG success
by providing training and establishing a more collaborative, action oriented process for: (1)
establishing goals, (2) defining EPA and state roles and responsibilities, (3) agreeing on measures
to assess environmental progress, and (4) obtaining commitments for  results to be achieved.

EPA had not clearly established a central authority or responsibility for NEPPS and senior EPA
management had not clearly communicated its  expectations about NEPPS and PPGs.  EPA staff
often did not know where to turn for specific information on direction, expectations, and
clarification.  For EPA staff, NEPPS was perceived as a policy that was implemented only if a


Draft: 1/30/01    OIG'S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges               24

-------
state and EPA wanted it and even then the state could choose which NEPPS components it
wanted to participate in.

The lack of clear goals, guidance and training has resulted in many EPA managers and staff
having little direction and lacking the skills needed to effectively use NEPPS to carry out their
environmental programs. NEPPS created a great deal of concern among some EPA managers
and staff who believed NEPPS could eliminate program and financial accountability.  EPA and
states have not yet agreed on how to provide states flexibility along with accountability. EPA and
state managers struggled with how to provide states flexibility to address their highest
environmental priorities while continuing to implement and report on core program requirements
such as permitting, inspections, and enforcement.

Many EPA and state staff were still embedded in their media-specific, activity-based culture and
lacked trust in the new system. They viewed their activity-based authorities under the media-
specific statutes as having priority and had difficulty reconciling these media-specific activities
with NEPPS1 cross-media, priority-setting process that focuses on environmental results rather
than on the number of permits and inspections.

Although NEPPS and PPGs have their own overall goals, EPA has not defined its performance
measures and related milestones to measure how EPA and its partners are progressing toward
accomplishing those goals.  EPA has not defined specific measurable goals for evaluating whether
it is making progress toward obtaining environmental results and whether NEPPS and PPGs are
contributing to those results.

In response to OIG audits, the Agency agreed with many of our recommendations,, and is in the
process of building the institutional capacity and infrastructure to accomplish NEPPS work. EPA
has prepared a corrective action plan, with milestone dates, which is a comprehensive approach to
address NEPPS implementation. We believe that recent Agency increased emphasis in this very
important area will result in more effective working relationships, and thus be more effective and
efficient. Because NEPPS is an integral part of all EPA programs, the Agency needs to continue
this recent attention. We will continue to closely monitor the Agency's progress.

         THE OFFICE OF INSPECTOR GENERAL'S LIST OF KEY
      MANAGEMENT CHALLENGES WITH SIGNIFICANT AGENCY
                     PROGRESS TOWARDS RESOLVING

1. Superfund Five-Year Reviews

The Superfund statute requires that remedial actions, where hazardous substances, pollutants, or
contaminants remain on-site, be reviewed every five years to assure that human health and the
environment continue to be  protected. Some five-year reviews have found that additional
corrective actions were needed. This issue is of growing importance because containment
remedies have been used more frequently since 1992.

Draft: 1/30/01    OIG'S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges              25

-------
In March 1995, we reported that a substantial number of five-year reviews were not performed,
due largely to the low priority given them by Agency management. We recommended several
options for improving the program and reducing the backlog. At that time, Agency management
agreed to implement the recommendations or take other actions to address the issues.  However,
during our 1999 follow-up audit, we found that: (1) the backlog of five-year reviews was nearly
three times larger than at the time of our previous audit, (2) approximately 30 percent of the
reports did not contain a definitive statement on protectiveness or information in the report
seemed to conflict with the statement made, and (3) results of the reviews were not being
reported to the Congress or the public.

We estimated that EPA might need to devote approximately $1 million above the expected
spending level each year for the next 3 years to eliminate the backlog. At the conclusion of our
follow-up audit, however, the Agency had not yet committed the funds necessary for
accomplishing this work. The increasing use of containment remedies, a growing backlog of five-
year reviews, the repeat nature of many of our findings, and a need to devote additional resources
warrants EPA's formal recognition of the importance of the five-year program and the
establishment of necessary corrective actions as priority action items.

EPA identified this as a fiscal 1999 management control weakness with a fiscal 2002 correction
date. EPA reports completing 51 percent of the backlog of five-year reviews during fiscal 2000.
Since it had projected a 3-year schedule to eliminate the backlog, the Agency is progressing faster
than expected. We will continue to monitor the Agency's progress in reducing the backlog.

2. The Great Lakes Program

The Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement was signed over 25 years ago. The purpose of the
Agreement between the U.S. and Canada is to restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and
biological integrity of the Great Lakes basin ecosystem. The basin area is home to more than one-
tenth of the U.S. population, and has some of the world's largest concentrations of industrial
capacity. Environmental challenges include contaminated sediments, the effects on exotic species,
and loss of habitat.

We previously reported that EPA needed to improve and complete its Lakewide Management
Plans (LaMPs) and Remedial Action Plans (RAPs) which were established as systematic and
comprehensive ecosystem approaches to address the Great Lakes. These plans were taking
considerably longer than expected to complete. For example, while a draft LaMP for Lake
Michigan was first published in 1992, it had never been finalized.  The statutory deadline for
incorporating RAPs into state water quality plans was January 1, 1993.  At the time of our
review, no U.S. RAPs had been fully implemented.  Without these plans, there was no  assurance
that EPA was doing the right, most cost effective, and highest priority activities needed to protect
the Great Lakes. We reported that EPA and its partners had been slow in restoring and
maintaining the integrity of the Great Lakes basin.   States were frustrated over the  slow progress
Draft: 1/30/01     OIG'S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges                26

-------
made, and if significant progress was not made in the near future, might withdraw their support
which would affect EPA's ability to accomplish its mission.

The Agency has made progress in the last year. Through a major effort, the Agency issued
LaMPs for Lakes Michigan, Erie, and Superior, and an action plan for Lake Huron in April 2000.
The Lake Ontario LaMP was completed in 1998. These plans now serve as guides for future
activities on the Great Lakes. In addition, EPA programs are committed to LaMP implementation
priorities, and a re-instituted Great Lakes U.S. Policy Committee to discuss RAP issues leading to
increased attention to RAP issues and initiation of RAP de-listing criteria.  Also, the Great Lakes
National Program Office and EPA Region 5 staff and management have given priority to
resolving the recommendations in our 1999 report.  They are keeping us informed about their
progress, and indicate that most of the action items have been resolved.
 Draft: 1/30/01    OIG'S Statement of Agency's Management Challenges              27

-------
              US ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Environmental
Appeals Board
Office of Regional
Operations
Office of
Children's Health
Protection
Office of
Executive
Support
Office of the
Executive
Secretariat
Office of
Administrative
Law Judges
Office of
Cooperative
Environmental
Management
Office of Civil
Rights
Office of Small and
Disadvantaged
Business
Utilization
Science Advisory
Board Staff Office
                                               Administrator
                                            Deputy Administrator
      Assistant Administrator
      for Administration and
      Resource Management
Assistant Administrator
 for Air and Radiation
         Office of General
            Counsel
  Office of Inspector
      General
      Assistant Administrator
     for Prevention, Pesticides,
       and Toxic Substances
Assistant Administrator
  for Research and
    Development
            Region I
           Boston, MA
      Region II
    New York, NY
            Region V
           Chicago, IL
      Region VI
      Dallas, TX
                                   Region IX
                                San Francisco, CA
                                                                                   Associate Administrator for
                                                                                      Congressional and
                                                                                   Intergovernmental Relations
                                                                                   Associate Administrator for
                                                                                 Communications, Education, and
                                                                                       Media Relations
                                                                                   Associate Administrator for
                                                                                    Policy, Economics, and
                                                                                          Innovation
Assistant Administrator
 for Enforcement and
Compliance Assurance
  Office of the Chief
   Financial Officer
Assistant Administrator
   for International
      Activities
     Assistant
  Administrator for
    Environmental
     Information
Assistant Administrator
 for Solid Waste and
 Emergency Response
Assistant Administrator
      for Water
      Region III
   Philadelphia, PA
      Region IV
     Atlanta, GA
     Region VII
   Kansas City, KS
     Region VIII
     Denver, CO
                                       Region X
                                      Seattle, WA
Draft: 1/29/01
                                                               Appendix A

-------
                                  APPENDIX B
                       ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
AC&C
APG
APR
B&F
BOSC
CAA
CCR
CEC
CEIS
CERCLA
CFC
CO
CPM
CRTK
CSI
CSRS
CWAP
CWSRF
DHHS
DOE
ECOS
EDC
EMAP
EMPACT
EPA
EPCRA
EPM
ETV
FAS
FDA
FECA
FERS
FTE
FIFRA
FQPA
FY
GAO
GAP
GCRP
Abatement Control and Compliance
Annual Performance Goal
Annual Performance Report
Buildings and Facilities
Board of Scientific Counselors
Clean Air Act
Consumer Confidence Report
Commission for Environmental Cooperation
Center for Environmental Information and Statistics
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
Chlorofluorocarbon
Carbon Monoxide
Core Performance Measure
Chemical Right-to-Know
Common Sense Initiative
Civil Service Retirement System
Clean Water Action Plan
Clean Water State Revolving Fund
Department of Health and Human Services
Department of Energy
Environmental Council of the States
Endocrine-Disrupting Chemical
Environmental Monitoring and Assessment Program
Environmental Monitoring for Public Access and Community Tracking
Environmental Protection Agency
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act
Environmental Programs and Management
Environmental Technology Verification
Fixed Assets Subsystem
Food and Drug Administration
Federal Employees Compensation Act
Federal Employees Retirement System
Full Time Equivalents
Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act
Food Quality Protection Act
Fiscal Year
General Accounting Office
General Assistance Program
Global Change Research Program
Draft: 1/29/01
                     1

-------
GIS
GPRA
GSA
HEPA
HUD
mis
IWI
LUST
MMS
MSW
MTBE
NAAQS
NARAP
NAC
NAFTA
NEP
NEPA
NEPPS
NHANES
NO2
NOX
NOA
NOAA
NPDES
NPL
NPS
NRDC
NTI
03
ODS
OECD
OEI
DIG
OMB
OP
OPA
P2
Pb
PBT
PCB
PE
PERS
PM
PPA
Geographic Information System
Government Performance and Results Act
General Services Administration
High Efficiency Paniculate Air
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Integrated Risk Information System
Index of Watershed Indicators
Leaking Underground Storage Tank
Multimedia Integrated Modeling System
Municipal Solid Waste
Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
North American Regional Action Plan
National Advisory Committee
North American Free Trade Agreement
National Estuary Program
National Environmental Policy Act
National Environmental Performance Partnership System
National Health and Nutrition Evaluation Survey
Nitrogen Dioxide
Nitrogen Oxide
New Obligational Authority
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
National Priorities List
Nonpoint Source
Natural Resources Defense Council
National Toxics Inventory
Ozone
Ozone-Depleting Substance
Organization for  Economic Cooperation and Development
Office of Environmental Information
Office of the Inspector General
Office of Management and Budget
Organophosphate
Oil Pollution Act
Pollution Prevention
Lead
Persistent, Bioaccumulative, and Toxic
Polychlorinated Biphenyl
Program Element
Performance and Environmental Results System
Paniculate Matter
Performance Partnership Agreement
Draft: 1/29/01

-------
PPGs
PRC
PRO
PRP
RCRA
REI
RFP
RGI
RP
RTF
S&T
SAB
SAMI
SARA
SDWIS
SITE
SO2
SSCs
STAG
STAR
TEA-21
TMDL
TRI
TSCA  '
USDA
UST
uv
voc
WCF
Program Performance Grants
Program Results Code
Program and Research Operations
Potentially Responsible Party
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
Reinventing Environmental Information
Request for Proposal
Regional Geographic Initiative
Responsible Parties
Research Triangle Park
Science and Technology
Science Advisory Board
Southern Appalachian Mountains Initiative
Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986
Safe Drinking Water Information System
Superfimd Innovative Technology Evaluation
Sulfur Dioxide
Superfund State Contracts
State and Tribal Assistance Grants
Science to Achieve Results
Transportation Equality Act for the 21st Century
Total Maximum Daily Load
Toxics Release Inventory
Toxic Substances Control Act
Department of Agriculture
Underground Storage Tank
Ultraviolet
Volatile Organic Compound
Working Capital Fund
 Draft: 1/29/01

-------
                                    PUBLIC ACCESS TO
                EPA'S PROGRAMS; LOCAL, STATE AND TRIBAL NEWS;
                         AND ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION

The public is invited to access http://www.epa. gov to obtain the latest environmental news, browse EPA topics,
discover what is happening in your community, obtain information of interest groups, research laws and regulations,
search specific program areas, learn how to get information, or access EPA's historical database.

In The News        Headlines, Emerging Issues, Local Stories, Consumer News, Public Participation

Browse EPA Topics  Air, Cleanup, Compliance & Enforcement, Economics, Ecosystems, Emergencies,
                   Environmental Management, Human Health, Industry, Pesticides, Pollutants/Toxics,
                   Pollution Prevention,  Research, Treatment & Control, Wastes, Water

Your Community    Envirofacts, EnviroMapper, Surf Your Watershed, Community Highlights

Audience Groups    Kids, Students, Teachers, Concerned Citizens, Industry, Small Businesses, State, Local,
                   Tribal, Researchers

Laws & Regulations  Major Environmental Laws, Current Legislation in Congress, U.S. Code, Regulations &
                   Proposed Rules, Code of Federal Regulations

Programs           Reinvention Activities, Industry Partnerships, Offices, Regions, Research, Geographic
                   Focus, State, Local, Tribal, General Interest

Information Sources  Libraries, Hotlines, Clearinghouses, Dockets, Publications, Newsletters, Information
                   Request

About EPA         People Locator, Postal Addresses, History, Budget, Contracts, Money Matters, Annual
                   Performance Report,  Management Integrity, Policy Statement and Strategy Documents,
                   Employment Information, Environmental Terms

                              WE WELCOME YOUR COMMENTS!

Thank you for your interest in the Environmental Protection Agency's FY 2000 Annual Report. We welcome
your comments on how we can make this report a more informative document for our readers.  We are
particularly interested in your comments on the usefulness  of the information and the manner in which it is
presented. Please send your comments to OCFO2000AR@epa.gov or write to:

                            Office of Planning, Analysis, and Accountability
                            Office of the Chief Financial Officer (2721AR)
                                  Environmental Protection Agency
                                   1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW
                                      Washington, DC 20460

This report is available on EPA's Internet page: http://www.epa.gov/ocfopage. through EPA's National Service
Center for Environmental Publications at 1-800-490-9198, or by ordering online at:
http ://www. epa. aov/ncepihom.

      Draft: 1/29/01

-------